Role of barium esophagography in evaluating dysphagia

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/09/2018 - 09:38
Display Headline
Role of barium esophagography in evaluating dysphagia

A 55-year-old woman presents with an intermittent sensation of food getting stuck in her mid to lower chest. The symptoms have occurred several times per year over the last 2 or 3 years and appear to be slowly worsening. She says she has no trouble swallowing liquids. She has a history of gastroesophageal reflux disease, for which she takes a proton pump inhibitor once a day. She says she has had no odynophagia, cough, regurgitation, or weight loss.

How should her symptoms best be evaluated?

DYSPHAGIA CAN BE OROPHARYNGEAL OR ESOPHAGEAL

Dysphagia is the subjective sensation of difficulty swallowing solids, liquids, or both. Symptoms can range from the inability to initiate a swallow to the sensation of esophageal obstruction. Other symptoms of esophageal disease may also be present, such as chest pain, heartburn, and regurgitation. There may also be nonesophageal symptoms related to the disease process causing the dysphagia.

Dysphagia can be separated into oropharyngeal and esophageal types.

Oropharyngeal dysphagia arises from problems in the oropharynx and cervical esophagus and is commonly caused by neurologic disorders of the central or peripheral nervous system (eg, stroke, myasthenia gravis), inflammatory myopathy, or a structural abnormality of the oropharynx, hypopharynx, or cervical esophagus such as a cricopharyngeal bar or tumor (Table 1). Patients typically complain of not being able to initiate a swallow or of food getting stuck in the cervical region immediately upon swallowing, accompanied by nasal regurgitation.1

Interestingly, many patients with symptoms of oropharyngeal dysphagia in fact have referred symptoms from primary esophageal dysphagia2; many patients with a distal mucosal ring describe a sense of something sticking in the cervical esophagus.

Esophageal dysphagia arises in the mid to distal esophagus or gastric cardia, and as a result, the symptoms are typically retrosternal.1 It can be caused by structural problems such as strictures, rings, webs, extrinsic compression, or a primary esophageal or gastroesophageal neoplasm, or by a primary motility abnormality such as achalasia (Table 1). Eosinophilic esophagitis is now a frequent cause of esophageal dysphagia, especially in white men.3

ESOPHAGOGRAPHY VS ENDOSCOPY IN EVALUATING DYSPHAGIA

Many gastroenterologists recommend endoscopy rather than barium esophagography as the initial examination in patients with dysphagia.4–8 Each test has certain advantages.

Advantages of endoscopy. Endoscopy is superior to esophagography in detecting milder grades of esophagitis. Further, interventions can be performed endoscopically (eg, dilation, biopsy, attachment of a wireless pH testing probe) that cannot be done during a radiographic procedure, and endoscopy does not expose the patient to radiation.

Advantages of esophagography. Endoscopy cannot detect evidence of gastroesophageal reflux disease unless mucosal injury is present. In dysphagia, the radiologic findings correlate well with endoscopic findings, including the detection of esophageal malignancy and moderate to severe esophagitis. Further, motility disorders can be detected with barium esophagography but not with endoscopy.9,10

Subtle abnormalities, especially rings and strictures, may be missed by narrow-diameter (9.8–10 mm) modern upper-endoscopic equipment. Further, esophagography is noninvasive, costs less, and may be more convenient (it does not require sedation and a chaperone for the patient after sedation). This examination also provides dynamic evaluation of the complex process of swallowing. Causes of dysphagia external to the esophagus can also be determined.

In view of the respective advantages and disadvantages of the two methods, we believe that in most instances barium esophagography should be the initial examination,1,9,11–15 and at our institution most patients presenting with dysphagia undergo barium esophagography before they undergo other examinations.14

OBTAIN A HISTORY BEFORE ORDERING ESOPHAGOGRAPHY

Before a barium examination of the esophagus is done, a focused medical history should be obtained, as it can guide the further workup as well as the esophageal study itself.

An attempt should be made to determine whether the dysphagia is oropharyngeal or if it is esophageal, as the former is generally best initially evaluated by a speech and language pathologist. Generally, the physician who orders the test judges whether the patient has oropharyngeal or esophageal dysphagia. Often, both an oropharyngeal examination, performed by a speech and language pathologist, and an esophageal examination, performed by a radiologist, are ordered.

Rapidly progressive symptoms, especially if accompanied by weight loss, should make one suspect cancer. Chronic symptoms usually point to gastroesophageal reflux disease or a motility disorder such as achalasia. Liquid dysphagia almost always means the patient has a motility disorder such as achalasia.

In view of the possibility of eosinophilic esophagitis, one should ask about food or seasonal allergies, especially in young patients with intermittent difficulty swallowing solids.3

 

 

BARIUM ESOPHAGOGRAPHY HAS EIGHT SEPARATE PHASES

Barium esophagography is tailored to the patient with dysphagia on the basis of his or her history. The standard examination is divided into eight separate phases (see below).14 Each phase addresses a specific question or questions concerning the structure and function of the esophagus.

At our institution, the first phase of the examination is determined by the presenting symptoms. If the patient has liquid dysphagia, we start with a timed barium swallow to assess esophageal emptying. If the patient does not have liquid dysphagia, we start with an air-contrast mucosal examination.

The patient must be cooperative and mobile to complete all phases of the examination.

Timed barium swallow to measure esophageal emptying

The timed barium swallow is an objective measure of esophageal emptying.16–18 This technique is essential in the initial evaluation of a patient with liquid dysphagia, a symptom common in patients with severe dysmotility, usually achalasia.

Figure 1. Timed barium swallow in a patient with achalasia. The patient consumed 140 mL of low-density barium. There is no emptying of barium between the 1-minute and 5-minute films.
In the upright position, the patient is asked to ingest up to 250 mL of low-density barium, as tolerated. The height and width of the barium column at 1 minute and 5 minutes are measured and recorded (Figure 1).

We use this examination in our patients with suspected or confirmed achalasia and to follow up patients who have been treated with pneumatic dilatation, botulinum toxin injection, and Heller myotomy.17,18 In addition, this timed test is an objective measure of emptying in patients who have undergone intervention but whose symptoms have not subjectively improved, and can suggest that further intervention may be required.

Air-contrast or mucosal phase

Figure 2. Esophagographic phases in a patient with solid-food dysphagia and a significant distal mucosal ring. A. The upright, mucosal phase of the examination shows no abnormalities. B. The distended or full-column phase of the examination shows the distal mucosal ring (arrow) as a sharply defined, ridge-like filling defect in the barium column above a small, sliding-type hiatal hernia (HH) (brought out by the increased intra-abdominal pressure with the patient in the semiprone position). C. The mucosal relief phase again shows the circumferential nature of the distal ring (arrows), as well as the hiatal hernia. D. Spontaneous reflux of gastric barium (arrows) with the patient in the supine position. The barium refluxed to the level of the thoracic inlet. E. Obstruction of the ingested 13-mm tablet (T) at the level of the distal mucosal ring. Barium above the tablet was given to precisely identify the location of the obstruction.
The air-contrast phase of the examination is designed to evaluate the esophageal mucosa and to determine if there is a fixed (nonreducible) hernia. In the upright position, the patient ingests CO2 gas-producing crystals with a small amount of water and then ingests high-density barium in order to coat the mucosa. Spot films are taken of the gas-distended, barium-coated esophagus (Figure 2A).

Although this phase is not as sensitive as endoscopy, it can detect masses, mucosal erosions, ulcers, and—most importantly in our experience—fixed hernias. Patients with a fixed hernia have a foreshortened esophagus, which is important to know about before repairing the hernia. Many esophageal surgeons believe that a foreshortened esophagus precludes a standard Nissen fundoplication and necessitates an esophageal lengthening procedure (ie, Collis gastroplasty with a Nissen fundoplication).14

Motility phase

The third phase examines esophageal motility. With the patient in a semiprone position, low-density barium is given in single swallows, separated by 25 to 30 seconds. The images are recorded on digital media to allow one to review them frame by frame.

The findings on this phase correlate well with those of manometry.19 This portion of the examination also uses impedance monitoring to assess bolus transfer, an aspect not evaluated by manometry.20,21 Impedance monitoring detects changes in resistance to current flow and correlates well with esophagraphic findings regarding bolus transfer.

While many patients with dysphagia also undergo esophageal manometry, the findings from this phase of the esophagographic examination may be the first indication of an esophageal motility disorder. In fact, this portion of the examination shows the distinct advantage of esophagography over endoscopy as the initial test in patients with dysphagia, as endoscopy may not identify patients with achalasia, especially early on.4

Single-contrast (full-column) phase to detect strictures, rings

The fourth phase of the esophagographic evaluation is the distended, single-contrast examination (Figure 2B). This is performed in the semiprone position with the patient rapidly drinking thin barium. It is done to detect esophageal strictures, rings, and contour abnormalities caused by extrinsic processes. Subtle abnormalities shown by this technique, including benign strictures and rings, are often not visualized with endoscopy.

Mucosal relief phase

The fifth phase is performed with a collapsed esophagus immediately after the distended, single-contrast phase, where spot films are taken of the barium-coated, collapsed esophagus (Figure 2C). This phase is used to evaluate thickened mucosal folds, a common finding in moderate to severe reflux esophagitis.

Reflux evaluation

Provocative maneuvers are used in the sixth phase to elicit gastroesophageal reflux (Figure 2D). With the patient supine, he or she is asked to roll side to side, do a Valsalva maneuver, and do a straight-leg raise. The patient then sips water in the supine position to assess for reflux (the water siphon test). If reflux is seen, the cause, the height of the reflux, and the duration of reflux retention are recorded.

Solid-bolus phase to assess strictures

In the seventh phase, the patient swallows a 13-mm barium tablet (Figure 2E). This allows one to assess the significance of a ring or stricture and to assess if dysphagia symptoms recur as a result of tablet obstruction. Subtle strictures that were not detected during the prior phases can also be detected using a tablet. If obstruction or impaired passage occurs, the site of obstruction and the presence or absence of symptoms are recorded.

 

 

Modified esophagography to assess the oropharynx

The final or eighth phase of barium esophagography is called “modified barium esophagography” or the modified barium swallow. However, it may be the first phase of the examination performed or the only portion of the examination performed, or it may not be performed at all.

Modified barium esophagography is used to define the anatomy of the oropharynx and to assess its function in swallowing.12 It may also guide rehabilitation strategies aimed at eliminating a patient’s swallowing symptoms.

Most patients referred for this test have sustained damage to the central nervous system or structures of the oropharynx, such as stroke or radiation therapy for laryngeal cancer. Many have difficulty in starting to swallow, aspirate when they try to swallow, or both.

In this test, thin liquids are given to the patient in escalating amounts. The patient is then given thicker foods, including thick liquids, purees, and food requiring chewing. If the patient has difficulty swallowing, intervention and therapeutic strategies are initiated. If the test is done by itself and the speech pathologist cannot find a cause of the patient’s symptoms, then barium esophagography should be performed by a radiologist.

The final esophagographic report should document the findings of each phase of the examination (Table 2).

WHAT HAPPENED TO OUR PATIENT?

Our patient underwent barium esophagography (Figure 2). A distal mucosal ring that transiently obstructed a 13-mm tablet was found. The patient underwent endoscopy and the ring was dilated. No biopsies were necessary.

References
  1. Levine MS, Rubesin SE. Radiologic investigation of dysphagia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1990; 154:11571163.
  2. Smith DF, Ott DJ, Gelfand DW, Chen MY. Lower esophageal mucosal ring: correlation of referred symptoms with radiographic findings using a marshmallow bolus. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998; 171:13611365.
  3. Furuta GT, Liacouras CA, Collins MH, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis in children and adults: a systematic review and consensus recommendations for diagnosis and treatment. Gastroenterology 2007; 133:13421363.
  4. Spechler SJ. American Gastroenterological Association medical position statement on treatment of patients with dysphagia caused by benign disorders of the distal esophagus. Gastroenterology 1999; 117:229233.
  5. American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. Appropriate use of gastrointestinal endoscopy. Gastrointest Endosc 2000; 52:831837.
  6. Esfandyari T, Potter JW, Vaezi MF. Dysphagia: a cost analysis of the diagnostic approach. Am J Gastroenterol 2002; 97:27332737.
  7. Varadarajulu S, Eloubeidi MA, Patel RS, et al. The yield and the predictors of esophageal pathology when upper endoscopy is used for the initial evaluation of dysphagia. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61:804808.
  8. Standards of Practice Committee. Role of endoscopy in the management of GERD. Gastrointest Endosc 2007; 66:219224.
  9. Halpert RD, Feczko PJ, Spickler EM, Ackerman LV. Radiological assessment of dysphagia with endoscopic correlation. Radiology 1985; 157:599602.
  10. Ott DJ. Gastroesophageal reflux disease. Radiol Clin North Am 1994; 32:11471166.
  11. Ekberg O, Pokieser P. Radiologic evaluation of the dysphagic patient. Eur Radiol 1997; 7:12851295.
  12. Logemann JA. Role of the modified barium swallow in management of patients with dysphagia. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1997; 116:335338.
  13. Baker ME, Rice TW. Radiologic evaluation of the esophagus: methods and value in motility disorders and GERD. Semin Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2001; 13:201225.
  14. Baker ME, Einstein DM, Herts BR, et al. Gastroesophageal reflux disease: integrating the barium esophagram before and after antire-flux surgery. Radiology 2007; 243:329339.
  15. Levine MS, Rubesin SE, Laufer I. Barium esophagography: a study for all seasons. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2008; 6:1125.
  16. deOliveira JM, Birgisson S, Doinoff C, et al. Timed barium swallow: a simple technique for evaluating esophageal emptying in patients with achalasia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997; 169:473479.
  17. Kostic SV, Rice TW, Baker ME, et al. Time barium esophagram: a simple physiologic assessment for achalasia. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2000; 120:935943.
  18. Vaezi MF, Baker ME, Achkar E, Richter JE. Timed barium oesophagram: better predictor of long term success after pneumatic dilation in achalasia than symptom assessment. Gut 2002; 50:765770.
  19. Hewson EG, Ott DJ, Dalton CB, Chen YM, Wu WC, Richter JE. Manometry and radiology. Complementary studies in the assessment of esophageal motility disorders. Gastroenterology 1990; 98:626632.
  20. Imam H, Shay S, Ali A, Baker M. Bolus transit patterns in healthy subjects: a study using simultaneous impedance monitoring, video-esophagram, and esophageal manometry. Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol 2005;G1000G1006.
  21. Imam H, Baker M, Shay S. Simultaneous barium esophagram, impedance monitoring and manometry in patients with dysphagia due to a tight fundoplication [abstract]. Gastroenterology 2004; 126:A-639.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian C. Allen, MD
Imaging Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Mark E. Baker, MD
Imaging Institute and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Gary W. Falk, MD, MS
Center for Swallowing and Esophageal Disorders, Digestive Disease Institute, and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case, Western Reserve University

Address: Brian C. Allen, MD, Imaging Institute, Hb6, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH; e-mail [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
105-111
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian C. Allen, MD
Imaging Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Mark E. Baker, MD
Imaging Institute and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Gary W. Falk, MD, MS
Center for Swallowing and Esophageal Disorders, Digestive Disease Institute, and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case, Western Reserve University

Address: Brian C. Allen, MD, Imaging Institute, Hb6, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH; e-mail [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian C. Allen, MD
Imaging Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Mark E. Baker, MD
Imaging Institute and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Gary W. Falk, MD, MS
Center for Swallowing and Esophageal Disorders, Digestive Disease Institute, and Taussig Cancer Institute, Cleveland Clinic; Professor of Medicine, Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine of Case, Western Reserve University

Address: Brian C. Allen, MD, Imaging Institute, Hb6, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH; e-mail [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 55-year-old woman presents with an intermittent sensation of food getting stuck in her mid to lower chest. The symptoms have occurred several times per year over the last 2 or 3 years and appear to be slowly worsening. She says she has no trouble swallowing liquids. She has a history of gastroesophageal reflux disease, for which she takes a proton pump inhibitor once a day. She says she has had no odynophagia, cough, regurgitation, or weight loss.

How should her symptoms best be evaluated?

DYSPHAGIA CAN BE OROPHARYNGEAL OR ESOPHAGEAL

Dysphagia is the subjective sensation of difficulty swallowing solids, liquids, or both. Symptoms can range from the inability to initiate a swallow to the sensation of esophageal obstruction. Other symptoms of esophageal disease may also be present, such as chest pain, heartburn, and regurgitation. There may also be nonesophageal symptoms related to the disease process causing the dysphagia.

Dysphagia can be separated into oropharyngeal and esophageal types.

Oropharyngeal dysphagia arises from problems in the oropharynx and cervical esophagus and is commonly caused by neurologic disorders of the central or peripheral nervous system (eg, stroke, myasthenia gravis), inflammatory myopathy, or a structural abnormality of the oropharynx, hypopharynx, or cervical esophagus such as a cricopharyngeal bar or tumor (Table 1). Patients typically complain of not being able to initiate a swallow or of food getting stuck in the cervical region immediately upon swallowing, accompanied by nasal regurgitation.1

Interestingly, many patients with symptoms of oropharyngeal dysphagia in fact have referred symptoms from primary esophageal dysphagia2; many patients with a distal mucosal ring describe a sense of something sticking in the cervical esophagus.

Esophageal dysphagia arises in the mid to distal esophagus or gastric cardia, and as a result, the symptoms are typically retrosternal.1 It can be caused by structural problems such as strictures, rings, webs, extrinsic compression, or a primary esophageal or gastroesophageal neoplasm, or by a primary motility abnormality such as achalasia (Table 1). Eosinophilic esophagitis is now a frequent cause of esophageal dysphagia, especially in white men.3

ESOPHAGOGRAPHY VS ENDOSCOPY IN EVALUATING DYSPHAGIA

Many gastroenterologists recommend endoscopy rather than barium esophagography as the initial examination in patients with dysphagia.4–8 Each test has certain advantages.

Advantages of endoscopy. Endoscopy is superior to esophagography in detecting milder grades of esophagitis. Further, interventions can be performed endoscopically (eg, dilation, biopsy, attachment of a wireless pH testing probe) that cannot be done during a radiographic procedure, and endoscopy does not expose the patient to radiation.

Advantages of esophagography. Endoscopy cannot detect evidence of gastroesophageal reflux disease unless mucosal injury is present. In dysphagia, the radiologic findings correlate well with endoscopic findings, including the detection of esophageal malignancy and moderate to severe esophagitis. Further, motility disorders can be detected with barium esophagography but not with endoscopy.9,10

Subtle abnormalities, especially rings and strictures, may be missed by narrow-diameter (9.8–10 mm) modern upper-endoscopic equipment. Further, esophagography is noninvasive, costs less, and may be more convenient (it does not require sedation and a chaperone for the patient after sedation). This examination also provides dynamic evaluation of the complex process of swallowing. Causes of dysphagia external to the esophagus can also be determined.

In view of the respective advantages and disadvantages of the two methods, we believe that in most instances barium esophagography should be the initial examination,1,9,11–15 and at our institution most patients presenting with dysphagia undergo barium esophagography before they undergo other examinations.14

OBTAIN A HISTORY BEFORE ORDERING ESOPHAGOGRAPHY

Before a barium examination of the esophagus is done, a focused medical history should be obtained, as it can guide the further workup as well as the esophageal study itself.

An attempt should be made to determine whether the dysphagia is oropharyngeal or if it is esophageal, as the former is generally best initially evaluated by a speech and language pathologist. Generally, the physician who orders the test judges whether the patient has oropharyngeal or esophageal dysphagia. Often, both an oropharyngeal examination, performed by a speech and language pathologist, and an esophageal examination, performed by a radiologist, are ordered.

Rapidly progressive symptoms, especially if accompanied by weight loss, should make one suspect cancer. Chronic symptoms usually point to gastroesophageal reflux disease or a motility disorder such as achalasia. Liquid dysphagia almost always means the patient has a motility disorder such as achalasia.

In view of the possibility of eosinophilic esophagitis, one should ask about food or seasonal allergies, especially in young patients with intermittent difficulty swallowing solids.3

 

 

BARIUM ESOPHAGOGRAPHY HAS EIGHT SEPARATE PHASES

Barium esophagography is tailored to the patient with dysphagia on the basis of his or her history. The standard examination is divided into eight separate phases (see below).14 Each phase addresses a specific question or questions concerning the structure and function of the esophagus.

At our institution, the first phase of the examination is determined by the presenting symptoms. If the patient has liquid dysphagia, we start with a timed barium swallow to assess esophageal emptying. If the patient does not have liquid dysphagia, we start with an air-contrast mucosal examination.

The patient must be cooperative and mobile to complete all phases of the examination.

Timed barium swallow to measure esophageal emptying

The timed barium swallow is an objective measure of esophageal emptying.16–18 This technique is essential in the initial evaluation of a patient with liquid dysphagia, a symptom common in patients with severe dysmotility, usually achalasia.

Figure 1. Timed barium swallow in a patient with achalasia. The patient consumed 140 mL of low-density barium. There is no emptying of barium between the 1-minute and 5-minute films.
In the upright position, the patient is asked to ingest up to 250 mL of low-density barium, as tolerated. The height and width of the barium column at 1 minute and 5 minutes are measured and recorded (Figure 1).

We use this examination in our patients with suspected or confirmed achalasia and to follow up patients who have been treated with pneumatic dilatation, botulinum toxin injection, and Heller myotomy.17,18 In addition, this timed test is an objective measure of emptying in patients who have undergone intervention but whose symptoms have not subjectively improved, and can suggest that further intervention may be required.

Air-contrast or mucosal phase

Figure 2. Esophagographic phases in a patient with solid-food dysphagia and a significant distal mucosal ring. A. The upright, mucosal phase of the examination shows no abnormalities. B. The distended or full-column phase of the examination shows the distal mucosal ring (arrow) as a sharply defined, ridge-like filling defect in the barium column above a small, sliding-type hiatal hernia (HH) (brought out by the increased intra-abdominal pressure with the patient in the semiprone position). C. The mucosal relief phase again shows the circumferential nature of the distal ring (arrows), as well as the hiatal hernia. D. Spontaneous reflux of gastric barium (arrows) with the patient in the supine position. The barium refluxed to the level of the thoracic inlet. E. Obstruction of the ingested 13-mm tablet (T) at the level of the distal mucosal ring. Barium above the tablet was given to precisely identify the location of the obstruction.
The air-contrast phase of the examination is designed to evaluate the esophageal mucosa and to determine if there is a fixed (nonreducible) hernia. In the upright position, the patient ingests CO2 gas-producing crystals with a small amount of water and then ingests high-density barium in order to coat the mucosa. Spot films are taken of the gas-distended, barium-coated esophagus (Figure 2A).

Although this phase is not as sensitive as endoscopy, it can detect masses, mucosal erosions, ulcers, and—most importantly in our experience—fixed hernias. Patients with a fixed hernia have a foreshortened esophagus, which is important to know about before repairing the hernia. Many esophageal surgeons believe that a foreshortened esophagus precludes a standard Nissen fundoplication and necessitates an esophageal lengthening procedure (ie, Collis gastroplasty with a Nissen fundoplication).14

Motility phase

The third phase examines esophageal motility. With the patient in a semiprone position, low-density barium is given in single swallows, separated by 25 to 30 seconds. The images are recorded on digital media to allow one to review them frame by frame.

The findings on this phase correlate well with those of manometry.19 This portion of the examination also uses impedance monitoring to assess bolus transfer, an aspect not evaluated by manometry.20,21 Impedance monitoring detects changes in resistance to current flow and correlates well with esophagraphic findings regarding bolus transfer.

While many patients with dysphagia also undergo esophageal manometry, the findings from this phase of the esophagographic examination may be the first indication of an esophageal motility disorder. In fact, this portion of the examination shows the distinct advantage of esophagography over endoscopy as the initial test in patients with dysphagia, as endoscopy may not identify patients with achalasia, especially early on.4

Single-contrast (full-column) phase to detect strictures, rings

The fourth phase of the esophagographic evaluation is the distended, single-contrast examination (Figure 2B). This is performed in the semiprone position with the patient rapidly drinking thin barium. It is done to detect esophageal strictures, rings, and contour abnormalities caused by extrinsic processes. Subtle abnormalities shown by this technique, including benign strictures and rings, are often not visualized with endoscopy.

Mucosal relief phase

The fifth phase is performed with a collapsed esophagus immediately after the distended, single-contrast phase, where spot films are taken of the barium-coated, collapsed esophagus (Figure 2C). This phase is used to evaluate thickened mucosal folds, a common finding in moderate to severe reflux esophagitis.

Reflux evaluation

Provocative maneuvers are used in the sixth phase to elicit gastroesophageal reflux (Figure 2D). With the patient supine, he or she is asked to roll side to side, do a Valsalva maneuver, and do a straight-leg raise. The patient then sips water in the supine position to assess for reflux (the water siphon test). If reflux is seen, the cause, the height of the reflux, and the duration of reflux retention are recorded.

Solid-bolus phase to assess strictures

In the seventh phase, the patient swallows a 13-mm barium tablet (Figure 2E). This allows one to assess the significance of a ring or stricture and to assess if dysphagia symptoms recur as a result of tablet obstruction. Subtle strictures that were not detected during the prior phases can also be detected using a tablet. If obstruction or impaired passage occurs, the site of obstruction and the presence or absence of symptoms are recorded.

 

 

Modified esophagography to assess the oropharynx

The final or eighth phase of barium esophagography is called “modified barium esophagography” or the modified barium swallow. However, it may be the first phase of the examination performed or the only portion of the examination performed, or it may not be performed at all.

Modified barium esophagography is used to define the anatomy of the oropharynx and to assess its function in swallowing.12 It may also guide rehabilitation strategies aimed at eliminating a patient’s swallowing symptoms.

Most patients referred for this test have sustained damage to the central nervous system or structures of the oropharynx, such as stroke or radiation therapy for laryngeal cancer. Many have difficulty in starting to swallow, aspirate when they try to swallow, or both.

In this test, thin liquids are given to the patient in escalating amounts. The patient is then given thicker foods, including thick liquids, purees, and food requiring chewing. If the patient has difficulty swallowing, intervention and therapeutic strategies are initiated. If the test is done by itself and the speech pathologist cannot find a cause of the patient’s symptoms, then barium esophagography should be performed by a radiologist.

The final esophagographic report should document the findings of each phase of the examination (Table 2).

WHAT HAPPENED TO OUR PATIENT?

Our patient underwent barium esophagography (Figure 2). A distal mucosal ring that transiently obstructed a 13-mm tablet was found. The patient underwent endoscopy and the ring was dilated. No biopsies were necessary.

A 55-year-old woman presents with an intermittent sensation of food getting stuck in her mid to lower chest. The symptoms have occurred several times per year over the last 2 or 3 years and appear to be slowly worsening. She says she has no trouble swallowing liquids. She has a history of gastroesophageal reflux disease, for which she takes a proton pump inhibitor once a day. She says she has had no odynophagia, cough, regurgitation, or weight loss.

How should her symptoms best be evaluated?

DYSPHAGIA CAN BE OROPHARYNGEAL OR ESOPHAGEAL

Dysphagia is the subjective sensation of difficulty swallowing solids, liquids, or both. Symptoms can range from the inability to initiate a swallow to the sensation of esophageal obstruction. Other symptoms of esophageal disease may also be present, such as chest pain, heartburn, and regurgitation. There may also be nonesophageal symptoms related to the disease process causing the dysphagia.

Dysphagia can be separated into oropharyngeal and esophageal types.

Oropharyngeal dysphagia arises from problems in the oropharynx and cervical esophagus and is commonly caused by neurologic disorders of the central or peripheral nervous system (eg, stroke, myasthenia gravis), inflammatory myopathy, or a structural abnormality of the oropharynx, hypopharynx, or cervical esophagus such as a cricopharyngeal bar or tumor (Table 1). Patients typically complain of not being able to initiate a swallow or of food getting stuck in the cervical region immediately upon swallowing, accompanied by nasal regurgitation.1

Interestingly, many patients with symptoms of oropharyngeal dysphagia in fact have referred symptoms from primary esophageal dysphagia2; many patients with a distal mucosal ring describe a sense of something sticking in the cervical esophagus.

Esophageal dysphagia arises in the mid to distal esophagus or gastric cardia, and as a result, the symptoms are typically retrosternal.1 It can be caused by structural problems such as strictures, rings, webs, extrinsic compression, or a primary esophageal or gastroesophageal neoplasm, or by a primary motility abnormality such as achalasia (Table 1). Eosinophilic esophagitis is now a frequent cause of esophageal dysphagia, especially in white men.3

ESOPHAGOGRAPHY VS ENDOSCOPY IN EVALUATING DYSPHAGIA

Many gastroenterologists recommend endoscopy rather than barium esophagography as the initial examination in patients with dysphagia.4–8 Each test has certain advantages.

Advantages of endoscopy. Endoscopy is superior to esophagography in detecting milder grades of esophagitis. Further, interventions can be performed endoscopically (eg, dilation, biopsy, attachment of a wireless pH testing probe) that cannot be done during a radiographic procedure, and endoscopy does not expose the patient to radiation.

Advantages of esophagography. Endoscopy cannot detect evidence of gastroesophageal reflux disease unless mucosal injury is present. In dysphagia, the radiologic findings correlate well with endoscopic findings, including the detection of esophageal malignancy and moderate to severe esophagitis. Further, motility disorders can be detected with barium esophagography but not with endoscopy.9,10

Subtle abnormalities, especially rings and strictures, may be missed by narrow-diameter (9.8–10 mm) modern upper-endoscopic equipment. Further, esophagography is noninvasive, costs less, and may be more convenient (it does not require sedation and a chaperone for the patient after sedation). This examination also provides dynamic evaluation of the complex process of swallowing. Causes of dysphagia external to the esophagus can also be determined.

In view of the respective advantages and disadvantages of the two methods, we believe that in most instances barium esophagography should be the initial examination,1,9,11–15 and at our institution most patients presenting with dysphagia undergo barium esophagography before they undergo other examinations.14

OBTAIN A HISTORY BEFORE ORDERING ESOPHAGOGRAPHY

Before a barium examination of the esophagus is done, a focused medical history should be obtained, as it can guide the further workup as well as the esophageal study itself.

An attempt should be made to determine whether the dysphagia is oropharyngeal or if it is esophageal, as the former is generally best initially evaluated by a speech and language pathologist. Generally, the physician who orders the test judges whether the patient has oropharyngeal or esophageal dysphagia. Often, both an oropharyngeal examination, performed by a speech and language pathologist, and an esophageal examination, performed by a radiologist, are ordered.

Rapidly progressive symptoms, especially if accompanied by weight loss, should make one suspect cancer. Chronic symptoms usually point to gastroesophageal reflux disease or a motility disorder such as achalasia. Liquid dysphagia almost always means the patient has a motility disorder such as achalasia.

In view of the possibility of eosinophilic esophagitis, one should ask about food or seasonal allergies, especially in young patients with intermittent difficulty swallowing solids.3

 

 

BARIUM ESOPHAGOGRAPHY HAS EIGHT SEPARATE PHASES

Barium esophagography is tailored to the patient with dysphagia on the basis of his or her history. The standard examination is divided into eight separate phases (see below).14 Each phase addresses a specific question or questions concerning the structure and function of the esophagus.

At our institution, the first phase of the examination is determined by the presenting symptoms. If the patient has liquid dysphagia, we start with a timed barium swallow to assess esophageal emptying. If the patient does not have liquid dysphagia, we start with an air-contrast mucosal examination.

The patient must be cooperative and mobile to complete all phases of the examination.

Timed barium swallow to measure esophageal emptying

The timed barium swallow is an objective measure of esophageal emptying.16–18 This technique is essential in the initial evaluation of a patient with liquid dysphagia, a symptom common in patients with severe dysmotility, usually achalasia.

Figure 1. Timed barium swallow in a patient with achalasia. The patient consumed 140 mL of low-density barium. There is no emptying of barium between the 1-minute and 5-minute films.
In the upright position, the patient is asked to ingest up to 250 mL of low-density barium, as tolerated. The height and width of the barium column at 1 minute and 5 minutes are measured and recorded (Figure 1).

We use this examination in our patients with suspected or confirmed achalasia and to follow up patients who have been treated with pneumatic dilatation, botulinum toxin injection, and Heller myotomy.17,18 In addition, this timed test is an objective measure of emptying in patients who have undergone intervention but whose symptoms have not subjectively improved, and can suggest that further intervention may be required.

Air-contrast or mucosal phase

Figure 2. Esophagographic phases in a patient with solid-food dysphagia and a significant distal mucosal ring. A. The upright, mucosal phase of the examination shows no abnormalities. B. The distended or full-column phase of the examination shows the distal mucosal ring (arrow) as a sharply defined, ridge-like filling defect in the barium column above a small, sliding-type hiatal hernia (HH) (brought out by the increased intra-abdominal pressure with the patient in the semiprone position). C. The mucosal relief phase again shows the circumferential nature of the distal ring (arrows), as well as the hiatal hernia. D. Spontaneous reflux of gastric barium (arrows) with the patient in the supine position. The barium refluxed to the level of the thoracic inlet. E. Obstruction of the ingested 13-mm tablet (T) at the level of the distal mucosal ring. Barium above the tablet was given to precisely identify the location of the obstruction.
The air-contrast phase of the examination is designed to evaluate the esophageal mucosa and to determine if there is a fixed (nonreducible) hernia. In the upright position, the patient ingests CO2 gas-producing crystals with a small amount of water and then ingests high-density barium in order to coat the mucosa. Spot films are taken of the gas-distended, barium-coated esophagus (Figure 2A).

Although this phase is not as sensitive as endoscopy, it can detect masses, mucosal erosions, ulcers, and—most importantly in our experience—fixed hernias. Patients with a fixed hernia have a foreshortened esophagus, which is important to know about before repairing the hernia. Many esophageal surgeons believe that a foreshortened esophagus precludes a standard Nissen fundoplication and necessitates an esophageal lengthening procedure (ie, Collis gastroplasty with a Nissen fundoplication).14

Motility phase

The third phase examines esophageal motility. With the patient in a semiprone position, low-density barium is given in single swallows, separated by 25 to 30 seconds. The images are recorded on digital media to allow one to review them frame by frame.

The findings on this phase correlate well with those of manometry.19 This portion of the examination also uses impedance monitoring to assess bolus transfer, an aspect not evaluated by manometry.20,21 Impedance monitoring detects changes in resistance to current flow and correlates well with esophagraphic findings regarding bolus transfer.

While many patients with dysphagia also undergo esophageal manometry, the findings from this phase of the esophagographic examination may be the first indication of an esophageal motility disorder. In fact, this portion of the examination shows the distinct advantage of esophagography over endoscopy as the initial test in patients with dysphagia, as endoscopy may not identify patients with achalasia, especially early on.4

Single-contrast (full-column) phase to detect strictures, rings

The fourth phase of the esophagographic evaluation is the distended, single-contrast examination (Figure 2B). This is performed in the semiprone position with the patient rapidly drinking thin barium. It is done to detect esophageal strictures, rings, and contour abnormalities caused by extrinsic processes. Subtle abnormalities shown by this technique, including benign strictures and rings, are often not visualized with endoscopy.

Mucosal relief phase

The fifth phase is performed with a collapsed esophagus immediately after the distended, single-contrast phase, where spot films are taken of the barium-coated, collapsed esophagus (Figure 2C). This phase is used to evaluate thickened mucosal folds, a common finding in moderate to severe reflux esophagitis.

Reflux evaluation

Provocative maneuvers are used in the sixth phase to elicit gastroesophageal reflux (Figure 2D). With the patient supine, he or she is asked to roll side to side, do a Valsalva maneuver, and do a straight-leg raise. The patient then sips water in the supine position to assess for reflux (the water siphon test). If reflux is seen, the cause, the height of the reflux, and the duration of reflux retention are recorded.

Solid-bolus phase to assess strictures

In the seventh phase, the patient swallows a 13-mm barium tablet (Figure 2E). This allows one to assess the significance of a ring or stricture and to assess if dysphagia symptoms recur as a result of tablet obstruction. Subtle strictures that were not detected during the prior phases can also be detected using a tablet. If obstruction or impaired passage occurs, the site of obstruction and the presence or absence of symptoms are recorded.

 

 

Modified esophagography to assess the oropharynx

The final or eighth phase of barium esophagography is called “modified barium esophagography” or the modified barium swallow. However, it may be the first phase of the examination performed or the only portion of the examination performed, or it may not be performed at all.

Modified barium esophagography is used to define the anatomy of the oropharynx and to assess its function in swallowing.12 It may also guide rehabilitation strategies aimed at eliminating a patient’s swallowing symptoms.

Most patients referred for this test have sustained damage to the central nervous system or structures of the oropharynx, such as stroke or radiation therapy for laryngeal cancer. Many have difficulty in starting to swallow, aspirate when they try to swallow, or both.

In this test, thin liquids are given to the patient in escalating amounts. The patient is then given thicker foods, including thick liquids, purees, and food requiring chewing. If the patient has difficulty swallowing, intervention and therapeutic strategies are initiated. If the test is done by itself and the speech pathologist cannot find a cause of the patient’s symptoms, then barium esophagography should be performed by a radiologist.

The final esophagographic report should document the findings of each phase of the examination (Table 2).

WHAT HAPPENED TO OUR PATIENT?

Our patient underwent barium esophagography (Figure 2). A distal mucosal ring that transiently obstructed a 13-mm tablet was found. The patient underwent endoscopy and the ring was dilated. No biopsies were necessary.

References
  1. Levine MS, Rubesin SE. Radiologic investigation of dysphagia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1990; 154:11571163.
  2. Smith DF, Ott DJ, Gelfand DW, Chen MY. Lower esophageal mucosal ring: correlation of referred symptoms with radiographic findings using a marshmallow bolus. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998; 171:13611365.
  3. Furuta GT, Liacouras CA, Collins MH, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis in children and adults: a systematic review and consensus recommendations for diagnosis and treatment. Gastroenterology 2007; 133:13421363.
  4. Spechler SJ. American Gastroenterological Association medical position statement on treatment of patients with dysphagia caused by benign disorders of the distal esophagus. Gastroenterology 1999; 117:229233.
  5. American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. Appropriate use of gastrointestinal endoscopy. Gastrointest Endosc 2000; 52:831837.
  6. Esfandyari T, Potter JW, Vaezi MF. Dysphagia: a cost analysis of the diagnostic approach. Am J Gastroenterol 2002; 97:27332737.
  7. Varadarajulu S, Eloubeidi MA, Patel RS, et al. The yield and the predictors of esophageal pathology when upper endoscopy is used for the initial evaluation of dysphagia. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61:804808.
  8. Standards of Practice Committee. Role of endoscopy in the management of GERD. Gastrointest Endosc 2007; 66:219224.
  9. Halpert RD, Feczko PJ, Spickler EM, Ackerman LV. Radiological assessment of dysphagia with endoscopic correlation. Radiology 1985; 157:599602.
  10. Ott DJ. Gastroesophageal reflux disease. Radiol Clin North Am 1994; 32:11471166.
  11. Ekberg O, Pokieser P. Radiologic evaluation of the dysphagic patient. Eur Radiol 1997; 7:12851295.
  12. Logemann JA. Role of the modified barium swallow in management of patients with dysphagia. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1997; 116:335338.
  13. Baker ME, Rice TW. Radiologic evaluation of the esophagus: methods and value in motility disorders and GERD. Semin Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2001; 13:201225.
  14. Baker ME, Einstein DM, Herts BR, et al. Gastroesophageal reflux disease: integrating the barium esophagram before and after antire-flux surgery. Radiology 2007; 243:329339.
  15. Levine MS, Rubesin SE, Laufer I. Barium esophagography: a study for all seasons. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2008; 6:1125.
  16. deOliveira JM, Birgisson S, Doinoff C, et al. Timed barium swallow: a simple technique for evaluating esophageal emptying in patients with achalasia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997; 169:473479.
  17. Kostic SV, Rice TW, Baker ME, et al. Time barium esophagram: a simple physiologic assessment for achalasia. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2000; 120:935943.
  18. Vaezi MF, Baker ME, Achkar E, Richter JE. Timed barium oesophagram: better predictor of long term success after pneumatic dilation in achalasia than symptom assessment. Gut 2002; 50:765770.
  19. Hewson EG, Ott DJ, Dalton CB, Chen YM, Wu WC, Richter JE. Manometry and radiology. Complementary studies in the assessment of esophageal motility disorders. Gastroenterology 1990; 98:626632.
  20. Imam H, Shay S, Ali A, Baker M. Bolus transit patterns in healthy subjects: a study using simultaneous impedance monitoring, video-esophagram, and esophageal manometry. Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol 2005;G1000G1006.
  21. Imam H, Baker M, Shay S. Simultaneous barium esophagram, impedance monitoring and manometry in patients with dysphagia due to a tight fundoplication [abstract]. Gastroenterology 2004; 126:A-639.
References
  1. Levine MS, Rubesin SE. Radiologic investigation of dysphagia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1990; 154:11571163.
  2. Smith DF, Ott DJ, Gelfand DW, Chen MY. Lower esophageal mucosal ring: correlation of referred symptoms with radiographic findings using a marshmallow bolus. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1998; 171:13611365.
  3. Furuta GT, Liacouras CA, Collins MH, et al. Eosinophilic esophagitis in children and adults: a systematic review and consensus recommendations for diagnosis and treatment. Gastroenterology 2007; 133:13421363.
  4. Spechler SJ. American Gastroenterological Association medical position statement on treatment of patients with dysphagia caused by benign disorders of the distal esophagus. Gastroenterology 1999; 117:229233.
  5. American Society for Gastrointestinal Endoscopy. Appropriate use of gastrointestinal endoscopy. Gastrointest Endosc 2000; 52:831837.
  6. Esfandyari T, Potter JW, Vaezi MF. Dysphagia: a cost analysis of the diagnostic approach. Am J Gastroenterol 2002; 97:27332737.
  7. Varadarajulu S, Eloubeidi MA, Patel RS, et al. The yield and the predictors of esophageal pathology when upper endoscopy is used for the initial evaluation of dysphagia. Gastrointest Endosc 2005; 61:804808.
  8. Standards of Practice Committee. Role of endoscopy in the management of GERD. Gastrointest Endosc 2007; 66:219224.
  9. Halpert RD, Feczko PJ, Spickler EM, Ackerman LV. Radiological assessment of dysphagia with endoscopic correlation. Radiology 1985; 157:599602.
  10. Ott DJ. Gastroesophageal reflux disease. Radiol Clin North Am 1994; 32:11471166.
  11. Ekberg O, Pokieser P. Radiologic evaluation of the dysphagic patient. Eur Radiol 1997; 7:12851295.
  12. Logemann JA. Role of the modified barium swallow in management of patients with dysphagia. Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg 1997; 116:335338.
  13. Baker ME, Rice TW. Radiologic evaluation of the esophagus: methods and value in motility disorders and GERD. Semin Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2001; 13:201225.
  14. Baker ME, Einstein DM, Herts BR, et al. Gastroesophageal reflux disease: integrating the barium esophagram before and after antire-flux surgery. Radiology 2007; 243:329339.
  15. Levine MS, Rubesin SE, Laufer I. Barium esophagography: a study for all seasons. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol 2008; 6:1125.
  16. deOliveira JM, Birgisson S, Doinoff C, et al. Timed barium swallow: a simple technique for evaluating esophageal emptying in patients with achalasia. AJR Am J Roentgenol 1997; 169:473479.
  17. Kostic SV, Rice TW, Baker ME, et al. Time barium esophagram: a simple physiologic assessment for achalasia. J Thorac Cardiovasc Surg 2000; 120:935943.
  18. Vaezi MF, Baker ME, Achkar E, Richter JE. Timed barium oesophagram: better predictor of long term success after pneumatic dilation in achalasia than symptom assessment. Gut 2002; 50:765770.
  19. Hewson EG, Ott DJ, Dalton CB, Chen YM, Wu WC, Richter JE. Manometry and radiology. Complementary studies in the assessment of esophageal motility disorders. Gastroenterology 1990; 98:626632.
  20. Imam H, Shay S, Ali A, Baker M. Bolus transit patterns in healthy subjects: a study using simultaneous impedance monitoring, video-esophagram, and esophageal manometry. Am J Physiol Gastrointest Liver Physiol 2005;G1000G1006.
  21. Imam H, Baker M, Shay S. Simultaneous barium esophagram, impedance monitoring and manometry in patients with dysphagia due to a tight fundoplication [abstract]. Gastroenterology 2004; 126:A-639.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Page Number
105-111
Page Number
105-111
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Role of barium esophagography in evaluating dysphagia
Display Headline
Role of barium esophagography in evaluating dysphagia
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Dysphagia can be due to problems in the oropharynx and cervical esophagus or in the distal esophagus.
  • Radiologic evaluation of dysphagia has distinct advantages over endoscopy, including its ability to diagnose both structural changes and motility disorders.
  • A barium evaluation can include a modified barium-swallowing study to evaluate the oropharynx, barium esophagography to evaluate the esophagus, and a timed study to evaluate esophageal emptying.
  • Often, the true cause of dysphagia is best approached with a combination of radiographic and endoscopic studies.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: Emerging concepts of pathogenesis and new treatments

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/09/2018 - 08:50
Display Headline
Autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: Emerging concepts of pathogenesis and new treatments

A 25-year-old married white woman presented to a clinic because of pelvic pain. A computed tomographic scan of her abdomen and pelvis without intravenous contrast showed two definite cysts in the right kidney (the larger measuring 2.5 cm) and a 1.5-cm cyst in the left kidney. It also showed several smaller (< 1 cm) areas of low density in both kidneys that suggested cysts. Renal ultrasonography also showed two cysts in the left kidney and one in the right kidney. The kidneys were normal-sized—the right one measured 12.5 cm and the left one 12.7 cm.

She had no family history of autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD), and renal ultrasonography of her parents showed no cystic disease. She had no history of headache or heart murmur, and her blood pressure was normal. Her kidneys were barely palpable, her liver was not enlarged, and she had no cardiac murmur or click. She was not taking any medications. Her serum creatinine level was 0.7 mg/dL, hemoglobin 14.0 g/dL, and urinalysis normal.

Does this patient have ADPKD? Based on the studies done so far, would genetic testing be useful? If the genetic analysis does show a mutation, what additional information can be derived from the location of that mutation? Can she do anything to improve her prognosis?

ADPKD ACCOUNTS FOR ABOUT 3% OF END-STAGE RENAL DISEASE

ADPKD is the most common of all inherited renal diseases, with 600,000 to 700,000 cases in the United States and about 12.5 million cases worldwide. About 5,000 to 6,000 new cases are diagnosed yearly in the United States, about 40% of them by age 45. Typically, patients with ADPKD have a family history of the disease, but about 5% to 10% do not. In about 50% of cases, ADPKD progresses to end-stage renal disease by age 60, and it accounts for about 3% of cases of end-stage renal disease in the United States.1

CYSTS IN KIDNEYS AND OTHER ORGANS, AND NONCYSTIC FEATURES

In ADPKD, cysts in the kidneys increase in number and size over time, ultimately destroying normal renal tissue. However, renal function remains steady over many years until the kidneys have approximately quadrupled in volume to 1,500 cm3 (normal combined kidney volume is about 250 to 400 cm3), which defines a tipping point beyond which renal function can rapidly decline.2,3 Ultimately, the patient will need renal replacement therapy, ie, dialysis or renal transplantation.

The cysts (kidney and liver) cause discomfort and pain by putting pressure on the abdominal wall, flanks, and back, by impinging on neighboring organs, by bleeding into the cysts, and by the development of kidney stones or infected cysts (which are uncommon, though urinary tract infections themselves are more frequent). Kidney stones occur in about 20% of patients with ADPKD, and uric acid stones are almost as common as calcium oxalate stones. Compression of the iliac vein and inferior vena cava with possible thrombus formation and pulmonary embolism can be caused by enormous enlargement of the cystic kidneys, particularly the right.4 Interestingly, the patients at greatest risk of pulmonary embolism after renal transplantation are those with ADPKD.5

Cysts can also develop in other organs. Liver cysts develop in about 80% of patients. Usually, the cysts do not affect liver function, but because they are substantially estrogen-dependent they can be more of a clinical problem in women. About 10% of patients have cysts in the pancreas, but these are functionally insignificant. Other locations of cysts include the spleen, arachnoid membranes, and seminal vesicles in men.

Intracranial aneurysms are a key noncystic feature, and these are strongly influenced by family history. A patient with ADPKD who has a family member with ADPKD as well as an intracranial aneurysm or subarachnoid hemorrhage has about a 20% chance of having an intracranial aneurysm. A key clinical warning is a “sentinel” or “thunderclap” headache, which patients typically rate as at least a 10 on a scale of 10 in severity. In a patient with ADPKD, this type of headache can signal a leaking aneurysm causing irritation and edema of the surrounding brain tissue that temporarily tamponades the bleeding before the aneurysm actually ruptures. This is a critical period when a patient should immediately obtain emergency care.

Cardiac valve abnormalities occur in about one-third of patients. Most common is mitral valve prolapse, which is usually mild. Abnormalities can also occur in the aortic valve and the left ventricular outflow tract.

Hernias are the third general noncystic feature of ADPKD. Patients with ADPKD have an increased prevalence of umbilical, hiatal, and inguinal hernias, as well as diverticulae of the colon.

 

 

DOES THIS PATIENT HAVE ADPKD?

The Ravine ultrasonographic criteria for the diagnosis of ADPKD are based on the patient’s age, family history, and number of cysts (Table 1).6,7 Alternatively, Torres (Vincent E. Torres, personal communication, March 2008) recommends that, in the absence of a family history of ADPKD or other findings to suggest other cystic disease, the diagnosis of ADPKD can be made if the patient has a total of at least 20 renal cysts.

Our patient had only three definite cysts, was 25 years old, and had no family history of ADPKD and so did not technically meet the Ravine criteria of five cysts at this age, or the Torres criteria, for having ADPKD. Nevertheless, because she was concerned about overt disease possibly developing later and about passing on a genetic defect to her future offspring, she decided to undergo genetic testing.

CLINICAL GENETICS OF ADPKD: TWO MAJOR TYPES

There are two major genetic forms of ADPKD, caused by mutations in the genes PKD1 and PKD2.

PKD1 has been mapped to the short arm of the 16th chromosome. Its gene product is polycystin 1. Mutations in PKD1 account for about 85% of all cases of polycystic kidney disease. The cysts appear when patients are in their 20s, and the disease progresses relatively rapidly, so that most patients enter end-stage renal disease when they are in their 50s.

PKD2 has been mapped to the long arm of the fourth chromosome. Its product is polycystin 2. PKD2 mutations account for about 15% of all cases of ADPKD, and the disease progresses more slowly, usually with end-stage disease developing when the patients usually are in their 70s.

Screening for mutations by direct DNA sequencing in ADPKD

Genetic testing for PKD1 and PKD2 mutations is available (www.athenadiagnostics.com).8 The Human Gene Mutation Database lists at least 270 different PKD1 mutations and 70 different PKD2 mutations.8 Most are unique to a single family.

Our patient was tested for mutations of the PKD1 and PKD2 genes by polymerase chain reaction amplification and direct DNA sequencing. She was found to possess a DNA sequence variant at a nucleotide position in the PKD1 gene previously reported as a disease-associated mutation. She is therefore likely to be affected with or predisposed to developing ADPKD.

Furthermore, the position of her mutation means she has a worse prognosis. Rossetti et al,9 in a study of 324 PKD1 patients, found that only 19% of those who had mutations in the 5′ region of the gene (ie, at positions below 7,812) still had adequate renal function at 60 years of age, compared with 40% of those with mutations in the 3′ region (P = .025).

Other risk factors for more rapid kidney failure in ADPKD include male sex, onset of hypertension before age 35, gross hematuria before age 30 in men, and, in women, having had three or more pregnancies.

THE ‘TWO-HIT’ HYPOTHESIS

The time of onset and the rate of progression of ADPKD can vary from patient to patient, even in the same family. Besides the factors mentioned above, another reason may be that second mutations (“second hits”) have to occur before the cysts develop.

The first mutation exists in all the kidney tubular cells and is the germline mutation in the PKD gene inherited from the affected parent. This is necessary but not sufficient for cyst formation.

The second hit is a somatic mutation in an individual tubular cell that inactivates to varying degrees the unaffected gene from the normal parent. It is these second hits that allow abnormal focal (monoclonal) proliferation of renal tubular cells and cyst formation (reviewed by Arnaout10 and by Pei11). There is no way to predict these second hits, and their identity is unknown.

Other genetic variations may occur, such as transheterozygous mutations, in which a person may have a mutation of PKD1 as well as PKD2.

Germline mutations of PKD1 or PKD2 combined with somatic mutations of the normal paired chromosome depress levels of their normal gene products (polycystin 1 and polycystin 2) to the point that cysts develop.

The timing and frequency of these second hits blur the distinction between the time course for the progression of PKD1 and PKD2 disease, and can accelerate the course of both.

BASIC RESEARCH POINTS THE WAY TO TREATMENTS FOR ADPKD

Polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 are the normal gene products of the genes which, when mutated, are responsible for PKD1 and PKD2, respectively. Research into the structure and function of the polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 proteins—and what goes wrong when they are not produced in sufficient quantity or accurately—is pointing the way to possible treatments for ADPKD.

Figure 1.
Polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 are linked transmembrane glycoproteins found on tubular epithelial cells in the kidney (Figure 1). When they work properly, they inhibit cell proliferation via several pathways. Polycystin 1 has a large extracellular domain that functions as a mechanoreceptor located on the primary cilium of renal tubular cells. Polycystin 1 is linked to polycystin 2, which contains a cation channel highly permeable to calcium. When the mechanoreceptor of polycystin 1 is stimulated by calcium-containing urine flowing through the tubule, the calcium channel of polycystin 2 opens and calcium enters the cell.12 The trio of calcium flux, growth factors, and cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) determines the proliferative state of renal tubular cells via the extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) pathway.13 In addition, the tail of polycystin 1 interacts with tuberin, which regulates the kinase activity of the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) pathway, another pathway for cell proliferation.14

When the polycystins are not functioning, as in ADPKD, these proliferative pathways are unopposed. However, proliferation can be countered in other ways. One of the prime movers of cell proliferation, acting through adenylyl cyclase and cAMP, is vasopressin. In genetically produced polycystic animals, two antagonists of the vasopressin V2 receptor (VPV2R), OPC31260 and OPC41061 (tolvaptan), decreased cAMP and ERK, prevented or reduced renal cysts, and preserved renal function.15,16 Not surprisingly, simply increasing water intake decreases vasopressin production and the development of polycystic kidney disease in rats.17 Definitive proof of the role of vasopressin in causing cyst formation was achieved by crossing PCK rats (genetically destined to develop polycystic kidneys) with Brattleboro rats (totally lacking vasopressin) in order to generate rats with polycystic kidneys and varying amounts of vasopressin.18 PCK animals with no vasopressin had virtually no cAMP or renal cysts, whereas PCK animals with increasing amounts of vasopressin had progressively larger kidneys with more numerous cysts. Administration of synthetic vasopressin to PCK rats that totally lacked vasopressin re-created the full cystic disease.

Normally, cAMP is broken down by phosphodiesterases. Caffeine and methylxanthine products such as theophylline interfere with phosphodiesterase activity, raise cAMP in epithelial cell cultures from patients with ADPKD,19 and increase cyst formation in canine kidney cell cultures.20 One could infer that caffeine-containing drinks and foods would be undesirable for ADPKD patients.

The absence of polycystin permits excessive kinase activity in the mTOR pathway and the development of renal cysts.14 The mTOR system can be blocked by rapamycin (sirolimus, Rapamune). Wahl et al21 found that inhibition of mTOR with rapamycin slows PKD progression in rats. In a prospective study in humans, rapamycin reduced polycystic liver volumes in ADPKD renal transplant recipients.22

Rapamycin, however, can have significant side effects that include hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, thrombocytopenia, anemia, leukopenia, oral ulcers, impaired wound healing, proteinuria, thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial pneumonia, infection, and venous thrombosis. Many of these appear to be dose-related and can generally be reversed by stopping or reducing the dose. However, this drug is not approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of ADPKD, and we absolutely do not advocate using it “off-label.”

 

 

What does this mean for our patient?

Although these results were derived primarily from animal experiments, they do provide a substantial rationale for advising our patient to:

Drink approximately 3 L of water throughout the day right up to bedtime in order to suppress vasopressin secretion and the stimulation of cAMP. This should be done under a doctor’s direction and with regular monitoring.15,17,18,23

Avoid caffeine and methylxanthines because they block phosphodiesterase, thereby leaving more cAMP to stimulate cyst formation.19,20

Follow a low-sodium diet (< 2,300 mg/day), which, while helping to control hypertension and kidney stone formation, may also help to maintain smaller cysts and kidneys. Keith et al,24 in an experiment in rats, found that the greater the sodium content of the rats’ diet, the greater the cyst sizes and kidney volumes by the end of 3 months.

Consider participating in a study. Several clinical treatment studies in ADPKD are currently enrolling patients who qualify:

  • The Halt Progression of Polycystic Kidney Disease (HALT PKD) study, funded by the National Institutes of Health, is comparing the combination of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor and an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB) vs an ACE inhibitor plus placebo. Participating centers are Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Cleveland Clinic, Emory University, Mayo Clinic, Tufts-New England Medical Center, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, and University of Kansas Medical Center. This study involves approximately 1,020 patients nationwide.
  • The Tolvaptan Efficacy and Safety in Management of Polycystic Disease and its Outcomes (TEMPO) study plans to enroll approximately 1,500 patients.
  • Rapamycin is being studied in a pilot study at Cleveland Clinic and in another study in Zurich, Switzerland.
  • A study of everolimus, a shorter-acting mTOR inhibitor, is beginning.
  • A study of somatostatin is under way in Italy.

HYPERTENSION AND ADPKD

Uncontrolled hypertension is a key factor in the rate of progression of kidney disease in general and ADPKD in particular. It needs to be effectively treated. The target blood pressure should be in the range of 110 to 130 mm Hg systolic and 70 to 80 mm Hg diastolic.

Hypertension develops at least in part because the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS) is up-regulated in ADPKD due to renal cysts compressing and stretching blood vessels.25 Synthesis of immunoreactive renin, which normally takes place in the juxtaglomerular apparatus, shifts to the walls of the arterioles. There is also ectopic renin synthesis in the epithelium of dilated tubules and cysts. Greater renin production causes increases in angiotensin II and vasoconstriction, in aldosterone and sodium retention, and both angiotensin II and aldosterone can cause fibrosis and mitogenesis, which enhance cyst formation.

ACE inhibitors partially reverse the decrease in renal blood flow, renal vascular resistance, and the increase in filtration fraction. However, because some angiotensin II is also produced by an ACE-independent pathway via a chymase-like enzyme, ARBs may have a broader role in treating ADPKD.

In experimental rats with polycystic kidney disease, Keith et al24 found that blood pressure, kidney weight, plasma creatinine, and histology score (reflecting the volume of cysts as a percentage of the cortex) were all lower in animals receiving the ACE inhibitor enalapril (Vasotec) or the ARB losartan (Cozaar) than in controls or those receiving hydralazine. They also reported that the number of cysts and the size of the kidneys increased as the amount of sodium in the animals’ drinking water increased.

The potential benefits of giving ACE inhibitors or ARBs to interrupt the RAAS in polycystic disease include reduced intraglomerular pressure, reduced renal vasoconstriction (and consequently, increased renal blood flow), less proteinuria, and decreased production of transforming growth factor beta with less fibrosis. In addition, Schrier et al26 found that “rigorous blood pressure control” (goal < 120/80 mm Hg) led to a greater reduction in left ventricular mass index over time than did standard blood pressure control (goal 135–140/85–90 mm Hg) in patients with ADPKD, and that treatment with enalapril led to a greater reduction than with amlodipine (Norvasc), a calcium channel blocker.

The renal risks of ACE inhibitors include ischemia from further reduction in renal blood flow (which is already compromised by expanding cysts), hyperkalemia, and reversible renal failure that can typically be avoided by judicious dosing and monitoring.27 In addition, these drugs have the well-known side effects of cough and angioedema, and they should be avoided in pregnancy.

If diuretics are used, hypokalemia should be avoided because of both clinical and experimental evidence that it promotes cyst development. In patients who have hyperaldosteronism and hypokalemia, the degree of cyst formation in their kidneys is much greater than in other forms of hypertension. Hypokalemia has also been shown to increase cyst formation in rat models.

What does this mean for our patient?

When hypertension develops in an ADPKD patient, it would probably be best treated with an ACE inhibitor or an ARB. However, should our patient become pregnant, these drugs are to be avoided. Children of a parent with ADPKD have a 50:50 chance of having ADPKD. Genetic counseling may be advisable.

Chapman et al28 found that pregnant women with ADPKD have a significantly higher frequency of maternal complications (particularly hypertension, edema, and preeclampsia) than patients without ADPKD (35% vs 19%, P < .001). Normotensive women with ADPKD and serum creatinine levels of 1.2 mg/dL or less typically had successful, uncomplicated pregnancies. However, 16% of normotensive ADPKD women developed new-onset hypertension in pregnancy and 11% developed preeclampsia; these patients were more likely to develop chronic hypertension. Preeclampsia developed in 7 (54%) of 13 hypertensive women with ADPKD vs 13 (8%) of 157 normotensive ADPKD women. Moreover, 4 (80%) of 5 women with ADPKD who had prepregnancy serum creatinine levels higher than 1.2 mg/dL developed end-stage renal disease 15 years earlier than the general ADPKD population. Overall fetal complication rates were similar in those with or without ADPKD (32.6% vs 26.2%), but fetal prematurity due to preeclampsia was increased significantly (28% vs 10%, P < .01).28

The authors concluded that hypertensive ADPKD women are at high risk of fetal and maternal complications and measures should be taken to prevent the development of preeclampsia in these women.

In conclusion, the patient with ADPKD can present many therapeutic challenges. Fortunately, new treatment approaches combined with established ones should begin to have a favorable impact on outcomes.

References
  1. US Renal Data Services. Table A.1, Incident counts of reported ESRD: all patients. USRDS 2008 Annual Data Report, Vol. 3, page 7.
  2. Grantham JJ, Torres VE, Chapman AB, et al; CRISP Investigators. Volume progression in polycystic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:21222130.
  3. Grantham JJ, Cook LT, Torres VE, et al. Determinants of renal volume in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease. Kidney Int 2008; 73:108116.
  4. O’Sullivan DA, Torres VE, Heit JA, Liggett S, King BF. Compression of the inferior vena cava by right renal cysts: an unusual cause of IVC and/or iliofemoral thrombosis with pulmonary embolism in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. Clin Nephrol 1998; 49:332334.
  5. Tveit DP, Hypolite I, Bucci J, et al. Risk factors for hospitalizations resulting from pulmonary embolism after renal transplantation in the United States. J Nephrol 2001; 14:361368.
  6. Ravine D, Gibson RN, Walker RG, Sheffield LJ, Kincaid-Smith P, Danks DM. Evaluation of ultrasonographic diagnostic criteria for autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease 1. Lancet 1994; 343:824827.
  7. Rizk D, Chapman AB. Cystic and inherited kidney disease. Am J Kidney Dis 2004; 42:13051317.
  8. Rossetti S, Consugar MB, Chapman AB, et al. Comprehensive molecular diagnostics in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 18:21432160.
  9. Rossetti S, Burton S, Strmecki L, et al. The position of the polycystic kidney disease 1 (PKD1) gene mutation correlates with the severity of renal disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:12301237.
  10. Arnaout MA. Molecular genetics and pathogenesis of autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. Annu Rev Med 2001; 52:93123.
  11. Pei Y. A “two-hit” model of cystogenesis in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease? Trends Mol Med 2001; 7:151156.
  12. Nauli S, Alenghat FJ, Luo Y, et al. Polycystins 1 and 2 mediate mechanosensation in the primary cilium of kidney cells. Nat Genet 2003; 33:129137.
  13. Yamaguchi T, Wallace DP, Magenheimer BS, Hempson SJ, Grantham JJ, Calvet JP. Calcium restriction allows cAMP activation of the B-Raf/ERK pathway, switching cells to a cAMP-dependent growth-stimulated phenotype. J Biol Chem 2004; 279:4041940430.
  14. Shillingford JM, Murcia NS, Larson CH, et al. The mTOR pathway is regulated by polycystin-1, and its inhibition reverses renal cystogenesis in polycystic kidney disease. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2006; 103:54665471.
  15. Wang X, Gattone V, Harris PC, Torres VE. Effectiveness of vasopressin V2 receptor antagonists OPC-31260 and OPC-41061 on polycystic kidney disease development in the PCK rat. J Am Soc Nephrol 2005; 16:846851.
  16. Gattone VH, Wang X, Harris PC, Torres VE. Inhibition of renal cystic disease development and progression by a vasopressin V2 receptor antagonist. Nat Med 2003; 9:13231326.
  17. Nagao S, Nishii K, Katsuvama M, et al. Increased water intake decreases progression of polycystic kidney disease in the PCK rat. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006; 17:22202227.
  18. Wang W, Wu Y, Ward CJ, Harris PC, Torres VE. Vasopressin directly regulates cyst growth in polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 19:102108.
  19. Belibi FA, Wallace DP, Yamaguchi T, Christensen M, Reif G, Grantham JJ. The effect of caffeine on renal epithelial cells from patients with autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:27232729.
  20. Mangoo-Karim R, Uchich M, Lechene C, Grantham JJ. Renal epithelial cyst formation and enlargement in vitro: dependence on cAMP. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1989; 86:60076011.
  21. Wahl PR, Serra AL, Le Hir M, Molle KD, Hall MN, Wuthrich RP. Inhibition of mTOR with sirolimus slows disease progression in Han:SPRD rats with autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD). Nephrol Dial Transplant 2006; 21:598604.
  22. Qian Q, Du H, King BF, Kumar S, Dean PG, Cosio FG, Torres VE. Sirolimus reduces polycystic liver volume in ADPKD patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 19:631638.
  23. Grantham JJ. Therapy for polycystic kidney disease? It’s water, stupid! J Am Soc Nephrol 2008: 12:12.
  24. Keith DS, Torres VE, Johnson CM, Holley KE. Effect of sodium chloride, enalapril, and losartan on the development of polycystic kidney disease in Han:SPRD rats. Am J Kidney Dis 1994; 24:491498.
  25. Ecder T, Schrier RW. Hypertension in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: early occurrence and unique aspects. J Am Soc Nephrol 2001; 12:194200.
  26. Schrier R, McFann K, Johnson A, et al. Cardiac and renal effects of standard versus rigorous blood pressure control in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease: results of a seven-year prospective randomized study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:17331739.
  27. Chapman AB, Gabow PA, Schrier RW. Reversible renal failure associated with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors in polycystic kidney disease. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115:769773.
  28. Chapman AB, Johnson AM, Gabow PA. Pregnancy outcome and its relationship to progression of renal failure in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 1994; 5:11781185.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

William E. Braun, MD
Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: William E. Braun, MD, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Transplantation Center, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Q7, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

The author has disclosed that he has received research support from Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Division of Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at The Cleveland Clinic Foundation. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
97-104
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

William E. Braun, MD
Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: William E. Braun, MD, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Transplantation Center, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Q7, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

The author has disclosed that he has received research support from Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Division of Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at The Cleveland Clinic Foundation. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Author and Disclosure Information

William E. Braun, MD
Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Cleveland Clinic

Address: William E. Braun, MD, Department of Nephrology and Hypertension, Transplantation Center, Glickman Urological and Kidney Institute, Q7, Cleveland Clinic, 9500 Euclid Avenue, Cleveland, OH 44195; e-mail [email protected]

The author has disclosed that he has received research support from Wyeth Pharmaceuticals.

Medical Grand Rounds articles are based on edited transcripts from Division of Medicine Grand Rounds presentations at The Cleveland Clinic Foundation. They are approved by the author but are not peer-reviewed.

Article PDF
Article PDF

A 25-year-old married white woman presented to a clinic because of pelvic pain. A computed tomographic scan of her abdomen and pelvis without intravenous contrast showed two definite cysts in the right kidney (the larger measuring 2.5 cm) and a 1.5-cm cyst in the left kidney. It also showed several smaller (< 1 cm) areas of low density in both kidneys that suggested cysts. Renal ultrasonography also showed two cysts in the left kidney and one in the right kidney. The kidneys were normal-sized—the right one measured 12.5 cm and the left one 12.7 cm.

She had no family history of autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD), and renal ultrasonography of her parents showed no cystic disease. She had no history of headache or heart murmur, and her blood pressure was normal. Her kidneys were barely palpable, her liver was not enlarged, and she had no cardiac murmur or click. She was not taking any medications. Her serum creatinine level was 0.7 mg/dL, hemoglobin 14.0 g/dL, and urinalysis normal.

Does this patient have ADPKD? Based on the studies done so far, would genetic testing be useful? If the genetic analysis does show a mutation, what additional information can be derived from the location of that mutation? Can she do anything to improve her prognosis?

ADPKD ACCOUNTS FOR ABOUT 3% OF END-STAGE RENAL DISEASE

ADPKD is the most common of all inherited renal diseases, with 600,000 to 700,000 cases in the United States and about 12.5 million cases worldwide. About 5,000 to 6,000 new cases are diagnosed yearly in the United States, about 40% of them by age 45. Typically, patients with ADPKD have a family history of the disease, but about 5% to 10% do not. In about 50% of cases, ADPKD progresses to end-stage renal disease by age 60, and it accounts for about 3% of cases of end-stage renal disease in the United States.1

CYSTS IN KIDNEYS AND OTHER ORGANS, AND NONCYSTIC FEATURES

In ADPKD, cysts in the kidneys increase in number and size over time, ultimately destroying normal renal tissue. However, renal function remains steady over many years until the kidneys have approximately quadrupled in volume to 1,500 cm3 (normal combined kidney volume is about 250 to 400 cm3), which defines a tipping point beyond which renal function can rapidly decline.2,3 Ultimately, the patient will need renal replacement therapy, ie, dialysis or renal transplantation.

The cysts (kidney and liver) cause discomfort and pain by putting pressure on the abdominal wall, flanks, and back, by impinging on neighboring organs, by bleeding into the cysts, and by the development of kidney stones or infected cysts (which are uncommon, though urinary tract infections themselves are more frequent). Kidney stones occur in about 20% of patients with ADPKD, and uric acid stones are almost as common as calcium oxalate stones. Compression of the iliac vein and inferior vena cava with possible thrombus formation and pulmonary embolism can be caused by enormous enlargement of the cystic kidneys, particularly the right.4 Interestingly, the patients at greatest risk of pulmonary embolism after renal transplantation are those with ADPKD.5

Cysts can also develop in other organs. Liver cysts develop in about 80% of patients. Usually, the cysts do not affect liver function, but because they are substantially estrogen-dependent they can be more of a clinical problem in women. About 10% of patients have cysts in the pancreas, but these are functionally insignificant. Other locations of cysts include the spleen, arachnoid membranes, and seminal vesicles in men.

Intracranial aneurysms are a key noncystic feature, and these are strongly influenced by family history. A patient with ADPKD who has a family member with ADPKD as well as an intracranial aneurysm or subarachnoid hemorrhage has about a 20% chance of having an intracranial aneurysm. A key clinical warning is a “sentinel” or “thunderclap” headache, which patients typically rate as at least a 10 on a scale of 10 in severity. In a patient with ADPKD, this type of headache can signal a leaking aneurysm causing irritation and edema of the surrounding brain tissue that temporarily tamponades the bleeding before the aneurysm actually ruptures. This is a critical period when a patient should immediately obtain emergency care.

Cardiac valve abnormalities occur in about one-third of patients. Most common is mitral valve prolapse, which is usually mild. Abnormalities can also occur in the aortic valve and the left ventricular outflow tract.

Hernias are the third general noncystic feature of ADPKD. Patients with ADPKD have an increased prevalence of umbilical, hiatal, and inguinal hernias, as well as diverticulae of the colon.

 

 

DOES THIS PATIENT HAVE ADPKD?

The Ravine ultrasonographic criteria for the diagnosis of ADPKD are based on the patient’s age, family history, and number of cysts (Table 1).6,7 Alternatively, Torres (Vincent E. Torres, personal communication, March 2008) recommends that, in the absence of a family history of ADPKD or other findings to suggest other cystic disease, the diagnosis of ADPKD can be made if the patient has a total of at least 20 renal cysts.

Our patient had only three definite cysts, was 25 years old, and had no family history of ADPKD and so did not technically meet the Ravine criteria of five cysts at this age, or the Torres criteria, for having ADPKD. Nevertheless, because she was concerned about overt disease possibly developing later and about passing on a genetic defect to her future offspring, she decided to undergo genetic testing.

CLINICAL GENETICS OF ADPKD: TWO MAJOR TYPES

There are two major genetic forms of ADPKD, caused by mutations in the genes PKD1 and PKD2.

PKD1 has been mapped to the short arm of the 16th chromosome. Its gene product is polycystin 1. Mutations in PKD1 account for about 85% of all cases of polycystic kidney disease. The cysts appear when patients are in their 20s, and the disease progresses relatively rapidly, so that most patients enter end-stage renal disease when they are in their 50s.

PKD2 has been mapped to the long arm of the fourth chromosome. Its product is polycystin 2. PKD2 mutations account for about 15% of all cases of ADPKD, and the disease progresses more slowly, usually with end-stage disease developing when the patients usually are in their 70s.

Screening for mutations by direct DNA sequencing in ADPKD

Genetic testing for PKD1 and PKD2 mutations is available (www.athenadiagnostics.com).8 The Human Gene Mutation Database lists at least 270 different PKD1 mutations and 70 different PKD2 mutations.8 Most are unique to a single family.

Our patient was tested for mutations of the PKD1 and PKD2 genes by polymerase chain reaction amplification and direct DNA sequencing. She was found to possess a DNA sequence variant at a nucleotide position in the PKD1 gene previously reported as a disease-associated mutation. She is therefore likely to be affected with or predisposed to developing ADPKD.

Furthermore, the position of her mutation means she has a worse prognosis. Rossetti et al,9 in a study of 324 PKD1 patients, found that only 19% of those who had mutations in the 5′ region of the gene (ie, at positions below 7,812) still had adequate renal function at 60 years of age, compared with 40% of those with mutations in the 3′ region (P = .025).

Other risk factors for more rapid kidney failure in ADPKD include male sex, onset of hypertension before age 35, gross hematuria before age 30 in men, and, in women, having had three or more pregnancies.

THE ‘TWO-HIT’ HYPOTHESIS

The time of onset and the rate of progression of ADPKD can vary from patient to patient, even in the same family. Besides the factors mentioned above, another reason may be that second mutations (“second hits”) have to occur before the cysts develop.

The first mutation exists in all the kidney tubular cells and is the germline mutation in the PKD gene inherited from the affected parent. This is necessary but not sufficient for cyst formation.

The second hit is a somatic mutation in an individual tubular cell that inactivates to varying degrees the unaffected gene from the normal parent. It is these second hits that allow abnormal focal (monoclonal) proliferation of renal tubular cells and cyst formation (reviewed by Arnaout10 and by Pei11). There is no way to predict these second hits, and their identity is unknown.

Other genetic variations may occur, such as transheterozygous mutations, in which a person may have a mutation of PKD1 as well as PKD2.

Germline mutations of PKD1 or PKD2 combined with somatic mutations of the normal paired chromosome depress levels of their normal gene products (polycystin 1 and polycystin 2) to the point that cysts develop.

The timing and frequency of these second hits blur the distinction between the time course for the progression of PKD1 and PKD2 disease, and can accelerate the course of both.

BASIC RESEARCH POINTS THE WAY TO TREATMENTS FOR ADPKD

Polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 are the normal gene products of the genes which, when mutated, are responsible for PKD1 and PKD2, respectively. Research into the structure and function of the polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 proteins—and what goes wrong when they are not produced in sufficient quantity or accurately—is pointing the way to possible treatments for ADPKD.

Figure 1.
Polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 are linked transmembrane glycoproteins found on tubular epithelial cells in the kidney (Figure 1). When they work properly, they inhibit cell proliferation via several pathways. Polycystin 1 has a large extracellular domain that functions as a mechanoreceptor located on the primary cilium of renal tubular cells. Polycystin 1 is linked to polycystin 2, which contains a cation channel highly permeable to calcium. When the mechanoreceptor of polycystin 1 is stimulated by calcium-containing urine flowing through the tubule, the calcium channel of polycystin 2 opens and calcium enters the cell.12 The trio of calcium flux, growth factors, and cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) determines the proliferative state of renal tubular cells via the extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) pathway.13 In addition, the tail of polycystin 1 interacts with tuberin, which regulates the kinase activity of the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) pathway, another pathway for cell proliferation.14

When the polycystins are not functioning, as in ADPKD, these proliferative pathways are unopposed. However, proliferation can be countered in other ways. One of the prime movers of cell proliferation, acting through adenylyl cyclase and cAMP, is vasopressin. In genetically produced polycystic animals, two antagonists of the vasopressin V2 receptor (VPV2R), OPC31260 and OPC41061 (tolvaptan), decreased cAMP and ERK, prevented or reduced renal cysts, and preserved renal function.15,16 Not surprisingly, simply increasing water intake decreases vasopressin production and the development of polycystic kidney disease in rats.17 Definitive proof of the role of vasopressin in causing cyst formation was achieved by crossing PCK rats (genetically destined to develop polycystic kidneys) with Brattleboro rats (totally lacking vasopressin) in order to generate rats with polycystic kidneys and varying amounts of vasopressin.18 PCK animals with no vasopressin had virtually no cAMP or renal cysts, whereas PCK animals with increasing amounts of vasopressin had progressively larger kidneys with more numerous cysts. Administration of synthetic vasopressin to PCK rats that totally lacked vasopressin re-created the full cystic disease.

Normally, cAMP is broken down by phosphodiesterases. Caffeine and methylxanthine products such as theophylline interfere with phosphodiesterase activity, raise cAMP in epithelial cell cultures from patients with ADPKD,19 and increase cyst formation in canine kidney cell cultures.20 One could infer that caffeine-containing drinks and foods would be undesirable for ADPKD patients.

The absence of polycystin permits excessive kinase activity in the mTOR pathway and the development of renal cysts.14 The mTOR system can be blocked by rapamycin (sirolimus, Rapamune). Wahl et al21 found that inhibition of mTOR with rapamycin slows PKD progression in rats. In a prospective study in humans, rapamycin reduced polycystic liver volumes in ADPKD renal transplant recipients.22

Rapamycin, however, can have significant side effects that include hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, thrombocytopenia, anemia, leukopenia, oral ulcers, impaired wound healing, proteinuria, thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial pneumonia, infection, and venous thrombosis. Many of these appear to be dose-related and can generally be reversed by stopping or reducing the dose. However, this drug is not approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of ADPKD, and we absolutely do not advocate using it “off-label.”

 

 

What does this mean for our patient?

Although these results were derived primarily from animal experiments, they do provide a substantial rationale for advising our patient to:

Drink approximately 3 L of water throughout the day right up to bedtime in order to suppress vasopressin secretion and the stimulation of cAMP. This should be done under a doctor’s direction and with regular monitoring.15,17,18,23

Avoid caffeine and methylxanthines because they block phosphodiesterase, thereby leaving more cAMP to stimulate cyst formation.19,20

Follow a low-sodium diet (< 2,300 mg/day), which, while helping to control hypertension and kidney stone formation, may also help to maintain smaller cysts and kidneys. Keith et al,24 in an experiment in rats, found that the greater the sodium content of the rats’ diet, the greater the cyst sizes and kidney volumes by the end of 3 months.

Consider participating in a study. Several clinical treatment studies in ADPKD are currently enrolling patients who qualify:

  • The Halt Progression of Polycystic Kidney Disease (HALT PKD) study, funded by the National Institutes of Health, is comparing the combination of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor and an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB) vs an ACE inhibitor plus placebo. Participating centers are Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Cleveland Clinic, Emory University, Mayo Clinic, Tufts-New England Medical Center, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, and University of Kansas Medical Center. This study involves approximately 1,020 patients nationwide.
  • The Tolvaptan Efficacy and Safety in Management of Polycystic Disease and its Outcomes (TEMPO) study plans to enroll approximately 1,500 patients.
  • Rapamycin is being studied in a pilot study at Cleveland Clinic and in another study in Zurich, Switzerland.
  • A study of everolimus, a shorter-acting mTOR inhibitor, is beginning.
  • A study of somatostatin is under way in Italy.

HYPERTENSION AND ADPKD

Uncontrolled hypertension is a key factor in the rate of progression of kidney disease in general and ADPKD in particular. It needs to be effectively treated. The target blood pressure should be in the range of 110 to 130 mm Hg systolic and 70 to 80 mm Hg diastolic.

Hypertension develops at least in part because the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS) is up-regulated in ADPKD due to renal cysts compressing and stretching blood vessels.25 Synthesis of immunoreactive renin, which normally takes place in the juxtaglomerular apparatus, shifts to the walls of the arterioles. There is also ectopic renin synthesis in the epithelium of dilated tubules and cysts. Greater renin production causes increases in angiotensin II and vasoconstriction, in aldosterone and sodium retention, and both angiotensin II and aldosterone can cause fibrosis and mitogenesis, which enhance cyst formation.

ACE inhibitors partially reverse the decrease in renal blood flow, renal vascular resistance, and the increase in filtration fraction. However, because some angiotensin II is also produced by an ACE-independent pathway via a chymase-like enzyme, ARBs may have a broader role in treating ADPKD.

In experimental rats with polycystic kidney disease, Keith et al24 found that blood pressure, kidney weight, plasma creatinine, and histology score (reflecting the volume of cysts as a percentage of the cortex) were all lower in animals receiving the ACE inhibitor enalapril (Vasotec) or the ARB losartan (Cozaar) than in controls or those receiving hydralazine. They also reported that the number of cysts and the size of the kidneys increased as the amount of sodium in the animals’ drinking water increased.

The potential benefits of giving ACE inhibitors or ARBs to interrupt the RAAS in polycystic disease include reduced intraglomerular pressure, reduced renal vasoconstriction (and consequently, increased renal blood flow), less proteinuria, and decreased production of transforming growth factor beta with less fibrosis. In addition, Schrier et al26 found that “rigorous blood pressure control” (goal < 120/80 mm Hg) led to a greater reduction in left ventricular mass index over time than did standard blood pressure control (goal 135–140/85–90 mm Hg) in patients with ADPKD, and that treatment with enalapril led to a greater reduction than with amlodipine (Norvasc), a calcium channel blocker.

The renal risks of ACE inhibitors include ischemia from further reduction in renal blood flow (which is already compromised by expanding cysts), hyperkalemia, and reversible renal failure that can typically be avoided by judicious dosing and monitoring.27 In addition, these drugs have the well-known side effects of cough and angioedema, and they should be avoided in pregnancy.

If diuretics are used, hypokalemia should be avoided because of both clinical and experimental evidence that it promotes cyst development. In patients who have hyperaldosteronism and hypokalemia, the degree of cyst formation in their kidneys is much greater than in other forms of hypertension. Hypokalemia has also been shown to increase cyst formation in rat models.

What does this mean for our patient?

When hypertension develops in an ADPKD patient, it would probably be best treated with an ACE inhibitor or an ARB. However, should our patient become pregnant, these drugs are to be avoided. Children of a parent with ADPKD have a 50:50 chance of having ADPKD. Genetic counseling may be advisable.

Chapman et al28 found that pregnant women with ADPKD have a significantly higher frequency of maternal complications (particularly hypertension, edema, and preeclampsia) than patients without ADPKD (35% vs 19%, P < .001). Normotensive women with ADPKD and serum creatinine levels of 1.2 mg/dL or less typically had successful, uncomplicated pregnancies. However, 16% of normotensive ADPKD women developed new-onset hypertension in pregnancy and 11% developed preeclampsia; these patients were more likely to develop chronic hypertension. Preeclampsia developed in 7 (54%) of 13 hypertensive women with ADPKD vs 13 (8%) of 157 normotensive ADPKD women. Moreover, 4 (80%) of 5 women with ADPKD who had prepregnancy serum creatinine levels higher than 1.2 mg/dL developed end-stage renal disease 15 years earlier than the general ADPKD population. Overall fetal complication rates were similar in those with or without ADPKD (32.6% vs 26.2%), but fetal prematurity due to preeclampsia was increased significantly (28% vs 10%, P < .01).28

The authors concluded that hypertensive ADPKD women are at high risk of fetal and maternal complications and measures should be taken to prevent the development of preeclampsia in these women.

In conclusion, the patient with ADPKD can present many therapeutic challenges. Fortunately, new treatment approaches combined with established ones should begin to have a favorable impact on outcomes.

A 25-year-old married white woman presented to a clinic because of pelvic pain. A computed tomographic scan of her abdomen and pelvis without intravenous contrast showed two definite cysts in the right kidney (the larger measuring 2.5 cm) and a 1.5-cm cyst in the left kidney. It also showed several smaller (< 1 cm) areas of low density in both kidneys that suggested cysts. Renal ultrasonography also showed two cysts in the left kidney and one in the right kidney. The kidneys were normal-sized—the right one measured 12.5 cm and the left one 12.7 cm.

She had no family history of autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD), and renal ultrasonography of her parents showed no cystic disease. She had no history of headache or heart murmur, and her blood pressure was normal. Her kidneys were barely palpable, her liver was not enlarged, and she had no cardiac murmur or click. She was not taking any medications. Her serum creatinine level was 0.7 mg/dL, hemoglobin 14.0 g/dL, and urinalysis normal.

Does this patient have ADPKD? Based on the studies done so far, would genetic testing be useful? If the genetic analysis does show a mutation, what additional information can be derived from the location of that mutation? Can she do anything to improve her prognosis?

ADPKD ACCOUNTS FOR ABOUT 3% OF END-STAGE RENAL DISEASE

ADPKD is the most common of all inherited renal diseases, with 600,000 to 700,000 cases in the United States and about 12.5 million cases worldwide. About 5,000 to 6,000 new cases are diagnosed yearly in the United States, about 40% of them by age 45. Typically, patients with ADPKD have a family history of the disease, but about 5% to 10% do not. In about 50% of cases, ADPKD progresses to end-stage renal disease by age 60, and it accounts for about 3% of cases of end-stage renal disease in the United States.1

CYSTS IN KIDNEYS AND OTHER ORGANS, AND NONCYSTIC FEATURES

In ADPKD, cysts in the kidneys increase in number and size over time, ultimately destroying normal renal tissue. However, renal function remains steady over many years until the kidneys have approximately quadrupled in volume to 1,500 cm3 (normal combined kidney volume is about 250 to 400 cm3), which defines a tipping point beyond which renal function can rapidly decline.2,3 Ultimately, the patient will need renal replacement therapy, ie, dialysis or renal transplantation.

The cysts (kidney and liver) cause discomfort and pain by putting pressure on the abdominal wall, flanks, and back, by impinging on neighboring organs, by bleeding into the cysts, and by the development of kidney stones or infected cysts (which are uncommon, though urinary tract infections themselves are more frequent). Kidney stones occur in about 20% of patients with ADPKD, and uric acid stones are almost as common as calcium oxalate stones. Compression of the iliac vein and inferior vena cava with possible thrombus formation and pulmonary embolism can be caused by enormous enlargement of the cystic kidneys, particularly the right.4 Interestingly, the patients at greatest risk of pulmonary embolism after renal transplantation are those with ADPKD.5

Cysts can also develop in other organs. Liver cysts develop in about 80% of patients. Usually, the cysts do not affect liver function, but because they are substantially estrogen-dependent they can be more of a clinical problem in women. About 10% of patients have cysts in the pancreas, but these are functionally insignificant. Other locations of cysts include the spleen, arachnoid membranes, and seminal vesicles in men.

Intracranial aneurysms are a key noncystic feature, and these are strongly influenced by family history. A patient with ADPKD who has a family member with ADPKD as well as an intracranial aneurysm or subarachnoid hemorrhage has about a 20% chance of having an intracranial aneurysm. A key clinical warning is a “sentinel” or “thunderclap” headache, which patients typically rate as at least a 10 on a scale of 10 in severity. In a patient with ADPKD, this type of headache can signal a leaking aneurysm causing irritation and edema of the surrounding brain tissue that temporarily tamponades the bleeding before the aneurysm actually ruptures. This is a critical period when a patient should immediately obtain emergency care.

Cardiac valve abnormalities occur in about one-third of patients. Most common is mitral valve prolapse, which is usually mild. Abnormalities can also occur in the aortic valve and the left ventricular outflow tract.

Hernias are the third general noncystic feature of ADPKD. Patients with ADPKD have an increased prevalence of umbilical, hiatal, and inguinal hernias, as well as diverticulae of the colon.

 

 

DOES THIS PATIENT HAVE ADPKD?

The Ravine ultrasonographic criteria for the diagnosis of ADPKD are based on the patient’s age, family history, and number of cysts (Table 1).6,7 Alternatively, Torres (Vincent E. Torres, personal communication, March 2008) recommends that, in the absence of a family history of ADPKD or other findings to suggest other cystic disease, the diagnosis of ADPKD can be made if the patient has a total of at least 20 renal cysts.

Our patient had only three definite cysts, was 25 years old, and had no family history of ADPKD and so did not technically meet the Ravine criteria of five cysts at this age, or the Torres criteria, for having ADPKD. Nevertheless, because she was concerned about overt disease possibly developing later and about passing on a genetic defect to her future offspring, she decided to undergo genetic testing.

CLINICAL GENETICS OF ADPKD: TWO MAJOR TYPES

There are two major genetic forms of ADPKD, caused by mutations in the genes PKD1 and PKD2.

PKD1 has been mapped to the short arm of the 16th chromosome. Its gene product is polycystin 1. Mutations in PKD1 account for about 85% of all cases of polycystic kidney disease. The cysts appear when patients are in their 20s, and the disease progresses relatively rapidly, so that most patients enter end-stage renal disease when they are in their 50s.

PKD2 has been mapped to the long arm of the fourth chromosome. Its product is polycystin 2. PKD2 mutations account for about 15% of all cases of ADPKD, and the disease progresses more slowly, usually with end-stage disease developing when the patients usually are in their 70s.

Screening for mutations by direct DNA sequencing in ADPKD

Genetic testing for PKD1 and PKD2 mutations is available (www.athenadiagnostics.com).8 The Human Gene Mutation Database lists at least 270 different PKD1 mutations and 70 different PKD2 mutations.8 Most are unique to a single family.

Our patient was tested for mutations of the PKD1 and PKD2 genes by polymerase chain reaction amplification and direct DNA sequencing. She was found to possess a DNA sequence variant at a nucleotide position in the PKD1 gene previously reported as a disease-associated mutation. She is therefore likely to be affected with or predisposed to developing ADPKD.

Furthermore, the position of her mutation means she has a worse prognosis. Rossetti et al,9 in a study of 324 PKD1 patients, found that only 19% of those who had mutations in the 5′ region of the gene (ie, at positions below 7,812) still had adequate renal function at 60 years of age, compared with 40% of those with mutations in the 3′ region (P = .025).

Other risk factors for more rapid kidney failure in ADPKD include male sex, onset of hypertension before age 35, gross hematuria before age 30 in men, and, in women, having had three or more pregnancies.

THE ‘TWO-HIT’ HYPOTHESIS

The time of onset and the rate of progression of ADPKD can vary from patient to patient, even in the same family. Besides the factors mentioned above, another reason may be that second mutations (“second hits”) have to occur before the cysts develop.

The first mutation exists in all the kidney tubular cells and is the germline mutation in the PKD gene inherited from the affected parent. This is necessary but not sufficient for cyst formation.

The second hit is a somatic mutation in an individual tubular cell that inactivates to varying degrees the unaffected gene from the normal parent. It is these second hits that allow abnormal focal (monoclonal) proliferation of renal tubular cells and cyst formation (reviewed by Arnaout10 and by Pei11). There is no way to predict these second hits, and their identity is unknown.

Other genetic variations may occur, such as transheterozygous mutations, in which a person may have a mutation of PKD1 as well as PKD2.

Germline mutations of PKD1 or PKD2 combined with somatic mutations of the normal paired chromosome depress levels of their normal gene products (polycystin 1 and polycystin 2) to the point that cysts develop.

The timing and frequency of these second hits blur the distinction between the time course for the progression of PKD1 and PKD2 disease, and can accelerate the course of both.

BASIC RESEARCH POINTS THE WAY TO TREATMENTS FOR ADPKD

Polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 are the normal gene products of the genes which, when mutated, are responsible for PKD1 and PKD2, respectively. Research into the structure and function of the polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 proteins—and what goes wrong when they are not produced in sufficient quantity or accurately—is pointing the way to possible treatments for ADPKD.

Figure 1.
Polycystin 1 and polycystin 2 are linked transmembrane glycoproteins found on tubular epithelial cells in the kidney (Figure 1). When they work properly, they inhibit cell proliferation via several pathways. Polycystin 1 has a large extracellular domain that functions as a mechanoreceptor located on the primary cilium of renal tubular cells. Polycystin 1 is linked to polycystin 2, which contains a cation channel highly permeable to calcium. When the mechanoreceptor of polycystin 1 is stimulated by calcium-containing urine flowing through the tubule, the calcium channel of polycystin 2 opens and calcium enters the cell.12 The trio of calcium flux, growth factors, and cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP) determines the proliferative state of renal tubular cells via the extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK) pathway.13 In addition, the tail of polycystin 1 interacts with tuberin, which regulates the kinase activity of the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) pathway, another pathway for cell proliferation.14

When the polycystins are not functioning, as in ADPKD, these proliferative pathways are unopposed. However, proliferation can be countered in other ways. One of the prime movers of cell proliferation, acting through adenylyl cyclase and cAMP, is vasopressin. In genetically produced polycystic animals, two antagonists of the vasopressin V2 receptor (VPV2R), OPC31260 and OPC41061 (tolvaptan), decreased cAMP and ERK, prevented or reduced renal cysts, and preserved renal function.15,16 Not surprisingly, simply increasing water intake decreases vasopressin production and the development of polycystic kidney disease in rats.17 Definitive proof of the role of vasopressin in causing cyst formation was achieved by crossing PCK rats (genetically destined to develop polycystic kidneys) with Brattleboro rats (totally lacking vasopressin) in order to generate rats with polycystic kidneys and varying amounts of vasopressin.18 PCK animals with no vasopressin had virtually no cAMP or renal cysts, whereas PCK animals with increasing amounts of vasopressin had progressively larger kidneys with more numerous cysts. Administration of synthetic vasopressin to PCK rats that totally lacked vasopressin re-created the full cystic disease.

Normally, cAMP is broken down by phosphodiesterases. Caffeine and methylxanthine products such as theophylline interfere with phosphodiesterase activity, raise cAMP in epithelial cell cultures from patients with ADPKD,19 and increase cyst formation in canine kidney cell cultures.20 One could infer that caffeine-containing drinks and foods would be undesirable for ADPKD patients.

The absence of polycystin permits excessive kinase activity in the mTOR pathway and the development of renal cysts.14 The mTOR system can be blocked by rapamycin (sirolimus, Rapamune). Wahl et al21 found that inhibition of mTOR with rapamycin slows PKD progression in rats. In a prospective study in humans, rapamycin reduced polycystic liver volumes in ADPKD renal transplant recipients.22

Rapamycin, however, can have significant side effects that include hypertriglyceridemia, hypercholesterolemia, thrombocytopenia, anemia, leukopenia, oral ulcers, impaired wound healing, proteinuria, thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura, interstitial pneumonia, infection, and venous thrombosis. Many of these appear to be dose-related and can generally be reversed by stopping or reducing the dose. However, this drug is not approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of ADPKD, and we absolutely do not advocate using it “off-label.”

 

 

What does this mean for our patient?

Although these results were derived primarily from animal experiments, they do provide a substantial rationale for advising our patient to:

Drink approximately 3 L of water throughout the day right up to bedtime in order to suppress vasopressin secretion and the stimulation of cAMP. This should be done under a doctor’s direction and with regular monitoring.15,17,18,23

Avoid caffeine and methylxanthines because they block phosphodiesterase, thereby leaving more cAMP to stimulate cyst formation.19,20

Follow a low-sodium diet (< 2,300 mg/day), which, while helping to control hypertension and kidney stone formation, may also help to maintain smaller cysts and kidneys. Keith et al,24 in an experiment in rats, found that the greater the sodium content of the rats’ diet, the greater the cyst sizes and kidney volumes by the end of 3 months.

Consider participating in a study. Several clinical treatment studies in ADPKD are currently enrolling patients who qualify:

  • The Halt Progression of Polycystic Kidney Disease (HALT PKD) study, funded by the National Institutes of Health, is comparing the combination of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor and an angiotensin receptor blocker (ARB) vs an ACE inhibitor plus placebo. Participating centers are Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Cleveland Clinic, Emory University, Mayo Clinic, Tufts-New England Medical Center, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, and University of Kansas Medical Center. This study involves approximately 1,020 patients nationwide.
  • The Tolvaptan Efficacy and Safety in Management of Polycystic Disease and its Outcomes (TEMPO) study plans to enroll approximately 1,500 patients.
  • Rapamycin is being studied in a pilot study at Cleveland Clinic and in another study in Zurich, Switzerland.
  • A study of everolimus, a shorter-acting mTOR inhibitor, is beginning.
  • A study of somatostatin is under way in Italy.

HYPERTENSION AND ADPKD

Uncontrolled hypertension is a key factor in the rate of progression of kidney disease in general and ADPKD in particular. It needs to be effectively treated. The target blood pressure should be in the range of 110 to 130 mm Hg systolic and 70 to 80 mm Hg diastolic.

Hypertension develops at least in part because the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (RAAS) is up-regulated in ADPKD due to renal cysts compressing and stretching blood vessels.25 Synthesis of immunoreactive renin, which normally takes place in the juxtaglomerular apparatus, shifts to the walls of the arterioles. There is also ectopic renin synthesis in the epithelium of dilated tubules and cysts. Greater renin production causes increases in angiotensin II and vasoconstriction, in aldosterone and sodium retention, and both angiotensin II and aldosterone can cause fibrosis and mitogenesis, which enhance cyst formation.

ACE inhibitors partially reverse the decrease in renal blood flow, renal vascular resistance, and the increase in filtration fraction. However, because some angiotensin II is also produced by an ACE-independent pathway via a chymase-like enzyme, ARBs may have a broader role in treating ADPKD.

In experimental rats with polycystic kidney disease, Keith et al24 found that blood pressure, kidney weight, plasma creatinine, and histology score (reflecting the volume of cysts as a percentage of the cortex) were all lower in animals receiving the ACE inhibitor enalapril (Vasotec) or the ARB losartan (Cozaar) than in controls or those receiving hydralazine. They also reported that the number of cysts and the size of the kidneys increased as the amount of sodium in the animals’ drinking water increased.

The potential benefits of giving ACE inhibitors or ARBs to interrupt the RAAS in polycystic disease include reduced intraglomerular pressure, reduced renal vasoconstriction (and consequently, increased renal blood flow), less proteinuria, and decreased production of transforming growth factor beta with less fibrosis. In addition, Schrier et al26 found that “rigorous blood pressure control” (goal < 120/80 mm Hg) led to a greater reduction in left ventricular mass index over time than did standard blood pressure control (goal 135–140/85–90 mm Hg) in patients with ADPKD, and that treatment with enalapril led to a greater reduction than with amlodipine (Norvasc), a calcium channel blocker.

The renal risks of ACE inhibitors include ischemia from further reduction in renal blood flow (which is already compromised by expanding cysts), hyperkalemia, and reversible renal failure that can typically be avoided by judicious dosing and monitoring.27 In addition, these drugs have the well-known side effects of cough and angioedema, and they should be avoided in pregnancy.

If diuretics are used, hypokalemia should be avoided because of both clinical and experimental evidence that it promotes cyst development. In patients who have hyperaldosteronism and hypokalemia, the degree of cyst formation in their kidneys is much greater than in other forms of hypertension. Hypokalemia has also been shown to increase cyst formation in rat models.

What does this mean for our patient?

When hypertension develops in an ADPKD patient, it would probably be best treated with an ACE inhibitor or an ARB. However, should our patient become pregnant, these drugs are to be avoided. Children of a parent with ADPKD have a 50:50 chance of having ADPKD. Genetic counseling may be advisable.

Chapman et al28 found that pregnant women with ADPKD have a significantly higher frequency of maternal complications (particularly hypertension, edema, and preeclampsia) than patients without ADPKD (35% vs 19%, P < .001). Normotensive women with ADPKD and serum creatinine levels of 1.2 mg/dL or less typically had successful, uncomplicated pregnancies. However, 16% of normotensive ADPKD women developed new-onset hypertension in pregnancy and 11% developed preeclampsia; these patients were more likely to develop chronic hypertension. Preeclampsia developed in 7 (54%) of 13 hypertensive women with ADPKD vs 13 (8%) of 157 normotensive ADPKD women. Moreover, 4 (80%) of 5 women with ADPKD who had prepregnancy serum creatinine levels higher than 1.2 mg/dL developed end-stage renal disease 15 years earlier than the general ADPKD population. Overall fetal complication rates were similar in those with or without ADPKD (32.6% vs 26.2%), but fetal prematurity due to preeclampsia was increased significantly (28% vs 10%, P < .01).28

The authors concluded that hypertensive ADPKD women are at high risk of fetal and maternal complications and measures should be taken to prevent the development of preeclampsia in these women.

In conclusion, the patient with ADPKD can present many therapeutic challenges. Fortunately, new treatment approaches combined with established ones should begin to have a favorable impact on outcomes.

References
  1. US Renal Data Services. Table A.1, Incident counts of reported ESRD: all patients. USRDS 2008 Annual Data Report, Vol. 3, page 7.
  2. Grantham JJ, Torres VE, Chapman AB, et al; CRISP Investigators. Volume progression in polycystic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:21222130.
  3. Grantham JJ, Cook LT, Torres VE, et al. Determinants of renal volume in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease. Kidney Int 2008; 73:108116.
  4. O’Sullivan DA, Torres VE, Heit JA, Liggett S, King BF. Compression of the inferior vena cava by right renal cysts: an unusual cause of IVC and/or iliofemoral thrombosis with pulmonary embolism in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. Clin Nephrol 1998; 49:332334.
  5. Tveit DP, Hypolite I, Bucci J, et al. Risk factors for hospitalizations resulting from pulmonary embolism after renal transplantation in the United States. J Nephrol 2001; 14:361368.
  6. Ravine D, Gibson RN, Walker RG, Sheffield LJ, Kincaid-Smith P, Danks DM. Evaluation of ultrasonographic diagnostic criteria for autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease 1. Lancet 1994; 343:824827.
  7. Rizk D, Chapman AB. Cystic and inherited kidney disease. Am J Kidney Dis 2004; 42:13051317.
  8. Rossetti S, Consugar MB, Chapman AB, et al. Comprehensive molecular diagnostics in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 18:21432160.
  9. Rossetti S, Burton S, Strmecki L, et al. The position of the polycystic kidney disease 1 (PKD1) gene mutation correlates with the severity of renal disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:12301237.
  10. Arnaout MA. Molecular genetics and pathogenesis of autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. Annu Rev Med 2001; 52:93123.
  11. Pei Y. A “two-hit” model of cystogenesis in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease? Trends Mol Med 2001; 7:151156.
  12. Nauli S, Alenghat FJ, Luo Y, et al. Polycystins 1 and 2 mediate mechanosensation in the primary cilium of kidney cells. Nat Genet 2003; 33:129137.
  13. Yamaguchi T, Wallace DP, Magenheimer BS, Hempson SJ, Grantham JJ, Calvet JP. Calcium restriction allows cAMP activation of the B-Raf/ERK pathway, switching cells to a cAMP-dependent growth-stimulated phenotype. J Biol Chem 2004; 279:4041940430.
  14. Shillingford JM, Murcia NS, Larson CH, et al. The mTOR pathway is regulated by polycystin-1, and its inhibition reverses renal cystogenesis in polycystic kidney disease. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2006; 103:54665471.
  15. Wang X, Gattone V, Harris PC, Torres VE. Effectiveness of vasopressin V2 receptor antagonists OPC-31260 and OPC-41061 on polycystic kidney disease development in the PCK rat. J Am Soc Nephrol 2005; 16:846851.
  16. Gattone VH, Wang X, Harris PC, Torres VE. Inhibition of renal cystic disease development and progression by a vasopressin V2 receptor antagonist. Nat Med 2003; 9:13231326.
  17. Nagao S, Nishii K, Katsuvama M, et al. Increased water intake decreases progression of polycystic kidney disease in the PCK rat. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006; 17:22202227.
  18. Wang W, Wu Y, Ward CJ, Harris PC, Torres VE. Vasopressin directly regulates cyst growth in polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 19:102108.
  19. Belibi FA, Wallace DP, Yamaguchi T, Christensen M, Reif G, Grantham JJ. The effect of caffeine on renal epithelial cells from patients with autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:27232729.
  20. Mangoo-Karim R, Uchich M, Lechene C, Grantham JJ. Renal epithelial cyst formation and enlargement in vitro: dependence on cAMP. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1989; 86:60076011.
  21. Wahl PR, Serra AL, Le Hir M, Molle KD, Hall MN, Wuthrich RP. Inhibition of mTOR with sirolimus slows disease progression in Han:SPRD rats with autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD). Nephrol Dial Transplant 2006; 21:598604.
  22. Qian Q, Du H, King BF, Kumar S, Dean PG, Cosio FG, Torres VE. Sirolimus reduces polycystic liver volume in ADPKD patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 19:631638.
  23. Grantham JJ. Therapy for polycystic kidney disease? It’s water, stupid! J Am Soc Nephrol 2008: 12:12.
  24. Keith DS, Torres VE, Johnson CM, Holley KE. Effect of sodium chloride, enalapril, and losartan on the development of polycystic kidney disease in Han:SPRD rats. Am J Kidney Dis 1994; 24:491498.
  25. Ecder T, Schrier RW. Hypertension in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: early occurrence and unique aspects. J Am Soc Nephrol 2001; 12:194200.
  26. Schrier R, McFann K, Johnson A, et al. Cardiac and renal effects of standard versus rigorous blood pressure control in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease: results of a seven-year prospective randomized study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:17331739.
  27. Chapman AB, Gabow PA, Schrier RW. Reversible renal failure associated with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors in polycystic kidney disease. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115:769773.
  28. Chapman AB, Johnson AM, Gabow PA. Pregnancy outcome and its relationship to progression of renal failure in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 1994; 5:11781185.
References
  1. US Renal Data Services. Table A.1, Incident counts of reported ESRD: all patients. USRDS 2008 Annual Data Report, Vol. 3, page 7.
  2. Grantham JJ, Torres VE, Chapman AB, et al; CRISP Investigators. Volume progression in polycystic kidney disease. N Engl J Med 2006; 354:21222130.
  3. Grantham JJ, Cook LT, Torres VE, et al. Determinants of renal volume in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease. Kidney Int 2008; 73:108116.
  4. O’Sullivan DA, Torres VE, Heit JA, Liggett S, King BF. Compression of the inferior vena cava by right renal cysts: an unusual cause of IVC and/or iliofemoral thrombosis with pulmonary embolism in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. Clin Nephrol 1998; 49:332334.
  5. Tveit DP, Hypolite I, Bucci J, et al. Risk factors for hospitalizations resulting from pulmonary embolism after renal transplantation in the United States. J Nephrol 2001; 14:361368.
  6. Ravine D, Gibson RN, Walker RG, Sheffield LJ, Kincaid-Smith P, Danks DM. Evaluation of ultrasonographic diagnostic criteria for autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease 1. Lancet 1994; 343:824827.
  7. Rizk D, Chapman AB. Cystic and inherited kidney disease. Am J Kidney Dis 2004; 42:13051317.
  8. Rossetti S, Consugar MB, Chapman AB, et al. Comprehensive molecular diagnostics in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2007; 18:21432160.
  9. Rossetti S, Burton S, Strmecki L, et al. The position of the polycystic kidney disease 1 (PKD1) gene mutation correlates with the severity of renal disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:12301237.
  10. Arnaout MA. Molecular genetics and pathogenesis of autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. Annu Rev Med 2001; 52:93123.
  11. Pei Y. A “two-hit” model of cystogenesis in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease? Trends Mol Med 2001; 7:151156.
  12. Nauli S, Alenghat FJ, Luo Y, et al. Polycystins 1 and 2 mediate mechanosensation in the primary cilium of kidney cells. Nat Genet 2003; 33:129137.
  13. Yamaguchi T, Wallace DP, Magenheimer BS, Hempson SJ, Grantham JJ, Calvet JP. Calcium restriction allows cAMP activation of the B-Raf/ERK pathway, switching cells to a cAMP-dependent growth-stimulated phenotype. J Biol Chem 2004; 279:4041940430.
  14. Shillingford JM, Murcia NS, Larson CH, et al. The mTOR pathway is regulated by polycystin-1, and its inhibition reverses renal cystogenesis in polycystic kidney disease. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2006; 103:54665471.
  15. Wang X, Gattone V, Harris PC, Torres VE. Effectiveness of vasopressin V2 receptor antagonists OPC-31260 and OPC-41061 on polycystic kidney disease development in the PCK rat. J Am Soc Nephrol 2005; 16:846851.
  16. Gattone VH, Wang X, Harris PC, Torres VE. Inhibition of renal cystic disease development and progression by a vasopressin V2 receptor antagonist. Nat Med 2003; 9:13231326.
  17. Nagao S, Nishii K, Katsuvama M, et al. Increased water intake decreases progression of polycystic kidney disease in the PCK rat. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006; 17:22202227.
  18. Wang W, Wu Y, Ward CJ, Harris PC, Torres VE. Vasopressin directly regulates cyst growth in polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 19:102108.
  19. Belibi FA, Wallace DP, Yamaguchi T, Christensen M, Reif G, Grantham JJ. The effect of caffeine on renal epithelial cells from patients with autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:27232729.
  20. Mangoo-Karim R, Uchich M, Lechene C, Grantham JJ. Renal epithelial cyst formation and enlargement in vitro: dependence on cAMP. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 1989; 86:60076011.
  21. Wahl PR, Serra AL, Le Hir M, Molle KD, Hall MN, Wuthrich RP. Inhibition of mTOR with sirolimus slows disease progression in Han:SPRD rats with autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease (ADPKD). Nephrol Dial Transplant 2006; 21:598604.
  22. Qian Q, Du H, King BF, Kumar S, Dean PG, Cosio FG, Torres VE. Sirolimus reduces polycystic liver volume in ADPKD patients. J Am Soc Nephrol 2008; 19:631638.
  23. Grantham JJ. Therapy for polycystic kidney disease? It’s water, stupid! J Am Soc Nephrol 2008: 12:12.
  24. Keith DS, Torres VE, Johnson CM, Holley KE. Effect of sodium chloride, enalapril, and losartan on the development of polycystic kidney disease in Han:SPRD rats. Am J Kidney Dis 1994; 24:491498.
  25. Ecder T, Schrier RW. Hypertension in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: early occurrence and unique aspects. J Am Soc Nephrol 2001; 12:194200.
  26. Schrier R, McFann K, Johnson A, et al. Cardiac and renal effects of standard versus rigorous blood pressure control in autosomal-dominant polycystic kidney disease: results of a seven-year prospective randomized study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2002; 13:17331739.
  27. Chapman AB, Gabow PA, Schrier RW. Reversible renal failure associated with angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors in polycystic kidney disease. Ann Intern Med 1991; 115:769773.
  28. Chapman AB, Johnson AM, Gabow PA. Pregnancy outcome and its relationship to progression of renal failure in autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease. J Am Soc Nephrol 1994; 5:11781185.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Page Number
97-104
Page Number
97-104
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: Emerging concepts of pathogenesis and new treatments
Display Headline
Autosomal dominant polycystic kidney disease: Emerging concepts of pathogenesis and new treatments
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • In ADPKD the expanding cysts destroy normally functioning kidney tissue, causing hypertension, pain, and other complications, but renal function remains relatively stable until kidney volumes reach a critical size.
  • Testing for genetic defects that cause ADPKD is available. The specific mutation involved (PKD1 or PKD2) affects the age of onset and therefore the rate of disease progression as well as the likelihood of cardiovascular complications. Other factors include somatic mutations (“second hits”) of the normal paired chromosome.
  • Intracranial aneurysms are a key noncystic feature and may present with a very severe (“sentinel” or “thunderclap”) headache requiring immediate medical attention. Their occurrence is strongly influenced by family history.
  • Basic research indicates that patients may be advised to increase their water intake, limit their sodium intake, and avoid caffeine and methylxanthine derivatives.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

The battle of the clot

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/09/2018 - 07:58
Display Headline
The battle of the clot

Preventing and treating thromboembolic disease remain vexing challenges for both physicians and patients. Warfarin has withstood the test of time as an inexpensive and effective anticoagulant, but it provokes angst in many prescribers because of its very narrow therapeutic window and many significant drug interactions. Low-molecular-weight heparins are easy to administer and have greatly simplified the acute and chronic treatment of thromboembolic disease, but they are quite expensive. Thus, it has been important to define the situations in which these drugs have the most to offer.

In this issue of the Journal we review two special situations in which low-molecular-weight heparins have special advantages. Babu and Carman discuss patients with cancer and thromboembolic disease. These patients are particularly difficult to manage since they tend to have recurrent thrombosis, sometimes even while on anticoagulant therapy, and they tend to have more bleeding complications from warfarin therapy. Inanition, drug interactions, and organ dysfunction make warfarin titration problematic, and the possibility of vascular metastases is always a concern. Low-molecular-weight heparins —which, unlike warfarin, work primarily by antagonizing factor Xa activity—have proven to be as effective as warfarin in reversing the many hypercoagulable effects of malignancy, although it wasn’t obvious at first that they would be.

Gibson and Powrie review the issues we face when pregnant patients need anticoagulation. While drug interactions and organ dysfunction are rarely problems in this setting, warfarin is teratogenic and is therefore strongly contraindicated early in pregnancy, and its peripartum use has been associated with bleeding complications. Furthermore, unfractionated heparin is associated with the development of osteoporosis, and it requires frequent injections. The low-molecular-weight heparins thus have a definite niche in the management of pregnant women, but with a caveat: dosing of these agents by weight alone in this setting is fraught with the potential for underdosing. Catastrophic outcomes have been reported in pregnant patients with older mechanical cardiac valves who were switched from warfarin to low-molecular-weight heparin therapy. Plus, if the patient is to receive neuraxial regional anesthesia, low-molecular-weight heparins should be discontinued at least 12 hours before catheter placement if prophylactic doses have been given, or 24 hours if therapeutic doses have been given.

Low-molecular-weight heparins have greatly enhanced our ability to treat thromboembolic disease. But, as the authors of these two papers discuss, many management nuances still must be noted.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
80
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Author and Disclosure Information

Brian F. Mandell, MD, PhD
Editor in Chief

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Preventing and treating thromboembolic disease remain vexing challenges for both physicians and patients. Warfarin has withstood the test of time as an inexpensive and effective anticoagulant, but it provokes angst in many prescribers because of its very narrow therapeutic window and many significant drug interactions. Low-molecular-weight heparins are easy to administer and have greatly simplified the acute and chronic treatment of thromboembolic disease, but they are quite expensive. Thus, it has been important to define the situations in which these drugs have the most to offer.

In this issue of the Journal we review two special situations in which low-molecular-weight heparins have special advantages. Babu and Carman discuss patients with cancer and thromboembolic disease. These patients are particularly difficult to manage since they tend to have recurrent thrombosis, sometimes even while on anticoagulant therapy, and they tend to have more bleeding complications from warfarin therapy. Inanition, drug interactions, and organ dysfunction make warfarin titration problematic, and the possibility of vascular metastases is always a concern. Low-molecular-weight heparins —which, unlike warfarin, work primarily by antagonizing factor Xa activity—have proven to be as effective as warfarin in reversing the many hypercoagulable effects of malignancy, although it wasn’t obvious at first that they would be.

Gibson and Powrie review the issues we face when pregnant patients need anticoagulation. While drug interactions and organ dysfunction are rarely problems in this setting, warfarin is teratogenic and is therefore strongly contraindicated early in pregnancy, and its peripartum use has been associated with bleeding complications. Furthermore, unfractionated heparin is associated with the development of osteoporosis, and it requires frequent injections. The low-molecular-weight heparins thus have a definite niche in the management of pregnant women, but with a caveat: dosing of these agents by weight alone in this setting is fraught with the potential for underdosing. Catastrophic outcomes have been reported in pregnant patients with older mechanical cardiac valves who were switched from warfarin to low-molecular-weight heparin therapy. Plus, if the patient is to receive neuraxial regional anesthesia, low-molecular-weight heparins should be discontinued at least 12 hours before catheter placement if prophylactic doses have been given, or 24 hours if therapeutic doses have been given.

Low-molecular-weight heparins have greatly enhanced our ability to treat thromboembolic disease. But, as the authors of these two papers discuss, many management nuances still must be noted.

Preventing and treating thromboembolic disease remain vexing challenges for both physicians and patients. Warfarin has withstood the test of time as an inexpensive and effective anticoagulant, but it provokes angst in many prescribers because of its very narrow therapeutic window and many significant drug interactions. Low-molecular-weight heparins are easy to administer and have greatly simplified the acute and chronic treatment of thromboembolic disease, but they are quite expensive. Thus, it has been important to define the situations in which these drugs have the most to offer.

In this issue of the Journal we review two special situations in which low-molecular-weight heparins have special advantages. Babu and Carman discuss patients with cancer and thromboembolic disease. These patients are particularly difficult to manage since they tend to have recurrent thrombosis, sometimes even while on anticoagulant therapy, and they tend to have more bleeding complications from warfarin therapy. Inanition, drug interactions, and organ dysfunction make warfarin titration problematic, and the possibility of vascular metastases is always a concern. Low-molecular-weight heparins —which, unlike warfarin, work primarily by antagonizing factor Xa activity—have proven to be as effective as warfarin in reversing the many hypercoagulable effects of malignancy, although it wasn’t obvious at first that they would be.

Gibson and Powrie review the issues we face when pregnant patients need anticoagulation. While drug interactions and organ dysfunction are rarely problems in this setting, warfarin is teratogenic and is therefore strongly contraindicated early in pregnancy, and its peripartum use has been associated with bleeding complications. Furthermore, unfractionated heparin is associated with the development of osteoporosis, and it requires frequent injections. The low-molecular-weight heparins thus have a definite niche in the management of pregnant women, but with a caveat: dosing of these agents by weight alone in this setting is fraught with the potential for underdosing. Catastrophic outcomes have been reported in pregnant patients with older mechanical cardiac valves who were switched from warfarin to low-molecular-weight heparin therapy. Plus, if the patient is to receive neuraxial regional anesthesia, low-molecular-weight heparins should be discontinued at least 12 hours before catheter placement if prophylactic doses have been given, or 24 hours if therapeutic doses have been given.

Low-molecular-weight heparins have greatly enhanced our ability to treat thromboembolic disease. But, as the authors of these two papers discuss, many management nuances still must be noted.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Page Number
80
Page Number
80
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
The battle of the clot
Display Headline
The battle of the clot
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Cancer and clots: All cases of venous thromboembolism are not treated the same

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/09/2018 - 13:49
Display Headline
Cancer and clots: All cases of venous thromboembolism are not treated the same

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) has various differing causes, so its treatment is not necessarily the same in all cases. Most cases of VTE are related to an easily identified risk factor. In patients with an apparently idiopathic event, identifying an underlying cause may alter therapy. In particular, identification of a malignancy may affect the choice of therapy and the duration of treatment.

In this review, we explore the role of cancer screening in patients with idiopathic VTE, then highlight the treatment for VTE in patients with cancer.

‘IDIOPATHIC’ VTE CAN BE DUE TO CANCER

Most patients with venous thrombosis have one of the components of Virchow’s triad: a hypercoagulable state, venous injury, or venous stasis. Those without identifiable risk factors for VTE are considered to have idiopathic VTE. In these patients, a search for a contributing factor may be indicated.

In 1861, the astute clinician Dr. Armand Trousseau noted a link between deep venous thrombosis and pancreatic cancer, stating that if cancer of an internal organ is suspected but the diagnosis cannot be verified, the diagnosis may be confirmed by the sudden, spontaneous appearance of thrombophlebitis in a large vein.1

Today, from 2% to 25% of patients with idiopathic VTE are found to have cancer within 24 months of the diagnosis of VTE.2–11 The goals of cancer screening in idiopathic VTE are to detect cancer at an early, treatable stage and to optimize the VTE therapy to decrease the risks of recurrence and anticoagulation-associated complications in patients who are found to have cancer. However, several questions must be considered first:

  • What are the risks and costs of the screening?
  • Will discovering the cancer sooner benefit the patient in terms of survival?
  • If cancer is found, what are the possible complications or risks of the additional procedures, interventions, or treatments required?
  • What is the psychological impact of the screening?

EVIDENCE SUPPORTING CANCER SCREENING AFTER IDIOPATHIC VTE

Piccioli et al12 recently performed a randomized, controlled trial comparing cancer-related death rates in 99 patients with idiopathic VTE screened for malignancy vs 102 patients with idiopathic VTE who were not screened.

The screened group underwent:

  • Abdominal and pelvic ultrasonography and computed tomography (CT)
  • Gastroscopy or double-contrast barium-swallow evaluation
  • Colonoscopy or sigmoidoscopy followed by barium enema
  • Testing for fecal occult blood
  • Sputum cytology
  • Measurement of carcinoembryonic antigen, alpha-fetoprotein, and cancer antigen 125.
  • Mammography and Papanicolaou smears (women)
  • Ultrasonography of the prostate and prostate-specific antigen testing (men).

Patients were followed for 2 years. The screening uncovered cancer in 13 patients. Cancer developed in one other patient in the screening group during follow-up; in the control group, 10 patients developed symptomatic cancer during follow-up. Overall, the time to cancer diagnosis was 11.6 months in the unscreened group vs 1 month in the screened group (P < .001). Nine of the 14 patients with cancer in the screened group had T1 or T2 disease without local or distant metastasis vs 2 of the 10 control patients with cancer (P = .047). Unfortunately, this study did not have adequate power to detect the effect of screening on survival.

Di Nisio et al13 used data from this trial to perform a decision analysis for cancer screening. They calculated that abdominal and pelvic CT, with or without mammography and with or without sputum cytologic testing, would cost the least per life-year gained and would harm the fewest number of patients. They also suggested that substituting CT of the chest for sputum cytology may provide additional diagnostic benefit.

However, this strategy has not been clinically tested. Given the limited number of patients and the short follow-up in this initial trial, larger trials are needed to look at the cost-effectiveness of this screening model and whether it increases survival.

Our recommendations

Because the data are limited, our approach to looking for an early, treatable malignancy in patients with idiopathic VTE follows the current consensus:

  • A thorough history and physical, including an extensive review of systems
  • Basic laboratory testing with a complete blood cell count, comprehensive metabolic profile, and urinalysis
  • Chest radiography
  • Other age- and sex-specific cancer screening tests.

Adding CT of the abdomen, pelvis, or chest to this evaluation may be considered. However, tumor marker testing, which typically has high false-positive rates, is not routinely warranted.13 Additional investigation should be considered if abnormalities are detected during the initial evaluation or in patients with recurrent VTE during therapy.

While this strategy may be most cost-effective, Monreal et al14 suggest that it may miss up to half of cancers ultimately discovered.

 

 

MANAGING VTE IN PATIENTS WITH KNOWN CANCER

Managing VTE is far more complex in cancer patients than in patients without cancer. Also, cancer patients with VTE have lower rates of survival than cancer patients without VTE and are at greater risk of adverse outcomes such as anticoagulant-associated bleeding and recurrent venous thrombotic events.15–17

Up to 21.5% of patients with VTE have another event within 5 years,18 but the risk is two to three times higher if they also have cancer.16,18 The risk of recurrence may be linked to the location of the thrombus and to the extent of the malignancy.

In one study, the 3-month rate of recurrence was up to 5.1% if the clot was in the popliteal vein, 5.3% if in the femoral vein, and 11.8% if in the iliac vein.19

Prandoni et al16 found that the risks of VTE recurrence and bleeding were higher in patients with extensive cancer than in those with less-extensive cancer. In this study, major bleeding was documented in 12.4% of patients with cancer vs 4.9% of patients without cancer. Compared with patients without cancer, the hazard ratio for a major bleeding event was 4.8 in patients with extensive cancer and 0.5 in patients with less-extensive cancer.

In addition, not all patients with bleeding had excessive levels of anticoagulation, and not all patients with recurrent events had subtherapeutic levels.16,17 Therefore, treatment of venous thrombosis in cancer patients requires a careful, individualized risk-to-benefit decision analysis.

ACUTE THERAPY FOR VTE: PARENTERAL AGENTS

Treatment in the first several hours or days after a thromboembolic event is with short-acting parenteral agents: unfractionated heparin; one of the low-molecular-weight heparins (LMWHs), ie, dalteparin (Fragmin), enoxaparin (Lovenox), or tinzaparin (Innohep); or fondaparinux (Arixtra).

Before starting anticoagulation, consider:

  • Does the patient have severe chronic kidney disease (ie, a creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min)? If so, unfractionated heparin may be better than an LMWH or fondaparinux, which are cleared by the kidney.
  • Does he or she need inpatient care? If not, LMWH therapy at home may be appropriate.
  • Are there concerns about the ease of anticoagulation administration (ie, whether the patient can give the injections or have a family member do it), the cost of the drugs, or the ability to reverse the anticoagulant effect, if necessary? If so, unfractionated heparin may be more appropriate.

For acute treatment, the 2008 guidelines of the American College of Chest Physicians20 (ACCP) recommend using an LMWH in a weight-based dose; unfractionated heparin given intravenously; unfractionated heparin given subcutaneously with monitoring and dosing adjustments; unfractionated heparin given subcutaneously at a fixed dose; or fondaparinux (grade 1A recommendation). The 2007 National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines21 recommend an LMWH, fondaparinux, or unfractionated heparin. Treatment should start promptly after the diagnosis of VTE is confirmed. However, if VTE is strongly suspected and a delay in diagnostic testing is anticipated, therapy should be started while awaiting the test results.

LONG-TERM THERAPY: LMWH OR WARFARIN

The ACCP and the NCCN guidelines recommend LMWH monotherapy for extended treatment of VTE in patients with active malignancy, when appropriate.20,21 However, if long-term LMWH is not appropriate, then oral anticoagulation with a vitamin K antagonist, such as the coumarin derivative warfarin (Coumadin), is an alternative and should be started on the same day as the heparin. The heparin and the warfarin therapy must overlap for a minimum of 4 or 5 days and until a stable, therapeutic level of anticoagulation is achieved, ie, an international normalized ratio (INR) of 2 to 3 for 2 consecutive days.20

The duration of anticoagulant therapy depends on comorbidities and the patient’s underlying predisposition for VTE. In patients with limited disease, the guidelines recommend continuing anticoagulation for a minimum of 3 to 6 months for deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.20–21 Patients with active malignancy, ongoing treatment for the cancer, or continued risk factors may need indefinite treatment. In some circumstances, such as catheter-associated deep venous thrombosis, anticoagulation should continue for as long as the catheter is in place and for 1 to 3 months after its removal.21

WARFARIN CAN BE DIFFICULT TO USE

In 1954, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the vitamin K antagonist warfarin for medical use in humans. Experience has shown it to be effective in preventing and treating VTE. However, it can be somewhat difficult to use, for several reasons:

  • A narrow therapeutic window
  • Genetic polymorphisms and variability in dose response
  • Drug interactions and dietary considerations
  • The need for laboratory monitoring and dose adjustment
  • Patient noncompliance or miscommunication between the patient and physician.22

In cancer patients, the response to warfarin may be unpredictable because of poor nutrition, interactions with chemotherapy and antibiotics, and comorbid conditions.22 Furthermore, its onset of action can be delayed and its clearance may be prolonged, further increasing the risk of complications, especially in patients prone to developing chemotherapy-related anemia or thrombocytopenia.22 Bleeding risk is the highest in the first 3 months of therapy. In addition, the risk of bleeding is higher in older patients, women, and patients with a history of gastrointestinal bleeding, stroke, recent myocardial infarction, diabetes, renal insufficiency, malignancy, or anemia.23,24

 

 

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF LMWH

The advantages of the LMWHs over unfractionated heparin include a lower risk of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, greater bioavailability when given subcutaneously (which also permits once-daily or twice-daily dosing), and no need for laboratory monitoring in most patients. LMWHs have a short half-life, so omitting one or two doses will adequately interrupt therapy. Also, LMWHs have been shown to be as safe and effective as unfractionated heparin in treating VTE. They can be given safely at home, thus enhancing quality of life.25–31

On the other hand, these drugs cost more than unfractionated heparin or warfarin, their dosage must be adjusted in patients with renal insufficiency, their anticoagulant effect can be reversed only to a limited extent, and their dose must be adjusted according to weight in morbidly obese or in very thin patients.32,33

LMWHs are expensive, but may be worth it

As initial therapy, the LMWHs are cost-effective compared with unfractionated heparin in patients with VTE.34,35 However, they cost more with extended use. A cost-effectiveness analysis comparing 6 months of LMWH therapy to standard warfarin concluded that LMWH therapy was more costly.35 However, the impact of fewer hospitalizations, probably fewer bleeding complications, and better quality of life are difficult to analyze in this decision model and should also be considered when deciding about therapy for an individual patient.35

LMWHs are cleared by the kidney

All LMWHs are renally cleared, so patients with significant renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min) are at greater risk of bleeding complications. The rate below which clearance is impaired varies among the different LMWHs. Only enoxaparin has approved dosing regimens for use in patients with renal impairment.

If the patient has renal insufficiency, the ACCP guidelines suggest using unfractionated heparin, or if using LMWH, monitoring anti-factor Xa levels to avoid drug accumulation and increased bleeding risk.25 If bleeding occurs, LMWHs have limited reversibility with protamine sulfate, which is estimated to neutralize about 60% of the anti-factor Xa activity of LMWHs.25

Adjusting LMWHs for body weight

In the Registro Informatizado de la Enfermedad Tromboembólica (RIETE),33 patients weighing less than 50 kg had a higher risk of bleeding than patients weighing 50 to 100 kg, so in thinner patients the risk of bleeding from LMWH vs oral anticoagulation must be considered carefully and monitored prudently.

Although there is little evidence to suggest a higher bleeding risk in morbidly obese patients (> 150 kg), they may be at risk of subtherapeutic treatment, and monitoring with anti-factor Xa assays is recommended.25,32,33

LMWH VS WARFARIN FOR VTE IN CANCER PATIENTS

LMWHs are the first-line treatment for VTE in cancer patients.20,21 Several randomized controlled trials compared the efficacy of LMWH vs warfarin in patients with cancer.

Meyer et al36 randomized patients to receive either warfarin for 3 months at an INR between 2 and 3, or enoxaparin 1.5 mg/kg subcutaneously daily. Seventy-one patients received warfarin and 67 received enoxaparin. Fifteen (21%, 95% confidence interval [CI] 12%–32%) of the 71 patients assigned to warfarin experienced one major outcome event, defined as major bleeding or recurrent VTE, compared with 7 (10.5%) of the 67 patients assigned to receive enoxaparin (95% CI 4%–20%, P = .09). Six patients in the warfarin group died of bleeding vs none of the patients in the enoxaparin group. Overall, the warfarin group had a higher rate of bleeding, although this did not reach statistical significance. Despite weekly INR measurements, only 41% of the measured values were within the therapeutic range during the 3 months of treatment.36

Lee et al37 randomized cancer patients with deep venous thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or both to receive 6 months of dalteparin alone, dosed at 200 IU/kg daily for 1 month, then decreased to 75% to 80% of the original dose (150 IU/kg) daily for the duration of therapy, or dalteparin followed by warfarin. During the 6-month follow-up, 17.4% of patients in the warfarin group had a recurrent thromboembolic event vs 8.8% in the dalteparin group (P = .0017). No statistically significant difference was noted in rates of major bleeding, minor bleeding, or death.37

Hull et al38 reported statistically significantly fewer episodes of recurrent VTE at 12 months in cancer patients treated with once-daily tinzaparin vs warfarin. In the tinzaparin group the recurrence rate was 7%, vs 16% in the warfarin group (P = .044). No difference in rates of bleeding or death were found.

Deitcher et al39 compared enoxaparin with long-term warfarin in 102 patients. While this trial did not have the power to detect clinical differences in recurrent thromboembolic events or bleeding complications, at 180 days they noted 97% compliance with once-daily or twice-daily enoxaparin therapy.

Noble and Finlay,40 in another small study, found LMWH therapy to be qualitatively more acceptable for palliative-care cancer patients than oral therapy.

In general, long-term therapy with once-daily or twice-daily LMWH is well tolerated. Currently, dalteparin is the only LMWH approved by the FDA for extended monotherapy in cancer-related VTE.

 

 

DO LMWHS AFFECT CANCER?

In vitro and animal studies indicate that LMWH may have antimetastatic and antiangiogenic properties.41–44

Altinbas et al45 reported significantly better chemotherapy-induced tumor response rates and survival rates in patients with small cell lung cancer randomized to receive combination chemotherapy plus prophylactic dalteparin 5,000 IU daily compared with combination chemotherapy alone. However, as provocative as these results may be, we need to test the effects of LWMHs on different cancer types in a prospective clinical trial. For now, this area remains controversial.

It has been suggested that anticoagulants may improve survival in patients with nonmetastatic cancer. Supporting this observation, a post hoc analysis of the trial by Lee et al37 found a statistically significantly lower cancer-specific mortality rate in nonmetastatic cancer patients treated with dalteparin vs oral therapy with a coumarin derivative. In patients without metastatic disease, the death rate at 12 months was 36% in patients treated with oral therapy vs 20% in patients treated with dalteparin (P = .03).46

These findings are consistent with those of the Fragmin Advanced Malignancy Outcome Study (FAMOUS),47 the first randomized, placebo-controlled trial of dalteparin 5,000 IU daily in patients with advanced solid tumors and without evidence of underlying thrombosis. Overall, dalteparin prophylaxis did not increase survival. However, in a subgroup of patients with a better prognosis and who were alive 17 months after diagnosis, survival was statistically significantly longer in patients treated with dalteparin.

Another small trial showed similar survival benefits in cancer patients without VTE.48 The results may suggest a long-term favorable effect of LMWH on tumor cell biology, which could translate into a favorable outcome in some patients. It is important to note, however, that not all trials have shown this same clinical benefit.49

In general, the growing body of laboratory and clinical data indicates that LMWHs may suppress tumor growth and metastasis. However, definitive conclusions about these effects are not yet possible because of variations in study design, tumor type, and patient populations. Further investigations into the role of LMWHs in the treatment of VTE and in cancer progression are ongoing.

THE EVIDENCE IN PERSPECTIVE

Illness and the recurrence of VTE in patients with cancer depend on the location and extent of the underlying cancer. Rates of death are higher in VTE patients with cancer than in VTE patients without cancer. Patients with limited or localized disease may not die of the cancer itself but of complications of acute pulmonary embolism. Therefore, it is important to recognize the different options for and the potential side effects of treating VTE.

If patients are hospitalized for an acute thromboembolic event and unfractionated heparin is chosen as the initial anticoagulant, using a weight-based nomogram has been shown to achieve therapeutic levels within 24 hours and reduce the rates of recurrence of thromboembolic events.50

Warfarin treatment may pose a particular challenge for both cancer patients and physicians, since multiple drug interactions, anorexia, and comorbid conditions contribute to an unpredictable response.

The risk of bleeding is higher in cancer patients than in the general population, and the decision to start anticoagulants should be based on an individualized risk-benefit profile. Several trials have shown LMWH to be more effective and safer than warfarin in cancer patients.

These considerations, along with the other advantages of LMWHs (ease of use, less need for laboratory monitoring, and better patient tolerance), make LMWHs a good choice for initial therapy. Extended LMWH therapy is currently favored for initial management in patients with cancer. Trials are under way to further assess the antitumor properties and potential survival benefit in patients with selected solid tumors.

References
  1. Aron E. The 100th anniversary of the death of A. Trousseau. Presse Med 1967; 75:14291430.
  2. Hettiarachchi RJ, Lok J, Prins MH, Büller HR, Prandoni P. Undiagnosed malignancy in patients with deep vein thrombosis: incidence, risk indicators, and diagnosis. Cancer 1998; 83:180185.
  3. Baron JA, Gridley G, Weiderpass E, Nyrén O, Linet M. Venous thromboembolism and cancer. Lancet 1998; 351:10771080.
  4. Schulman S, Lindmarker P. Incidence of cancer after prophylaxis with warfarin against recurrent venous thromboembolism. Duration of Anticoagulation Trial. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:19531958.
  5. Sørensen HT, Mellemkjaer L, Steffensen FH, Olsen JH, Nielsen GL. The risk of a diagnosis of cancer after primary deep venous thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:11691173.
  6. Monreal M, Lafoz E, Casals A, et al. Occult cancer in patients with deep venous thrombosis. A systematic approach. Cancer 1991; 67:541545.
  7. Nordström M, Lindblad B, Anderson H, Bergqvist D, Kjellström T. Deep venous thrombosis and occult malignancy: an epidemiological study. BMJ 1994; 308:891894.
  8. Prandoni P, Lensing AW, Büller HR, et al. Deep-vein thrombosis and the incidence of subsequent symptomatic cancer. N Engl J Med 1992; 327:11281133.
  9. Cornuz J, Pearson SD, Creager MA, Cook EF, Goldman L. Importance of findings on the initial evaluation for cancer in patients with symptomatic idiopathic deep venous thrombosis. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:785793.
  10. Fennerty T. Screening for cancer in venous thromboembolic disease. BMJ 2001; 323:704705.
  11. Bastounis EA, Karayiannakis AJ, Makri GG, Alexiou D, Papalambros EL. The incidence of occult cancer in patients with deep venous thrombosis: a prospective study. J Intern Med 1996; 239:153156.
  12. Piccioli A, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Extensive screening for occult malignant disease in idiopathic venous thromboembolism: a prospective randomized clinical trial. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:884889.
  13. Di Nisio M, Otten HM, Piccioli A, et al. Decision analysis for cancer screening in idiopathic venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:23912396.
  14. Monreal M, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Screening for occult cancer in patients with acute deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:876881.
  15. Sørensen HT, Mellemkjaer L, Olsen JH, Baron JA. Prognosis of cancers associated with venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:18461850.
  16. Prandoni P, Lensing AW, Piccioli A, et al. Recurrent venous thromboembolism and bleeding complications during anticoagulant treatment in patients with cancer and venous thrombosis. Blood 2002; 100:34843488.
  17. Hutten BA, Prins MH, Gent M, Ginsberg J, Tijssen JG, Büller HR. Incidence of recurrent thromboembolic and bleeding complications among patients with venous thromboembolism in relation to both malignancy and achieved international normalized ratio: a retrospective analysis. J Clin Oncol 2000; 18:30783083.
  18. Hansson PO, Sörbo J, Eriksson H. Recurrent venous thromboembolism after deep vein thrombosis: incidence and risk factors. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:769774.
  19. Douketis JD, Crowther MA, Foster GA, Ginsberg JS. Does the location of thrombosis determine the risk of disease recurrence in patients with proximal deep vein thrombosis? Am J Med 2001; 110:515519.
  20. Kearon C, Kahn SR, Agnelli G, Goldhaber S, Raskob GE, Comerota AJ. Antithrombotic therapy for venous thromboembolic disease: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-based Clinical Practice Guidelines, 8th Edition. Chest 2008; 133 suppl 6:454S545S.
  21. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Venous Thromboembolic Disease Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology (V.1.2007). Available at www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/PDF/vte.pdf. Accessed 01/02/2008.
  22. Ansell J, Hirsh J, Poller L, Bussey H, Jacobson A, Hylek E. The pharmacology and management of the vitamin K antagonists: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:204S233S.
  23. Beyth RJ, Quinn LM, Landefeld CS. Prospective evaluation of an index for predicting the risk of major bleeding in outpatients treated with warfarin. Am J Med 1998; 105:9199.
  24. Kuijer PM, Hutten BA, Prins MH, Büller HR. Prediction of the risk of bleeding during anticoagulant treatment for venous thromboembolism. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:457460.
  25. Hirsh J, Raschke R. Heparin and low-molecular-weight heparin: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:188S203S.
  26. Levine M, Gent M, Hirsh J, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin administered primarily at home with unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital for proximal deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:677681.
  27. Koopman MM, Prandoni P, Piovella F, et al. Treatment of venous thrombosis with intravenous unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital as compared with subcutaneous low-molecular-weight heparin administered at home. The Tasman Study Group. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:682687.
  28. Hettiarachchi RJ, Prins MH, Lensing AW, Büller HR. Low molecular weight heparin versus unfractionated heparin in the initial treatment of venous thromboembolism. Curr Opin Pulm Med 1998; 4:220225.
  29. Gould MK, Dembitzer AD, Doyle RL, Hastie TJ, Garber AM. Low-molecular-weight heparins compared with unfractionated heparin for treatment of acute deep venous thrombosis. A meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. Ann Intern Med 1999; 130:800809.
  30. Dolovich LR, Ginsberg JS, Douketis JD, Holbrook AM, Cheah G. A meta-analysis comparing low-molecular-weight heparins with un-fractionated heparin in the treatment of venous thromboembolism: examining some unanswered questions regarding location of treatment, product type, and dosing frequency. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:181188.
  31. van Dongen CJ, van den Belt AG, Prins MH, Lensing AW. Fixed dose subcutaneous low molecular weight heparins versus adjusted dose unfractionated heparin for venous thromboembolism. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2004; 4:CD001100.
  32. Cook LM, Kahn SR, Goodwin J, Kovacs MJ. Frequency of renal impairment, advanced age, obesity, and cancer in venous thromboembolism patients in clinical practice. J Thromb Haemost 2007; 5:937941.
  33. Barba R, Marco J, Martin-Alvarez H, et al. The influence of extreme body weight on clinical outcome of patients with venous thromboembolism: findings from a prospective registry (RIETE). J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:856862.
  34. Segal JB, Strieff MB, Hofmann LV, Thornton K, Bass EB. Management of venous thromboembolism: a systematic review for a practice guideline. Ann Intern Med 2007; 146:211222.
  35. Aujesky D, Smith KJ, Cornuz J, Roberts MS. Cost-effectiveness of low-molecular-weight heparin for secondary prophylaxis of cancer-related venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 2005; 93:592599.
  36. Meyer G, Marjanovic Z, Valcke J, et al. Comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin and warfarin for the secondary prevention of venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer: a randomized controlled study. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:17291735.
  37. Lee AY, Levine MN, Baker RI, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin versus a coumarin for the prevention of recurrent venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:146153.
  38. Hull RD, Pineo GF, Brant RF, et al. Long-term low-molecular-weight heparin versus usual care in proximal-vein thrombosis patients with cancer. Am J Med 2006; 119:10621072.
  39. Deitcher SR, Kessler CM, Merli G, Rigas JR, Lyons RM, Fareed J ON-CENOX investigators. Secondary prevention of venous thromboembolic events in patients with active cancer: enoxaparin alone versus initial enoxaparin followed by warfarin for a 180-day period. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2006; 12:389396.
  40. Noble SI, Finlay IG. Is long-term low-molecular-weight heparin acceptable to palliative care patients in the treatment of cancer related venous thromboembolism? A qualitative study. Palliat Med 2005; 19:197201.
  41. Amirkhosravi A, Mousa SA, Amaya M, Francis JL. Antimetastatic effect of tinzaparin, a low-molecular-weight heparin. J Thromb Haemost 2003; 1:19721976.
  42. Kragh M, Binderup L, Vig Hjarnaa PJ, Bramm E, Johansen KB, Frimundt Petersen C. Non-anti-coagulant heparin inhibits metastasis but not primary tumor growth. Oncol Rep 2005; 14:99104.
  43. Mousa SA, Mohamed S. Anti-angiogenic mechanisms and efficacy of the low molecular weight heparin, tinzaparin: anti-cancer efficacy. Oncol Rep 2004; 12:683688.
  44. Bobek V, Kovarik J. Antitumor and antimetastatic effect of warfarin and heparins. Biomed Pharmacother 2004; 58:213219.
  45. Altinbas M, Coskun HS, Er O, et al. A randomized clinical trial of combination chemotherapy with and without low-molecular-weight heparin in small cell lung cancer. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:12661271.
  46. Lee AY, Rickles FR, Julian JA, et al. Randomized comparison of low molecular weight heparin and coumarin derivatives on the survival of patients with cancer and venous thromboembolism. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:21232129.
  47. Kakkar AK, Levine MN, Kadziola Z, et al. Low molecular weight heparin, therapy with dalteparin, and survival in advanced cancer: the Fragmin Advanced Malignancy Outcome Study (FAMOUS). J Clin Oncol 2004; 22:19441948.
  48. Klerk CP, Smorenburg SM, Otten HM, et al. The effect of low molecular weight heparin on survival in patients with advanced malignancy. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:21302135.
  49. Sideras K, Schaefer PL, Okuno SH, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin in patients with advanced cancer: a phase 3 clinical trial. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81:758767.
  50. Bernardi E, Piccioli A, Oliboni G, Zuin R, Girolami A, Prandoni P. Nomograms for the administration of unfractionated heparin in the initial treatment of acute thromboembolism—an overview. Thromb Haemost 2000; 84:2226.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Benson Babu, MD, MBA
Mount Sinai Medical Center School of Medicine, New York, NY

Teresa L. Carman, MD
Director, Vascular Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH

Address: Teresa L. Carman, MD, Director, Vascular Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, 11100 Euclid Avenue, Mail Code LKS 5038, Cleveland, OH 44106-5038; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Carman has indicated that she has received honoraria from the sanofiaventis corporation for teaching and speaking.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
129-135
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Benson Babu, MD, MBA
Mount Sinai Medical Center School of Medicine, New York, NY

Teresa L. Carman, MD
Director, Vascular Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH

Address: Teresa L. Carman, MD, Director, Vascular Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, 11100 Euclid Avenue, Mail Code LKS 5038, Cleveland, OH 44106-5038; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Carman has indicated that she has received honoraria from the sanofiaventis corporation for teaching and speaking.

Author and Disclosure Information

Benson Babu, MD, MBA
Mount Sinai Medical Center School of Medicine, New York, NY

Teresa L. Carman, MD
Director, Vascular Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH

Address: Teresa L. Carman, MD, Director, Vascular Medicine, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, 11100 Euclid Avenue, Mail Code LKS 5038, Cleveland, OH 44106-5038; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Carman has indicated that she has received honoraria from the sanofiaventis corporation for teaching and speaking.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) has various differing causes, so its treatment is not necessarily the same in all cases. Most cases of VTE are related to an easily identified risk factor. In patients with an apparently idiopathic event, identifying an underlying cause may alter therapy. In particular, identification of a malignancy may affect the choice of therapy and the duration of treatment.

In this review, we explore the role of cancer screening in patients with idiopathic VTE, then highlight the treatment for VTE in patients with cancer.

‘IDIOPATHIC’ VTE CAN BE DUE TO CANCER

Most patients with venous thrombosis have one of the components of Virchow’s triad: a hypercoagulable state, venous injury, or venous stasis. Those without identifiable risk factors for VTE are considered to have idiopathic VTE. In these patients, a search for a contributing factor may be indicated.

In 1861, the astute clinician Dr. Armand Trousseau noted a link between deep venous thrombosis and pancreatic cancer, stating that if cancer of an internal organ is suspected but the diagnosis cannot be verified, the diagnosis may be confirmed by the sudden, spontaneous appearance of thrombophlebitis in a large vein.1

Today, from 2% to 25% of patients with idiopathic VTE are found to have cancer within 24 months of the diagnosis of VTE.2–11 The goals of cancer screening in idiopathic VTE are to detect cancer at an early, treatable stage and to optimize the VTE therapy to decrease the risks of recurrence and anticoagulation-associated complications in patients who are found to have cancer. However, several questions must be considered first:

  • What are the risks and costs of the screening?
  • Will discovering the cancer sooner benefit the patient in terms of survival?
  • If cancer is found, what are the possible complications or risks of the additional procedures, interventions, or treatments required?
  • What is the psychological impact of the screening?

EVIDENCE SUPPORTING CANCER SCREENING AFTER IDIOPATHIC VTE

Piccioli et al12 recently performed a randomized, controlled trial comparing cancer-related death rates in 99 patients with idiopathic VTE screened for malignancy vs 102 patients with idiopathic VTE who were not screened.

The screened group underwent:

  • Abdominal and pelvic ultrasonography and computed tomography (CT)
  • Gastroscopy or double-contrast barium-swallow evaluation
  • Colonoscopy or sigmoidoscopy followed by barium enema
  • Testing for fecal occult blood
  • Sputum cytology
  • Measurement of carcinoembryonic antigen, alpha-fetoprotein, and cancer antigen 125.
  • Mammography and Papanicolaou smears (women)
  • Ultrasonography of the prostate and prostate-specific antigen testing (men).

Patients were followed for 2 years. The screening uncovered cancer in 13 patients. Cancer developed in one other patient in the screening group during follow-up; in the control group, 10 patients developed symptomatic cancer during follow-up. Overall, the time to cancer diagnosis was 11.6 months in the unscreened group vs 1 month in the screened group (P < .001). Nine of the 14 patients with cancer in the screened group had T1 or T2 disease without local or distant metastasis vs 2 of the 10 control patients with cancer (P = .047). Unfortunately, this study did not have adequate power to detect the effect of screening on survival.

Di Nisio et al13 used data from this trial to perform a decision analysis for cancer screening. They calculated that abdominal and pelvic CT, with or without mammography and with or without sputum cytologic testing, would cost the least per life-year gained and would harm the fewest number of patients. They also suggested that substituting CT of the chest for sputum cytology may provide additional diagnostic benefit.

However, this strategy has not been clinically tested. Given the limited number of patients and the short follow-up in this initial trial, larger trials are needed to look at the cost-effectiveness of this screening model and whether it increases survival.

Our recommendations

Because the data are limited, our approach to looking for an early, treatable malignancy in patients with idiopathic VTE follows the current consensus:

  • A thorough history and physical, including an extensive review of systems
  • Basic laboratory testing with a complete blood cell count, comprehensive metabolic profile, and urinalysis
  • Chest radiography
  • Other age- and sex-specific cancer screening tests.

Adding CT of the abdomen, pelvis, or chest to this evaluation may be considered. However, tumor marker testing, which typically has high false-positive rates, is not routinely warranted.13 Additional investigation should be considered if abnormalities are detected during the initial evaluation or in patients with recurrent VTE during therapy.

While this strategy may be most cost-effective, Monreal et al14 suggest that it may miss up to half of cancers ultimately discovered.

 

 

MANAGING VTE IN PATIENTS WITH KNOWN CANCER

Managing VTE is far more complex in cancer patients than in patients without cancer. Also, cancer patients with VTE have lower rates of survival than cancer patients without VTE and are at greater risk of adverse outcomes such as anticoagulant-associated bleeding and recurrent venous thrombotic events.15–17

Up to 21.5% of patients with VTE have another event within 5 years,18 but the risk is two to three times higher if they also have cancer.16,18 The risk of recurrence may be linked to the location of the thrombus and to the extent of the malignancy.

In one study, the 3-month rate of recurrence was up to 5.1% if the clot was in the popliteal vein, 5.3% if in the femoral vein, and 11.8% if in the iliac vein.19

Prandoni et al16 found that the risks of VTE recurrence and bleeding were higher in patients with extensive cancer than in those with less-extensive cancer. In this study, major bleeding was documented in 12.4% of patients with cancer vs 4.9% of patients without cancer. Compared with patients without cancer, the hazard ratio for a major bleeding event was 4.8 in patients with extensive cancer and 0.5 in patients with less-extensive cancer.

In addition, not all patients with bleeding had excessive levels of anticoagulation, and not all patients with recurrent events had subtherapeutic levels.16,17 Therefore, treatment of venous thrombosis in cancer patients requires a careful, individualized risk-to-benefit decision analysis.

ACUTE THERAPY FOR VTE: PARENTERAL AGENTS

Treatment in the first several hours or days after a thromboembolic event is with short-acting parenteral agents: unfractionated heparin; one of the low-molecular-weight heparins (LMWHs), ie, dalteparin (Fragmin), enoxaparin (Lovenox), or tinzaparin (Innohep); or fondaparinux (Arixtra).

Before starting anticoagulation, consider:

  • Does the patient have severe chronic kidney disease (ie, a creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min)? If so, unfractionated heparin may be better than an LMWH or fondaparinux, which are cleared by the kidney.
  • Does he or she need inpatient care? If not, LMWH therapy at home may be appropriate.
  • Are there concerns about the ease of anticoagulation administration (ie, whether the patient can give the injections or have a family member do it), the cost of the drugs, or the ability to reverse the anticoagulant effect, if necessary? If so, unfractionated heparin may be more appropriate.

For acute treatment, the 2008 guidelines of the American College of Chest Physicians20 (ACCP) recommend using an LMWH in a weight-based dose; unfractionated heparin given intravenously; unfractionated heparin given subcutaneously with monitoring and dosing adjustments; unfractionated heparin given subcutaneously at a fixed dose; or fondaparinux (grade 1A recommendation). The 2007 National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines21 recommend an LMWH, fondaparinux, or unfractionated heparin. Treatment should start promptly after the diagnosis of VTE is confirmed. However, if VTE is strongly suspected and a delay in diagnostic testing is anticipated, therapy should be started while awaiting the test results.

LONG-TERM THERAPY: LMWH OR WARFARIN

The ACCP and the NCCN guidelines recommend LMWH monotherapy for extended treatment of VTE in patients with active malignancy, when appropriate.20,21 However, if long-term LMWH is not appropriate, then oral anticoagulation with a vitamin K antagonist, such as the coumarin derivative warfarin (Coumadin), is an alternative and should be started on the same day as the heparin. The heparin and the warfarin therapy must overlap for a minimum of 4 or 5 days and until a stable, therapeutic level of anticoagulation is achieved, ie, an international normalized ratio (INR) of 2 to 3 for 2 consecutive days.20

The duration of anticoagulant therapy depends on comorbidities and the patient’s underlying predisposition for VTE. In patients with limited disease, the guidelines recommend continuing anticoagulation for a minimum of 3 to 6 months for deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.20–21 Patients with active malignancy, ongoing treatment for the cancer, or continued risk factors may need indefinite treatment. In some circumstances, such as catheter-associated deep venous thrombosis, anticoagulation should continue for as long as the catheter is in place and for 1 to 3 months after its removal.21

WARFARIN CAN BE DIFFICULT TO USE

In 1954, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the vitamin K antagonist warfarin for medical use in humans. Experience has shown it to be effective in preventing and treating VTE. However, it can be somewhat difficult to use, for several reasons:

  • A narrow therapeutic window
  • Genetic polymorphisms and variability in dose response
  • Drug interactions and dietary considerations
  • The need for laboratory monitoring and dose adjustment
  • Patient noncompliance or miscommunication between the patient and physician.22

In cancer patients, the response to warfarin may be unpredictable because of poor nutrition, interactions with chemotherapy and antibiotics, and comorbid conditions.22 Furthermore, its onset of action can be delayed and its clearance may be prolonged, further increasing the risk of complications, especially in patients prone to developing chemotherapy-related anemia or thrombocytopenia.22 Bleeding risk is the highest in the first 3 months of therapy. In addition, the risk of bleeding is higher in older patients, women, and patients with a history of gastrointestinal bleeding, stroke, recent myocardial infarction, diabetes, renal insufficiency, malignancy, or anemia.23,24

 

 

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF LMWH

The advantages of the LMWHs over unfractionated heparin include a lower risk of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, greater bioavailability when given subcutaneously (which also permits once-daily or twice-daily dosing), and no need for laboratory monitoring in most patients. LMWHs have a short half-life, so omitting one or two doses will adequately interrupt therapy. Also, LMWHs have been shown to be as safe and effective as unfractionated heparin in treating VTE. They can be given safely at home, thus enhancing quality of life.25–31

On the other hand, these drugs cost more than unfractionated heparin or warfarin, their dosage must be adjusted in patients with renal insufficiency, their anticoagulant effect can be reversed only to a limited extent, and their dose must be adjusted according to weight in morbidly obese or in very thin patients.32,33

LMWHs are expensive, but may be worth it

As initial therapy, the LMWHs are cost-effective compared with unfractionated heparin in patients with VTE.34,35 However, they cost more with extended use. A cost-effectiveness analysis comparing 6 months of LMWH therapy to standard warfarin concluded that LMWH therapy was more costly.35 However, the impact of fewer hospitalizations, probably fewer bleeding complications, and better quality of life are difficult to analyze in this decision model and should also be considered when deciding about therapy for an individual patient.35

LMWHs are cleared by the kidney

All LMWHs are renally cleared, so patients with significant renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min) are at greater risk of bleeding complications. The rate below which clearance is impaired varies among the different LMWHs. Only enoxaparin has approved dosing regimens for use in patients with renal impairment.

If the patient has renal insufficiency, the ACCP guidelines suggest using unfractionated heparin, or if using LMWH, monitoring anti-factor Xa levels to avoid drug accumulation and increased bleeding risk.25 If bleeding occurs, LMWHs have limited reversibility with protamine sulfate, which is estimated to neutralize about 60% of the anti-factor Xa activity of LMWHs.25

Adjusting LMWHs for body weight

In the Registro Informatizado de la Enfermedad Tromboembólica (RIETE),33 patients weighing less than 50 kg had a higher risk of bleeding than patients weighing 50 to 100 kg, so in thinner patients the risk of bleeding from LMWH vs oral anticoagulation must be considered carefully and monitored prudently.

Although there is little evidence to suggest a higher bleeding risk in morbidly obese patients (> 150 kg), they may be at risk of subtherapeutic treatment, and monitoring with anti-factor Xa assays is recommended.25,32,33

LMWH VS WARFARIN FOR VTE IN CANCER PATIENTS

LMWHs are the first-line treatment for VTE in cancer patients.20,21 Several randomized controlled trials compared the efficacy of LMWH vs warfarin in patients with cancer.

Meyer et al36 randomized patients to receive either warfarin for 3 months at an INR between 2 and 3, or enoxaparin 1.5 mg/kg subcutaneously daily. Seventy-one patients received warfarin and 67 received enoxaparin. Fifteen (21%, 95% confidence interval [CI] 12%–32%) of the 71 patients assigned to warfarin experienced one major outcome event, defined as major bleeding or recurrent VTE, compared with 7 (10.5%) of the 67 patients assigned to receive enoxaparin (95% CI 4%–20%, P = .09). Six patients in the warfarin group died of bleeding vs none of the patients in the enoxaparin group. Overall, the warfarin group had a higher rate of bleeding, although this did not reach statistical significance. Despite weekly INR measurements, only 41% of the measured values were within the therapeutic range during the 3 months of treatment.36

Lee et al37 randomized cancer patients with deep venous thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or both to receive 6 months of dalteparin alone, dosed at 200 IU/kg daily for 1 month, then decreased to 75% to 80% of the original dose (150 IU/kg) daily for the duration of therapy, or dalteparin followed by warfarin. During the 6-month follow-up, 17.4% of patients in the warfarin group had a recurrent thromboembolic event vs 8.8% in the dalteparin group (P = .0017). No statistically significant difference was noted in rates of major bleeding, minor bleeding, or death.37

Hull et al38 reported statistically significantly fewer episodes of recurrent VTE at 12 months in cancer patients treated with once-daily tinzaparin vs warfarin. In the tinzaparin group the recurrence rate was 7%, vs 16% in the warfarin group (P = .044). No difference in rates of bleeding or death were found.

Deitcher et al39 compared enoxaparin with long-term warfarin in 102 patients. While this trial did not have the power to detect clinical differences in recurrent thromboembolic events or bleeding complications, at 180 days they noted 97% compliance with once-daily or twice-daily enoxaparin therapy.

Noble and Finlay,40 in another small study, found LMWH therapy to be qualitatively more acceptable for palliative-care cancer patients than oral therapy.

In general, long-term therapy with once-daily or twice-daily LMWH is well tolerated. Currently, dalteparin is the only LMWH approved by the FDA for extended monotherapy in cancer-related VTE.

 

 

DO LMWHS AFFECT CANCER?

In vitro and animal studies indicate that LMWH may have antimetastatic and antiangiogenic properties.41–44

Altinbas et al45 reported significantly better chemotherapy-induced tumor response rates and survival rates in patients with small cell lung cancer randomized to receive combination chemotherapy plus prophylactic dalteparin 5,000 IU daily compared with combination chemotherapy alone. However, as provocative as these results may be, we need to test the effects of LWMHs on different cancer types in a prospective clinical trial. For now, this area remains controversial.

It has been suggested that anticoagulants may improve survival in patients with nonmetastatic cancer. Supporting this observation, a post hoc analysis of the trial by Lee et al37 found a statistically significantly lower cancer-specific mortality rate in nonmetastatic cancer patients treated with dalteparin vs oral therapy with a coumarin derivative. In patients without metastatic disease, the death rate at 12 months was 36% in patients treated with oral therapy vs 20% in patients treated with dalteparin (P = .03).46

These findings are consistent with those of the Fragmin Advanced Malignancy Outcome Study (FAMOUS),47 the first randomized, placebo-controlled trial of dalteparin 5,000 IU daily in patients with advanced solid tumors and without evidence of underlying thrombosis. Overall, dalteparin prophylaxis did not increase survival. However, in a subgroup of patients with a better prognosis and who were alive 17 months after diagnosis, survival was statistically significantly longer in patients treated with dalteparin.

Another small trial showed similar survival benefits in cancer patients without VTE.48 The results may suggest a long-term favorable effect of LMWH on tumor cell biology, which could translate into a favorable outcome in some patients. It is important to note, however, that not all trials have shown this same clinical benefit.49

In general, the growing body of laboratory and clinical data indicates that LMWHs may suppress tumor growth and metastasis. However, definitive conclusions about these effects are not yet possible because of variations in study design, tumor type, and patient populations. Further investigations into the role of LMWHs in the treatment of VTE and in cancer progression are ongoing.

THE EVIDENCE IN PERSPECTIVE

Illness and the recurrence of VTE in patients with cancer depend on the location and extent of the underlying cancer. Rates of death are higher in VTE patients with cancer than in VTE patients without cancer. Patients with limited or localized disease may not die of the cancer itself but of complications of acute pulmonary embolism. Therefore, it is important to recognize the different options for and the potential side effects of treating VTE.

If patients are hospitalized for an acute thromboembolic event and unfractionated heparin is chosen as the initial anticoagulant, using a weight-based nomogram has been shown to achieve therapeutic levels within 24 hours and reduce the rates of recurrence of thromboembolic events.50

Warfarin treatment may pose a particular challenge for both cancer patients and physicians, since multiple drug interactions, anorexia, and comorbid conditions contribute to an unpredictable response.

The risk of bleeding is higher in cancer patients than in the general population, and the decision to start anticoagulants should be based on an individualized risk-benefit profile. Several trials have shown LMWH to be more effective and safer than warfarin in cancer patients.

These considerations, along with the other advantages of LMWHs (ease of use, less need for laboratory monitoring, and better patient tolerance), make LMWHs a good choice for initial therapy. Extended LMWH therapy is currently favored for initial management in patients with cancer. Trials are under way to further assess the antitumor properties and potential survival benefit in patients with selected solid tumors.

Venous thromboembolism (VTE) has various differing causes, so its treatment is not necessarily the same in all cases. Most cases of VTE are related to an easily identified risk factor. In patients with an apparently idiopathic event, identifying an underlying cause may alter therapy. In particular, identification of a malignancy may affect the choice of therapy and the duration of treatment.

In this review, we explore the role of cancer screening in patients with idiopathic VTE, then highlight the treatment for VTE in patients with cancer.

‘IDIOPATHIC’ VTE CAN BE DUE TO CANCER

Most patients with venous thrombosis have one of the components of Virchow’s triad: a hypercoagulable state, venous injury, or venous stasis. Those without identifiable risk factors for VTE are considered to have idiopathic VTE. In these patients, a search for a contributing factor may be indicated.

In 1861, the astute clinician Dr. Armand Trousseau noted a link between deep venous thrombosis and pancreatic cancer, stating that if cancer of an internal organ is suspected but the diagnosis cannot be verified, the diagnosis may be confirmed by the sudden, spontaneous appearance of thrombophlebitis in a large vein.1

Today, from 2% to 25% of patients with idiopathic VTE are found to have cancer within 24 months of the diagnosis of VTE.2–11 The goals of cancer screening in idiopathic VTE are to detect cancer at an early, treatable stage and to optimize the VTE therapy to decrease the risks of recurrence and anticoagulation-associated complications in patients who are found to have cancer. However, several questions must be considered first:

  • What are the risks and costs of the screening?
  • Will discovering the cancer sooner benefit the patient in terms of survival?
  • If cancer is found, what are the possible complications or risks of the additional procedures, interventions, or treatments required?
  • What is the psychological impact of the screening?

EVIDENCE SUPPORTING CANCER SCREENING AFTER IDIOPATHIC VTE

Piccioli et al12 recently performed a randomized, controlled trial comparing cancer-related death rates in 99 patients with idiopathic VTE screened for malignancy vs 102 patients with idiopathic VTE who were not screened.

The screened group underwent:

  • Abdominal and pelvic ultrasonography and computed tomography (CT)
  • Gastroscopy or double-contrast barium-swallow evaluation
  • Colonoscopy or sigmoidoscopy followed by barium enema
  • Testing for fecal occult blood
  • Sputum cytology
  • Measurement of carcinoembryonic antigen, alpha-fetoprotein, and cancer antigen 125.
  • Mammography and Papanicolaou smears (women)
  • Ultrasonography of the prostate and prostate-specific antigen testing (men).

Patients were followed for 2 years. The screening uncovered cancer in 13 patients. Cancer developed in one other patient in the screening group during follow-up; in the control group, 10 patients developed symptomatic cancer during follow-up. Overall, the time to cancer diagnosis was 11.6 months in the unscreened group vs 1 month in the screened group (P < .001). Nine of the 14 patients with cancer in the screened group had T1 or T2 disease without local or distant metastasis vs 2 of the 10 control patients with cancer (P = .047). Unfortunately, this study did not have adequate power to detect the effect of screening on survival.

Di Nisio et al13 used data from this trial to perform a decision analysis for cancer screening. They calculated that abdominal and pelvic CT, with or without mammography and with or without sputum cytologic testing, would cost the least per life-year gained and would harm the fewest number of patients. They also suggested that substituting CT of the chest for sputum cytology may provide additional diagnostic benefit.

However, this strategy has not been clinically tested. Given the limited number of patients and the short follow-up in this initial trial, larger trials are needed to look at the cost-effectiveness of this screening model and whether it increases survival.

Our recommendations

Because the data are limited, our approach to looking for an early, treatable malignancy in patients with idiopathic VTE follows the current consensus:

  • A thorough history and physical, including an extensive review of systems
  • Basic laboratory testing with a complete blood cell count, comprehensive metabolic profile, and urinalysis
  • Chest radiography
  • Other age- and sex-specific cancer screening tests.

Adding CT of the abdomen, pelvis, or chest to this evaluation may be considered. However, tumor marker testing, which typically has high false-positive rates, is not routinely warranted.13 Additional investigation should be considered if abnormalities are detected during the initial evaluation or in patients with recurrent VTE during therapy.

While this strategy may be most cost-effective, Monreal et al14 suggest that it may miss up to half of cancers ultimately discovered.

 

 

MANAGING VTE IN PATIENTS WITH KNOWN CANCER

Managing VTE is far more complex in cancer patients than in patients without cancer. Also, cancer patients with VTE have lower rates of survival than cancer patients without VTE and are at greater risk of adverse outcomes such as anticoagulant-associated bleeding and recurrent venous thrombotic events.15–17

Up to 21.5% of patients with VTE have another event within 5 years,18 but the risk is two to three times higher if they also have cancer.16,18 The risk of recurrence may be linked to the location of the thrombus and to the extent of the malignancy.

In one study, the 3-month rate of recurrence was up to 5.1% if the clot was in the popliteal vein, 5.3% if in the femoral vein, and 11.8% if in the iliac vein.19

Prandoni et al16 found that the risks of VTE recurrence and bleeding were higher in patients with extensive cancer than in those with less-extensive cancer. In this study, major bleeding was documented in 12.4% of patients with cancer vs 4.9% of patients without cancer. Compared with patients without cancer, the hazard ratio for a major bleeding event was 4.8 in patients with extensive cancer and 0.5 in patients with less-extensive cancer.

In addition, not all patients with bleeding had excessive levels of anticoagulation, and not all patients with recurrent events had subtherapeutic levels.16,17 Therefore, treatment of venous thrombosis in cancer patients requires a careful, individualized risk-to-benefit decision analysis.

ACUTE THERAPY FOR VTE: PARENTERAL AGENTS

Treatment in the first several hours or days after a thromboembolic event is with short-acting parenteral agents: unfractionated heparin; one of the low-molecular-weight heparins (LMWHs), ie, dalteparin (Fragmin), enoxaparin (Lovenox), or tinzaparin (Innohep); or fondaparinux (Arixtra).

Before starting anticoagulation, consider:

  • Does the patient have severe chronic kidney disease (ie, a creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min)? If so, unfractionated heparin may be better than an LMWH or fondaparinux, which are cleared by the kidney.
  • Does he or she need inpatient care? If not, LMWH therapy at home may be appropriate.
  • Are there concerns about the ease of anticoagulation administration (ie, whether the patient can give the injections or have a family member do it), the cost of the drugs, or the ability to reverse the anticoagulant effect, if necessary? If so, unfractionated heparin may be more appropriate.

For acute treatment, the 2008 guidelines of the American College of Chest Physicians20 (ACCP) recommend using an LMWH in a weight-based dose; unfractionated heparin given intravenously; unfractionated heparin given subcutaneously with monitoring and dosing adjustments; unfractionated heparin given subcutaneously at a fixed dose; or fondaparinux (grade 1A recommendation). The 2007 National Comprehensive Cancer Network (NCCN) guidelines21 recommend an LMWH, fondaparinux, or unfractionated heparin. Treatment should start promptly after the diagnosis of VTE is confirmed. However, if VTE is strongly suspected and a delay in diagnostic testing is anticipated, therapy should be started while awaiting the test results.

LONG-TERM THERAPY: LMWH OR WARFARIN

The ACCP and the NCCN guidelines recommend LMWH monotherapy for extended treatment of VTE in patients with active malignancy, when appropriate.20,21 However, if long-term LMWH is not appropriate, then oral anticoagulation with a vitamin K antagonist, such as the coumarin derivative warfarin (Coumadin), is an alternative and should be started on the same day as the heparin. The heparin and the warfarin therapy must overlap for a minimum of 4 or 5 days and until a stable, therapeutic level of anticoagulation is achieved, ie, an international normalized ratio (INR) of 2 to 3 for 2 consecutive days.20

The duration of anticoagulant therapy depends on comorbidities and the patient’s underlying predisposition for VTE. In patients with limited disease, the guidelines recommend continuing anticoagulation for a minimum of 3 to 6 months for deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.20–21 Patients with active malignancy, ongoing treatment for the cancer, or continued risk factors may need indefinite treatment. In some circumstances, such as catheter-associated deep venous thrombosis, anticoagulation should continue for as long as the catheter is in place and for 1 to 3 months after its removal.21

WARFARIN CAN BE DIFFICULT TO USE

In 1954, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved the vitamin K antagonist warfarin for medical use in humans. Experience has shown it to be effective in preventing and treating VTE. However, it can be somewhat difficult to use, for several reasons:

  • A narrow therapeutic window
  • Genetic polymorphisms and variability in dose response
  • Drug interactions and dietary considerations
  • The need for laboratory monitoring and dose adjustment
  • Patient noncompliance or miscommunication between the patient and physician.22

In cancer patients, the response to warfarin may be unpredictable because of poor nutrition, interactions with chemotherapy and antibiotics, and comorbid conditions.22 Furthermore, its onset of action can be delayed and its clearance may be prolonged, further increasing the risk of complications, especially in patients prone to developing chemotherapy-related anemia or thrombocytopenia.22 Bleeding risk is the highest in the first 3 months of therapy. In addition, the risk of bleeding is higher in older patients, women, and patients with a history of gastrointestinal bleeding, stroke, recent myocardial infarction, diabetes, renal insufficiency, malignancy, or anemia.23,24

 

 

ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF LMWH

The advantages of the LMWHs over unfractionated heparin include a lower risk of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, greater bioavailability when given subcutaneously (which also permits once-daily or twice-daily dosing), and no need for laboratory monitoring in most patients. LMWHs have a short half-life, so omitting one or two doses will adequately interrupt therapy. Also, LMWHs have been shown to be as safe and effective as unfractionated heparin in treating VTE. They can be given safely at home, thus enhancing quality of life.25–31

On the other hand, these drugs cost more than unfractionated heparin or warfarin, their dosage must be adjusted in patients with renal insufficiency, their anticoagulant effect can be reversed only to a limited extent, and their dose must be adjusted according to weight in morbidly obese or in very thin patients.32,33

LMWHs are expensive, but may be worth it

As initial therapy, the LMWHs are cost-effective compared with unfractionated heparin in patients with VTE.34,35 However, they cost more with extended use. A cost-effectiveness analysis comparing 6 months of LMWH therapy to standard warfarin concluded that LMWH therapy was more costly.35 However, the impact of fewer hospitalizations, probably fewer bleeding complications, and better quality of life are difficult to analyze in this decision model and should also be considered when deciding about therapy for an individual patient.35

LMWHs are cleared by the kidney

All LMWHs are renally cleared, so patients with significant renal insufficiency (creatinine clearance < 30 mL/min) are at greater risk of bleeding complications. The rate below which clearance is impaired varies among the different LMWHs. Only enoxaparin has approved dosing regimens for use in patients with renal impairment.

If the patient has renal insufficiency, the ACCP guidelines suggest using unfractionated heparin, or if using LMWH, monitoring anti-factor Xa levels to avoid drug accumulation and increased bleeding risk.25 If bleeding occurs, LMWHs have limited reversibility with protamine sulfate, which is estimated to neutralize about 60% of the anti-factor Xa activity of LMWHs.25

Adjusting LMWHs for body weight

In the Registro Informatizado de la Enfermedad Tromboembólica (RIETE),33 patients weighing less than 50 kg had a higher risk of bleeding than patients weighing 50 to 100 kg, so in thinner patients the risk of bleeding from LMWH vs oral anticoagulation must be considered carefully and monitored prudently.

Although there is little evidence to suggest a higher bleeding risk in morbidly obese patients (> 150 kg), they may be at risk of subtherapeutic treatment, and monitoring with anti-factor Xa assays is recommended.25,32,33

LMWH VS WARFARIN FOR VTE IN CANCER PATIENTS

LMWHs are the first-line treatment for VTE in cancer patients.20,21 Several randomized controlled trials compared the efficacy of LMWH vs warfarin in patients with cancer.

Meyer et al36 randomized patients to receive either warfarin for 3 months at an INR between 2 and 3, or enoxaparin 1.5 mg/kg subcutaneously daily. Seventy-one patients received warfarin and 67 received enoxaparin. Fifteen (21%, 95% confidence interval [CI] 12%–32%) of the 71 patients assigned to warfarin experienced one major outcome event, defined as major bleeding or recurrent VTE, compared with 7 (10.5%) of the 67 patients assigned to receive enoxaparin (95% CI 4%–20%, P = .09). Six patients in the warfarin group died of bleeding vs none of the patients in the enoxaparin group. Overall, the warfarin group had a higher rate of bleeding, although this did not reach statistical significance. Despite weekly INR measurements, only 41% of the measured values were within the therapeutic range during the 3 months of treatment.36

Lee et al37 randomized cancer patients with deep venous thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, or both to receive 6 months of dalteparin alone, dosed at 200 IU/kg daily for 1 month, then decreased to 75% to 80% of the original dose (150 IU/kg) daily for the duration of therapy, or dalteparin followed by warfarin. During the 6-month follow-up, 17.4% of patients in the warfarin group had a recurrent thromboembolic event vs 8.8% in the dalteparin group (P = .0017). No statistically significant difference was noted in rates of major bleeding, minor bleeding, or death.37

Hull et al38 reported statistically significantly fewer episodes of recurrent VTE at 12 months in cancer patients treated with once-daily tinzaparin vs warfarin. In the tinzaparin group the recurrence rate was 7%, vs 16% in the warfarin group (P = .044). No difference in rates of bleeding or death were found.

Deitcher et al39 compared enoxaparin with long-term warfarin in 102 patients. While this trial did not have the power to detect clinical differences in recurrent thromboembolic events or bleeding complications, at 180 days they noted 97% compliance with once-daily or twice-daily enoxaparin therapy.

Noble and Finlay,40 in another small study, found LMWH therapy to be qualitatively more acceptable for palliative-care cancer patients than oral therapy.

In general, long-term therapy with once-daily or twice-daily LMWH is well tolerated. Currently, dalteparin is the only LMWH approved by the FDA for extended monotherapy in cancer-related VTE.

 

 

DO LMWHS AFFECT CANCER?

In vitro and animal studies indicate that LMWH may have antimetastatic and antiangiogenic properties.41–44

Altinbas et al45 reported significantly better chemotherapy-induced tumor response rates and survival rates in patients with small cell lung cancer randomized to receive combination chemotherapy plus prophylactic dalteparin 5,000 IU daily compared with combination chemotherapy alone. However, as provocative as these results may be, we need to test the effects of LWMHs on different cancer types in a prospective clinical trial. For now, this area remains controversial.

It has been suggested that anticoagulants may improve survival in patients with nonmetastatic cancer. Supporting this observation, a post hoc analysis of the trial by Lee et al37 found a statistically significantly lower cancer-specific mortality rate in nonmetastatic cancer patients treated with dalteparin vs oral therapy with a coumarin derivative. In patients without metastatic disease, the death rate at 12 months was 36% in patients treated with oral therapy vs 20% in patients treated with dalteparin (P = .03).46

These findings are consistent with those of the Fragmin Advanced Malignancy Outcome Study (FAMOUS),47 the first randomized, placebo-controlled trial of dalteparin 5,000 IU daily in patients with advanced solid tumors and without evidence of underlying thrombosis. Overall, dalteparin prophylaxis did not increase survival. However, in a subgroup of patients with a better prognosis and who were alive 17 months after diagnosis, survival was statistically significantly longer in patients treated with dalteparin.

Another small trial showed similar survival benefits in cancer patients without VTE.48 The results may suggest a long-term favorable effect of LMWH on tumor cell biology, which could translate into a favorable outcome in some patients. It is important to note, however, that not all trials have shown this same clinical benefit.49

In general, the growing body of laboratory and clinical data indicates that LMWHs may suppress tumor growth and metastasis. However, definitive conclusions about these effects are not yet possible because of variations in study design, tumor type, and patient populations. Further investigations into the role of LMWHs in the treatment of VTE and in cancer progression are ongoing.

THE EVIDENCE IN PERSPECTIVE

Illness and the recurrence of VTE in patients with cancer depend on the location and extent of the underlying cancer. Rates of death are higher in VTE patients with cancer than in VTE patients without cancer. Patients with limited or localized disease may not die of the cancer itself but of complications of acute pulmonary embolism. Therefore, it is important to recognize the different options for and the potential side effects of treating VTE.

If patients are hospitalized for an acute thromboembolic event and unfractionated heparin is chosen as the initial anticoagulant, using a weight-based nomogram has been shown to achieve therapeutic levels within 24 hours and reduce the rates of recurrence of thromboembolic events.50

Warfarin treatment may pose a particular challenge for both cancer patients and physicians, since multiple drug interactions, anorexia, and comorbid conditions contribute to an unpredictable response.

The risk of bleeding is higher in cancer patients than in the general population, and the decision to start anticoagulants should be based on an individualized risk-benefit profile. Several trials have shown LMWH to be more effective and safer than warfarin in cancer patients.

These considerations, along with the other advantages of LMWHs (ease of use, less need for laboratory monitoring, and better patient tolerance), make LMWHs a good choice for initial therapy. Extended LMWH therapy is currently favored for initial management in patients with cancer. Trials are under way to further assess the antitumor properties and potential survival benefit in patients with selected solid tumors.

References
  1. Aron E. The 100th anniversary of the death of A. Trousseau. Presse Med 1967; 75:14291430.
  2. Hettiarachchi RJ, Lok J, Prins MH, Büller HR, Prandoni P. Undiagnosed malignancy in patients with deep vein thrombosis: incidence, risk indicators, and diagnosis. Cancer 1998; 83:180185.
  3. Baron JA, Gridley G, Weiderpass E, Nyrén O, Linet M. Venous thromboembolism and cancer. Lancet 1998; 351:10771080.
  4. Schulman S, Lindmarker P. Incidence of cancer after prophylaxis with warfarin against recurrent venous thromboembolism. Duration of Anticoagulation Trial. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:19531958.
  5. Sørensen HT, Mellemkjaer L, Steffensen FH, Olsen JH, Nielsen GL. The risk of a diagnosis of cancer after primary deep venous thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:11691173.
  6. Monreal M, Lafoz E, Casals A, et al. Occult cancer in patients with deep venous thrombosis. A systematic approach. Cancer 1991; 67:541545.
  7. Nordström M, Lindblad B, Anderson H, Bergqvist D, Kjellström T. Deep venous thrombosis and occult malignancy: an epidemiological study. BMJ 1994; 308:891894.
  8. Prandoni P, Lensing AW, Büller HR, et al. Deep-vein thrombosis and the incidence of subsequent symptomatic cancer. N Engl J Med 1992; 327:11281133.
  9. Cornuz J, Pearson SD, Creager MA, Cook EF, Goldman L. Importance of findings on the initial evaluation for cancer in patients with symptomatic idiopathic deep venous thrombosis. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:785793.
  10. Fennerty T. Screening for cancer in venous thromboembolic disease. BMJ 2001; 323:704705.
  11. Bastounis EA, Karayiannakis AJ, Makri GG, Alexiou D, Papalambros EL. The incidence of occult cancer in patients with deep venous thrombosis: a prospective study. J Intern Med 1996; 239:153156.
  12. Piccioli A, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Extensive screening for occult malignant disease in idiopathic venous thromboembolism: a prospective randomized clinical trial. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:884889.
  13. Di Nisio M, Otten HM, Piccioli A, et al. Decision analysis for cancer screening in idiopathic venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:23912396.
  14. Monreal M, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Screening for occult cancer in patients with acute deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:876881.
  15. Sørensen HT, Mellemkjaer L, Olsen JH, Baron JA. Prognosis of cancers associated with venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:18461850.
  16. Prandoni P, Lensing AW, Piccioli A, et al. Recurrent venous thromboembolism and bleeding complications during anticoagulant treatment in patients with cancer and venous thrombosis. Blood 2002; 100:34843488.
  17. Hutten BA, Prins MH, Gent M, Ginsberg J, Tijssen JG, Büller HR. Incidence of recurrent thromboembolic and bleeding complications among patients with venous thromboembolism in relation to both malignancy and achieved international normalized ratio: a retrospective analysis. J Clin Oncol 2000; 18:30783083.
  18. Hansson PO, Sörbo J, Eriksson H. Recurrent venous thromboembolism after deep vein thrombosis: incidence and risk factors. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:769774.
  19. Douketis JD, Crowther MA, Foster GA, Ginsberg JS. Does the location of thrombosis determine the risk of disease recurrence in patients with proximal deep vein thrombosis? Am J Med 2001; 110:515519.
  20. Kearon C, Kahn SR, Agnelli G, Goldhaber S, Raskob GE, Comerota AJ. Antithrombotic therapy for venous thromboembolic disease: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-based Clinical Practice Guidelines, 8th Edition. Chest 2008; 133 suppl 6:454S545S.
  21. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Venous Thromboembolic Disease Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology (V.1.2007). Available at www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/PDF/vte.pdf. Accessed 01/02/2008.
  22. Ansell J, Hirsh J, Poller L, Bussey H, Jacobson A, Hylek E. The pharmacology and management of the vitamin K antagonists: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:204S233S.
  23. Beyth RJ, Quinn LM, Landefeld CS. Prospective evaluation of an index for predicting the risk of major bleeding in outpatients treated with warfarin. Am J Med 1998; 105:9199.
  24. Kuijer PM, Hutten BA, Prins MH, Büller HR. Prediction of the risk of bleeding during anticoagulant treatment for venous thromboembolism. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:457460.
  25. Hirsh J, Raschke R. Heparin and low-molecular-weight heparin: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:188S203S.
  26. Levine M, Gent M, Hirsh J, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin administered primarily at home with unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital for proximal deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:677681.
  27. Koopman MM, Prandoni P, Piovella F, et al. Treatment of venous thrombosis with intravenous unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital as compared with subcutaneous low-molecular-weight heparin administered at home. The Tasman Study Group. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:682687.
  28. Hettiarachchi RJ, Prins MH, Lensing AW, Büller HR. Low molecular weight heparin versus unfractionated heparin in the initial treatment of venous thromboembolism. Curr Opin Pulm Med 1998; 4:220225.
  29. Gould MK, Dembitzer AD, Doyle RL, Hastie TJ, Garber AM. Low-molecular-weight heparins compared with unfractionated heparin for treatment of acute deep venous thrombosis. A meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. Ann Intern Med 1999; 130:800809.
  30. Dolovich LR, Ginsberg JS, Douketis JD, Holbrook AM, Cheah G. A meta-analysis comparing low-molecular-weight heparins with un-fractionated heparin in the treatment of venous thromboembolism: examining some unanswered questions regarding location of treatment, product type, and dosing frequency. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:181188.
  31. van Dongen CJ, van den Belt AG, Prins MH, Lensing AW. Fixed dose subcutaneous low molecular weight heparins versus adjusted dose unfractionated heparin for venous thromboembolism. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2004; 4:CD001100.
  32. Cook LM, Kahn SR, Goodwin J, Kovacs MJ. Frequency of renal impairment, advanced age, obesity, and cancer in venous thromboembolism patients in clinical practice. J Thromb Haemost 2007; 5:937941.
  33. Barba R, Marco J, Martin-Alvarez H, et al. The influence of extreme body weight on clinical outcome of patients with venous thromboembolism: findings from a prospective registry (RIETE). J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:856862.
  34. Segal JB, Strieff MB, Hofmann LV, Thornton K, Bass EB. Management of venous thromboembolism: a systematic review for a practice guideline. Ann Intern Med 2007; 146:211222.
  35. Aujesky D, Smith KJ, Cornuz J, Roberts MS. Cost-effectiveness of low-molecular-weight heparin for secondary prophylaxis of cancer-related venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 2005; 93:592599.
  36. Meyer G, Marjanovic Z, Valcke J, et al. Comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin and warfarin for the secondary prevention of venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer: a randomized controlled study. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:17291735.
  37. Lee AY, Levine MN, Baker RI, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin versus a coumarin for the prevention of recurrent venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:146153.
  38. Hull RD, Pineo GF, Brant RF, et al. Long-term low-molecular-weight heparin versus usual care in proximal-vein thrombosis patients with cancer. Am J Med 2006; 119:10621072.
  39. Deitcher SR, Kessler CM, Merli G, Rigas JR, Lyons RM, Fareed J ON-CENOX investigators. Secondary prevention of venous thromboembolic events in patients with active cancer: enoxaparin alone versus initial enoxaparin followed by warfarin for a 180-day period. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2006; 12:389396.
  40. Noble SI, Finlay IG. Is long-term low-molecular-weight heparin acceptable to palliative care patients in the treatment of cancer related venous thromboembolism? A qualitative study. Palliat Med 2005; 19:197201.
  41. Amirkhosravi A, Mousa SA, Amaya M, Francis JL. Antimetastatic effect of tinzaparin, a low-molecular-weight heparin. J Thromb Haemost 2003; 1:19721976.
  42. Kragh M, Binderup L, Vig Hjarnaa PJ, Bramm E, Johansen KB, Frimundt Petersen C. Non-anti-coagulant heparin inhibits metastasis but not primary tumor growth. Oncol Rep 2005; 14:99104.
  43. Mousa SA, Mohamed S. Anti-angiogenic mechanisms and efficacy of the low molecular weight heparin, tinzaparin: anti-cancer efficacy. Oncol Rep 2004; 12:683688.
  44. Bobek V, Kovarik J. Antitumor and antimetastatic effect of warfarin and heparins. Biomed Pharmacother 2004; 58:213219.
  45. Altinbas M, Coskun HS, Er O, et al. A randomized clinical trial of combination chemotherapy with and without low-molecular-weight heparin in small cell lung cancer. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:12661271.
  46. Lee AY, Rickles FR, Julian JA, et al. Randomized comparison of low molecular weight heparin and coumarin derivatives on the survival of patients with cancer and venous thromboembolism. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:21232129.
  47. Kakkar AK, Levine MN, Kadziola Z, et al. Low molecular weight heparin, therapy with dalteparin, and survival in advanced cancer: the Fragmin Advanced Malignancy Outcome Study (FAMOUS). J Clin Oncol 2004; 22:19441948.
  48. Klerk CP, Smorenburg SM, Otten HM, et al. The effect of low molecular weight heparin on survival in patients with advanced malignancy. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:21302135.
  49. Sideras K, Schaefer PL, Okuno SH, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin in patients with advanced cancer: a phase 3 clinical trial. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81:758767.
  50. Bernardi E, Piccioli A, Oliboni G, Zuin R, Girolami A, Prandoni P. Nomograms for the administration of unfractionated heparin in the initial treatment of acute thromboembolism—an overview. Thromb Haemost 2000; 84:2226.
References
  1. Aron E. The 100th anniversary of the death of A. Trousseau. Presse Med 1967; 75:14291430.
  2. Hettiarachchi RJ, Lok J, Prins MH, Büller HR, Prandoni P. Undiagnosed malignancy in patients with deep vein thrombosis: incidence, risk indicators, and diagnosis. Cancer 1998; 83:180185.
  3. Baron JA, Gridley G, Weiderpass E, Nyrén O, Linet M. Venous thromboembolism and cancer. Lancet 1998; 351:10771080.
  4. Schulman S, Lindmarker P. Incidence of cancer after prophylaxis with warfarin against recurrent venous thromboembolism. Duration of Anticoagulation Trial. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:19531958.
  5. Sørensen HT, Mellemkjaer L, Steffensen FH, Olsen JH, Nielsen GL. The risk of a diagnosis of cancer after primary deep venous thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:11691173.
  6. Monreal M, Lafoz E, Casals A, et al. Occult cancer in patients with deep venous thrombosis. A systematic approach. Cancer 1991; 67:541545.
  7. Nordström M, Lindblad B, Anderson H, Bergqvist D, Kjellström T. Deep venous thrombosis and occult malignancy: an epidemiological study. BMJ 1994; 308:891894.
  8. Prandoni P, Lensing AW, Büller HR, et al. Deep-vein thrombosis and the incidence of subsequent symptomatic cancer. N Engl J Med 1992; 327:11281133.
  9. Cornuz J, Pearson SD, Creager MA, Cook EF, Goldman L. Importance of findings on the initial evaluation for cancer in patients with symptomatic idiopathic deep venous thrombosis. Ann Intern Med 1996; 125:785793.
  10. Fennerty T. Screening for cancer in venous thromboembolic disease. BMJ 2001; 323:704705.
  11. Bastounis EA, Karayiannakis AJ, Makri GG, Alexiou D, Papalambros EL. The incidence of occult cancer in patients with deep venous thrombosis: a prospective study. J Intern Med 1996; 239:153156.
  12. Piccioli A, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Extensive screening for occult malignant disease in idiopathic venous thromboembolism: a prospective randomized clinical trial. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:884889.
  13. Di Nisio M, Otten HM, Piccioli A, et al. Decision analysis for cancer screening in idiopathic venous thromboembolism. J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:23912396.
  14. Monreal M, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Screening for occult cancer in patients with acute deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:876881.
  15. Sørensen HT, Mellemkjaer L, Olsen JH, Baron JA. Prognosis of cancers associated with venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:18461850.
  16. Prandoni P, Lensing AW, Piccioli A, et al. Recurrent venous thromboembolism and bleeding complications during anticoagulant treatment in patients with cancer and venous thrombosis. Blood 2002; 100:34843488.
  17. Hutten BA, Prins MH, Gent M, Ginsberg J, Tijssen JG, Büller HR. Incidence of recurrent thromboembolic and bleeding complications among patients with venous thromboembolism in relation to both malignancy and achieved international normalized ratio: a retrospective analysis. J Clin Oncol 2000; 18:30783083.
  18. Hansson PO, Sörbo J, Eriksson H. Recurrent venous thromboembolism after deep vein thrombosis: incidence and risk factors. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:769774.
  19. Douketis JD, Crowther MA, Foster GA, Ginsberg JS. Does the location of thrombosis determine the risk of disease recurrence in patients with proximal deep vein thrombosis? Am J Med 2001; 110:515519.
  20. Kearon C, Kahn SR, Agnelli G, Goldhaber S, Raskob GE, Comerota AJ. Antithrombotic therapy for venous thromboembolic disease: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-based Clinical Practice Guidelines, 8th Edition. Chest 2008; 133 suppl 6:454S545S.
  21. National Comprehensive Cancer Network. Venous Thromboembolic Disease Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology (V.1.2007). Available at www.nccn.org/professionals/physician_gls/PDF/vte.pdf. Accessed 01/02/2008.
  22. Ansell J, Hirsh J, Poller L, Bussey H, Jacobson A, Hylek E. The pharmacology and management of the vitamin K antagonists: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:204S233S.
  23. Beyth RJ, Quinn LM, Landefeld CS. Prospective evaluation of an index for predicting the risk of major bleeding in outpatients treated with warfarin. Am J Med 1998; 105:9199.
  24. Kuijer PM, Hutten BA, Prins MH, Büller HR. Prediction of the risk of bleeding during anticoagulant treatment for venous thromboembolism. Arch Intern Med 1999; 159:457460.
  25. Hirsh J, Raschke R. Heparin and low-molecular-weight heparin: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:188S203S.
  26. Levine M, Gent M, Hirsh J, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin administered primarily at home with unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital for proximal deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:677681.
  27. Koopman MM, Prandoni P, Piovella F, et al. Treatment of venous thrombosis with intravenous unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital as compared with subcutaneous low-molecular-weight heparin administered at home. The Tasman Study Group. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:682687.
  28. Hettiarachchi RJ, Prins MH, Lensing AW, Büller HR. Low molecular weight heparin versus unfractionated heparin in the initial treatment of venous thromboembolism. Curr Opin Pulm Med 1998; 4:220225.
  29. Gould MK, Dembitzer AD, Doyle RL, Hastie TJ, Garber AM. Low-molecular-weight heparins compared with unfractionated heparin for treatment of acute deep venous thrombosis. A meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials. Ann Intern Med 1999; 130:800809.
  30. Dolovich LR, Ginsberg JS, Douketis JD, Holbrook AM, Cheah G. A meta-analysis comparing low-molecular-weight heparins with un-fractionated heparin in the treatment of venous thromboembolism: examining some unanswered questions regarding location of treatment, product type, and dosing frequency. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:181188.
  31. van Dongen CJ, van den Belt AG, Prins MH, Lensing AW. Fixed dose subcutaneous low molecular weight heparins versus adjusted dose unfractionated heparin for venous thromboembolism. Cochrane Database Syst Rev 2004; 4:CD001100.
  32. Cook LM, Kahn SR, Goodwin J, Kovacs MJ. Frequency of renal impairment, advanced age, obesity, and cancer in venous thromboembolism patients in clinical practice. J Thromb Haemost 2007; 5:937941.
  33. Barba R, Marco J, Martin-Alvarez H, et al. The influence of extreme body weight on clinical outcome of patients with venous thromboembolism: findings from a prospective registry (RIETE). J Thromb Haemost 2005; 3:856862.
  34. Segal JB, Strieff MB, Hofmann LV, Thornton K, Bass EB. Management of venous thromboembolism: a systematic review for a practice guideline. Ann Intern Med 2007; 146:211222.
  35. Aujesky D, Smith KJ, Cornuz J, Roberts MS. Cost-effectiveness of low-molecular-weight heparin for secondary prophylaxis of cancer-related venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 2005; 93:592599.
  36. Meyer G, Marjanovic Z, Valcke J, et al. Comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin and warfarin for the secondary prevention of venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer: a randomized controlled study. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:17291735.
  37. Lee AY, Levine MN, Baker RI, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin versus a coumarin for the prevention of recurrent venous thromboembolism in patients with cancer. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:146153.
  38. Hull RD, Pineo GF, Brant RF, et al. Long-term low-molecular-weight heparin versus usual care in proximal-vein thrombosis patients with cancer. Am J Med 2006; 119:10621072.
  39. Deitcher SR, Kessler CM, Merli G, Rigas JR, Lyons RM, Fareed J ON-CENOX investigators. Secondary prevention of venous thromboembolic events in patients with active cancer: enoxaparin alone versus initial enoxaparin followed by warfarin for a 180-day period. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost 2006; 12:389396.
  40. Noble SI, Finlay IG. Is long-term low-molecular-weight heparin acceptable to palliative care patients in the treatment of cancer related venous thromboembolism? A qualitative study. Palliat Med 2005; 19:197201.
  41. Amirkhosravi A, Mousa SA, Amaya M, Francis JL. Antimetastatic effect of tinzaparin, a low-molecular-weight heparin. J Thromb Haemost 2003; 1:19721976.
  42. Kragh M, Binderup L, Vig Hjarnaa PJ, Bramm E, Johansen KB, Frimundt Petersen C. Non-anti-coagulant heparin inhibits metastasis but not primary tumor growth. Oncol Rep 2005; 14:99104.
  43. Mousa SA, Mohamed S. Anti-angiogenic mechanisms and efficacy of the low molecular weight heparin, tinzaparin: anti-cancer efficacy. Oncol Rep 2004; 12:683688.
  44. Bobek V, Kovarik J. Antitumor and antimetastatic effect of warfarin and heparins. Biomed Pharmacother 2004; 58:213219.
  45. Altinbas M, Coskun HS, Er O, et al. A randomized clinical trial of combination chemotherapy with and without low-molecular-weight heparin in small cell lung cancer. J Thromb Haemost 2004; 2:12661271.
  46. Lee AY, Rickles FR, Julian JA, et al. Randomized comparison of low molecular weight heparin and coumarin derivatives on the survival of patients with cancer and venous thromboembolism. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:21232129.
  47. Kakkar AK, Levine MN, Kadziola Z, et al. Low molecular weight heparin, therapy with dalteparin, and survival in advanced cancer: the Fragmin Advanced Malignancy Outcome Study (FAMOUS). J Clin Oncol 2004; 22:19441948.
  48. Klerk CP, Smorenburg SM, Otten HM, et al. The effect of low molecular weight heparin on survival in patients with advanced malignancy. J Clin Oncol 2005; 23:21302135.
  49. Sideras K, Schaefer PL, Okuno SH, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin in patients with advanced cancer: a phase 3 clinical trial. Mayo Clin Proc 2006; 81:758767.
  50. Bernardi E, Piccioli A, Oliboni G, Zuin R, Girolami A, Prandoni P. Nomograms for the administration of unfractionated heparin in the initial treatment of acute thromboembolism—an overview. Thromb Haemost 2000; 84:2226.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Page Number
129-135
Page Number
129-135
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Cancer and clots: All cases of venous thromboembolism are not treated the same
Display Headline
Cancer and clots: All cases of venous thromboembolism are not treated the same
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • We recommend judiciously screening for cancer with age- and sex-specific tests in patients with idiopathic VTE.
  • Patients with VTE and cancer have a higher risk of both VTE recurrence and bleeding complications of anticoagulant therapy than do VTE patients without cancer.
  • Either unfractionated heparin or a low-molecular-weight heparin (LMWH) should be started as soon as VTE is confirmed or even strongly suspected, while still awaiting confirmation.
  • The current (grade 1A) recommendations for treating VTE in cancer patients are to use LMWH monotherapy for at least 3 to 6 months. Anticoagulation is necessary indefinitely when there is ongoing cancer treatment or persistent risk of VTE.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Anticoagulants and pregnancy: When are they safe?

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 02/09/2018 - 11:23
Display Headline
Anticoagulants and pregnancy: When are they safe?

Anticoagulation is essential in a wide variety of conditions in women of child-bearing age. Some, such as venous thromboembolism, occur more often during pregnancy. Others, such as recurrent fetal loss in the setting of antiphospholipid antibodies, are specific to pregnancy.

While anticoagulants are useful in many circumstances, their use during pregnancy increases the risk of hemorrhage and other adverse effects on the mother and the fetus. Treatment with anticoagulants during pregnancy must therefore be carefully considered, with judicious selection of the agent, and with reflection on the physiologic changes of pregnancy to ensure appropriate dosing. In this article, we review these issues.

WHY IS THROMBOTIC RISK HIGHER DURING PREGNANCY?

Venous thromboembolism is among the leading causes of maternal death in developed countries.1–3 Modern care has dramatically reduced the risk of maternal death from hemorrhage, infection, and hypertension, but rates of morbidity and death from thrombosis have remained stable or increased in recent years.4

Pregnancy is a period of increased risk of thrombotic complications (Table 1), owing to hypercoagulability, venous stasis, and vascular damage—the three elements of Virchow’s triad.5 Several changes to the maternal coagulation system increase clotting risk:

  • Much higher levels of fibrinogen and factors VII, VIII, IX, and X
  • Lower levels of protein S and increased resistance to activated protein C
  • Impaired fibrinolysis, due to inhibitors derived from the placenta.

Acquired antithrombin deficiency may also occur in high-proteinuric states such as nephrotic syndrome or preeclampsia, further increasing thrombotic risk. Pooling of venous blood, caused by progesterone-mediated venous dilation and compounded by compression of the inferior vena cava by the uterus in later pregnancy, also increases thrombotic risk. And endothelial disruption of the pelvic vessels may occur during delivery, particularly during cesarean section.

Additional factors that increase thrombotic risk include immobilization, such as bed rest for pregnancy complications; surgery, including cesarean section; ovarian hyperstimulation during gonadotropin use for in vitro fertilization; trauma; malignancy; and hereditary or acquired hypercoagulable states.6 These hypercoagulable states include deficiencies of antithrombin or the intrinsic anticoagulant proteins C or S; resistance to activated protein C, usually due to the factor V Leiden mutation; the PT20210A mutation of the prothrombin gene; hyperhomocystinemia due to mutation of the methyltetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) gene; and the sustained presence of antiphospholipid antibodies, including lupus anticoagulant antibodies, sometimes also with moderately high titers of anticardiolipin or beta-2-glycoprotein I antibodies.

Other conditions that increase thrombotic risk include hyperemesis gravidarum, obesity, inflammatory bowel disease, infection, smoking, and indwelling intravenous catheters.6 Given the multitude of risk factors, pregnant women have a risk of thrombotic complications three to five times higher than nonpregnant women.7

HEPARIN USE DURING PREGNANCY

Low-molecular-weight heparins (LMWHs)8 and unfractionated heparin bind to anti-thrombin and thus change the shape of the antithrombin molecule, dramatically increasing its interaction with the clotting factors Xa and prothrombin (factor II). The enhanced clearance of these procoagulant proteins leads to the anticoagulant effect. Unfractionated heparin has roughly equivalent interaction with factors Xa and II and prolongs the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), which is therefore used to monitor the intensity of anticoagulation.

LMWHs, on the other hand, interact relatively little with factor II and do not predictably prolong the aPTT. Monitoring their effect is therefore more difficult and requires direct measurement of anti-factor-Xa activity. This test is widely available, but it is time-consuming (it takes several hours and results may not be available within 24 hours if the test is requested “after hours”), and therefore it is of limited use in the acute clinical setting. While weight-based dosing of LMWHs is reliable and safe in nonpregnant patients, it has not yet been validated for pregnant women.

Unfractionated heparin has been used for decades for many indications during pregnancy. It is a large molecule, so it does not cross the placenta and thus, in contrast to the coumarin derivatives, does not cause teratogenesis or toxic fetal effects. Its main limitations in pregnancy are its inconvenient dosing (at least twice daily when given subcutaneously) and its potential maternal adverse effects (mainly osteoporosis and heparin-induced thrombocytopenia).

Over the last 10 years LMWHs have become the preferred anticoagulants for treating and preventing thromboembolism in all patients. They are equivalent or superior to unfractionated heparin in efficacy and safety in the initial treatment of acute deep venous thrombosis9,10 and pulmonary embolism11,12 outside of pregnancy. While comparative data are much less robust in pregnant patients, several series have confirmed the safety and efficacy of LMWHs in pregnancy.13–15 LMWHs do not cross the placenta15–17 and thus have a fetal safety profile equivalent to that of unfractionated heparin.

 

 

Pregnancy alters metabolism of LMWHs

The physiologic changes of pregnancy alter the metabolism of LMWH, resulting in lower peak levels and a higher rate of clearance,18,19 and so a pregnant woman may need higher doses or more frequent dosing.

Recent evidence suggests that thromboprophylaxis can be done with lower, fixed, once-daily doses of LMWH throughout pregnancy,20 although some clinicians still prefer twice-daily dosing (particularly during the latter half of pregnancy).

For therapeutic anticoagulation, however, the dose of LMWH required to achieve the desired level of anti-factor-Xa activity appears to change significantly over the course of pregnancy in many women.18 Therapeutic dosing of LMWH may also require twice-daily dosing, depending on the agent used (Table 2).

Pending more research on weight-based dosing of LMWH in pregnancy, anti-factor- Xa activity levels should be measured after treatment is started and every 1 to 3 months thereafter during pregnancy.21 Doses should be adjusted to keep the peak anti-Xa level (ie, 4 hours after the dose) at 0.5 to 1.2 U/mL.22

Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia

Type-2 heparin-induced thrombocytopenia is an uncommon but serious adverse effect of unfractionated heparin therapy (and, less commonly of LMWH), caused by heparin-dependent immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies that activate platelets via their Fc receptors, potentially precipitating life-threatening arterial or venous thrombosis.

In a trial in nonpregnant orthopedic patients,23 clinical heparin-induced thrombocytopenia occurred in 2.7% of patients receiving unfractionated heparin vs 0% of those receiving LMWH; heparin-dependent IgG was present in 7.8% vs 2.2%, respectively.

Fortunately, heparin-induced thrombocytopenia seems to be very rare in pregnancy: two recent prospective series evaluating prolonged LMWH use in pregnancy13,15 revealed no episodes of this disease. Nonetheless, it is reasonable to measure the platelet count once or twice weekly during the first few weeks of LMWH use and less often thereafter, unless symptoms of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia develop. In pregnant women with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia or heparin-related skin reactions, other anticoagulants must be considered24 (see discussion later).

Heparin-induced osteoporosis

Heparin-induced osteoporosis, a potential effect of prolonged heparin therapy, is of concern, given the prolonged duration and high doses of unfractionated heparin often needed to treat venous thromboembolism during pregnancy. Several studies found significant loss of bone mineral density in the proximal femur25 and lumbar spine26 during extended use of unfractionated heparin in pregnancy.

Fortunately, LMWH appears to be much safer with respect to bone loss. Three recent studies27–30 evaluated the use of LMWH for extended periods during pregnancy, and none found any greater loss of bone mineral density than that seen in normal pregnant controls. Giving supplemental calcium (1,000–1,500 mg/day) and vitamin D (400–1,000 IU/day) concomitantly with unfractionated heparin or LMWH in pregnancy is advisable to further reduce the risk.

Interrupt heparin to permit regional anesthesia

Heparin therapy should be temporarily stopped during the immediate peripartum interval to minimize the risk of hemorrhage and to permit regional anesthesia. Because of the theoretical risk of paraspinal hemorrhage in women receiving heparin who undergo epidural or spinal anesthesia, many anesthetists will not perform neuraxial regional anesthesia in women who have recently received heparin.

Since unfractionated heparin has a relatively short duration of action, the American Society of Regional Anesthesia states that subcutaneous unfractionated heparin prophylaxis is not a contraindication to neuraxial regional anesthesia.31 However, LMWHs should be stopped for at least 12 to 24 hours before regional anesthesia can be considered safe. This issue is discussed in more detail in the section on peripartum and postpartum management of anticoagulation, below.

In summary, LMWH during pregnancy offers a number of advantages over unfractionated heparin: equivalent efficacy, once- or twice-daily dosing, lower risk of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and osteoporosis, and less-intensive monitoring. Unfractionated heparin can be offered to women who cannot afford LMWH (which costs four to five times more), and it may be used peripartum to reduce hemorrhagic risk and to permit regional anesthesia.

COUMARINS

Coumarins are the mainstay of anticoagulant therapy in most nonpregnant women beyond the immediate thrombotic period.

Warfarin (Coumadin) is the most widely used coumarin because it has a predictable onset and duration of action and excellent bioavailability.32 Others, such as acenocoumarol (Sintrom) and phenprocoumon (Marcoumar), are used more outside the United States but can be ordered or brought into the United States.

Coumarins interfere with vitamin K metabolism, inhibiting the generation of vitamin-K-dependent procoagulant proteins (factors II, VII, IX, and X) and thereby preventing clotting. They also inhibit the formation of the vitamin-K-dependent intrinsic anticoagulant proteins C and S.

Major bleeding is the most significant side effect of coumarin therapy, occurring at a rate of 4% to 6% over 3 months when the prothrombin time is maintained at an international normalized ratio (INR) of 2 to 3,33 and more often if the INR is higher.

Other issues with warfarin are the effect of variations in dietary vitamin K intake on anticoagulation and potential drug interactions that may alter the anticoagulant effect. Thus, the INR needs to be monitored closely.

 

 

Risks to the fetus and the mother

Unlike the heparins, coumarins freely cross the placenta and thus pose a risk of teratogenicity. A cluster of fetal malformations including “warfarin embryopathy” (nasal bone hypoplasia and chondrodysplasia punctata) can occur when the drug is used between 6 and 12 weeks of gestation. Warfarin embryopathy may be avoided by stopping warfarin prior to 6 weeks from the onset of the last menstrual period (ie, 6-week “menstrual age” or 4-week gestational age34).

Later in pregnancy, warfarin is associated with potential fetal bleeding complications leading to central nervous system abnormalities, increased rates of intrauterine fetal death, and pregnancy loss. In pregnant women with mechanical cardiac valve prostheses who received oral anticoagulants throughout pregnancy, the incidence of congenital anomalies was 6.4% to 10.2%.35 Fetal demise (spontaneous abortion, stillbirth, neonatal death) was also very common (29.7% to 33.6% of pregnancies) in coumarin-treated women.

Severe maternal hemorrhage may also occur in pregnant women on oral anticoagulants, particularly those who remain fully anticoagulated around the time of labor and delivery.

General caveats to warfarin in pregnancy

Because of the many maternal and fetal concerns, oral anticoagulant use in pregnancy is largely restricted to women with older-generation prosthetic heart valves in whom the very high maternal thrombotic risk may outweigh the risk of maternal and fetal side effects.

While there are limited data on warfarin use in pregnant women with antiphospholipid syndrome,36 warfarin use in such patients should be considered only for those at highest risk and with careful informed consent. These issues are discussed further below in the section on mechanical heart valve prostheses.

ANTIPLATELET DRUGS

Aspirin is an antiplatelet agent rather than an anticoagulant. Although considered inadequate for preventing venous thrombosis in high-risk groups when used alone, aspirin can moderately reduce the risk of deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism in nonpregnant patients.37 It also has a well-accepted role in preventing arterial thrombotic events, ie, coronary artery disease and stroke.38

Low-dose aspirin (≤ 100 mg/day) has been extensively evaluated during pregnancy39–41 and has been shown to be safe and effective in reducing the risk of preeclampsia in high-risk women39 and in treating women with antiphospholipid antibodies and recurrent pregnancy loss42 (in conjunction with prophylactic doses of heparin). Although higher doses of aspirin and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be toxic to the fetus, low doses have been shown to be safe throughout pregnancy.43

Dipyridamole (Persantine) has been studied extensively in pregnancy, and while it appears to be safe, it has not found a well-defined therapeutic role.

Other antiplatelet drugs have been only rarely used, and data on their safety and efficacy during pregnancy are limited to case reports, for example, on ticlopidine44 (Ticlid) and clopidogrel45,46 (Plavix) given during pregnancy in women with cardiac disease. These drugs do not appear to be major teratogens or to cause specific fetal harm. Their use may be reasonable in some high-risk situations, such as recurrent thrombotic stroke despite aspirin therapy. They may be used alone or with other anticoagulants in women with a coronary or other vascular stent if fetal safety is uncertain or if there is an increased risk of maternal bleeding.

NEWER ANTICOAGULANTS

Several newer anticoagulants can be used in pregnancy (Table 3).47–50

Danaparoid

The heparinoid danaparoid (Orgaran) is an LMWH, a combination of heparan, dermatan, and chondroitin sulfate. Since it is derived from heparin, in theory it can cross-react with antiheparin antibodies, but this is generally not a problem. Danaparoid inhibits factor Xa, and monitoring is via measurement of anti-factor-Xa activity levels. It has been shown to be safe and effective in nonpregnant patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.51

Although no controlled study has been published on danaparoid in pregnancy, at least 51 pregnancies in 49 patients treated with danaparoid have been reported.52 Thirty-two of the patients received danaparoid because of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and 19 because of heparin-induced skin intolerance. These reports suggest that danaparoid does not cross the placenta53 and that it may be effective and safe during pregnancy.54 For this reason, it is probably the preferred anticoagulant in pregnant patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia or other serious reactions to heparin.

Unfortunately, danaparoid has two major disadvantages. First, it has a prolonged half-life and no effective reversing agent, which makes its use problematic close to the time of delivery. Second, and perhaps more relevant to this discussion, it is not readily available in the United States; it was removed from the market by its manufacturer in April 2002 for business reasons rather than because of concerns over toxicity. It is still available in Canada and Europe, and it can be obtained in special circumstances in the United States via the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA); this may be worthwhile in pregnant patients who require a nonurgent alternative to heparin.

Direct thrombin inhibitors

Lepirudin (Refludan), bivalirudin (Angiomax), and argatroban are direct thrombin inhibitors and exert their anticoagulant effect independently of antithrombin. They are given by continuous intravenous infusion, and they have a very short half-life.

Lepirudin and argatroban are typically monitored via the aPTT. Bivalirudin can be monitored with the activated clotting time, partial thromboplastin time, or INR, depending on the circumstances. None of these agents generates or cross-reacts with antibodies generated in heparin-induced thrombocytopenia. None has an antidote, but the short half-life usually obviates the need for one.

Unfortunately, pregnancy data are very sparse for all three of these new agents. Argatroban has a low molecular weight and likely crosses the placenta. Also, because these agents are given intravenously, they are not practical for long-term use in pregnancy.

Fondaparinux

Fondaparinux (Arixtra), a direct factor Xa inhibitor, binds to antithrombin, causing an irreversible conformational change that increases antithrombin’s ability to inactivate factor Xa (as do the heparins). It has no effect on factor IIa (thrombin) and does not predictably affect the aPTT. Its half-life is 17 hours, and no agent is known to reverse its anticoagulant effect, although some experts would recommend a trial of high-dose recombinant factor VIIa (Novo-Seven) in uncontrolled hemorrhage.

While not FDA-approved for treating heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, it has been used for this in some patients.55–58 Animal studies and in vitro human placental perfusion studies suggest that fondaparinux does not cross the placenta in significant amounts.49 Since danaparoid is not available in the United States, fondaparinux would likely be the first choice among the newer anticoagulants when treating heparin-induced thrombocytopenia in pregnancy.

 

 

INDICATIONS FOR ANTICOAGULANTS DURING PREGNANCY

Acute deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism

If acute deep venous thrombosis or pulmonary embolism is confirmed or strongly suspected in a pregnant woman, therapeutic anticoagulation should be started promptly (Table 4). In most cases, the woman should probably be hospitalized, given the complex maternal and fetal concerns that include adequate maternal dosing and the potential for fetal harm in the setting of significant hypoxia.

Anticoagulant therapy should begin as full doses of either LMWH or intravenous unfractionated heparin. We prefer starting with LMWH, as it can be started rapidly with less need for nursing care (eg, no need to start and maintain an intravenous line and monitor the aPTT) and has excellent safety. If LMWH is selected, initial dosing should be based on the current weight (Table 2). Subsequent monitoring of the peak anti-factor-Xa activity levels (ie, 4 hours after the dose) is recommended, with the first level drawn in the first few days of treatment, and repeat levels every 1 to 3 months for the rest of treatment. As mentioned earlier, weight-based dosing has not been systematically evaluated in pregnancy.

If unfractionated heparin is the initial agent, it should be given as a bolus followed by a continuous infusion, ideally utilizing a weight-based nomogram to estimate required doses, with adjustment of the infusion rate to maintain the aPTT at 1.5 to 2.5 times the baseline value (obtained during pregnancy). After several days, the heparin may be switched to LMWH in therapeutic doses (Table 2).

Alternatively, in women approaching term or who cannot afford LMWH, anticoagulation may be continued as adjusted-dose subcutaneous unfractionated heparin, ie, two or three large daily doses of subcutaneous heparin to provide therapeutic levels of anticoagulation. The starting dose can be calculated as the total units of heparin required to maintain full anticoagulation intravenously over 24 hours, given as two or three divided doses (Table 2). The aPTT at the mid-dosing interval (eg, 6 hours after the subcutaneous dose during every-12-hour dosing) should be monitored and the dose adjusted to maintain the aPTT at 1.5 to 2.5 times the baseline value.

A therapeutic level of anticoagulation should be maintained for at least 3 months after an acute thrombotic event during pregnancy, though many physicians prefer to continue full anticoagulation for a total of 6 months. Beyond this interval, if the woman is still pregnant, the anticoagulation may be reduced in intensity, perhaps even to a prophylactic level for the duration of the pregnancy (see discussion below on prior venous thromboembolic events) (Table 2). Peripartum and postpartum anticoagulation are discussed further below.

PRIOR VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLIC EVENT

While all pregnant women are at higher risk of venous thrombosis, the overall incidence of thromboembolism is only about one event per 1,000 pregnancies. Routine thromboprophylaxis in all pregnant women is therefore not justified. However, women who have previously had a venous thromboembolic event are at a substantially higher risk of recurrent thrombosis and should be considered for thromboprophylaxis in all subsequent high-risk situations, including pregnancy.

For women on indefinite therapeutic anticoagulation (ie, because of recurrent thrombosis), full therapeutic anticoagulation with LMWH or adjusted-dose unfractionated heparin should be maintained throughout pregnancy, as described above.

Which other women should receive prophylactic anticoagulation is a topic of ongoing debate and controversy.

How great is the risk of recurrent thromboembolism?

A small observational study59 examined the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism during subsequent pregnancies in women with a prior thrombotic event. Anticoagulation was withheld during the antepartum period and restarted briefly after delivery. Among the 125 women enrolled, recurrent venous thromboembolism occurred in 4.8%, with half of the events occurring during the antepartum period. Among those with underlying thrombophilia, the rate of recurrent venous thromboembolism was 13% (95% confidence interval [CI] 1.7%–40.5%) to 20% (95% CI 2.5%–56.5%), and those with a prior idiopathic clot without thrombophilia had an event rate of 7.7% (95% CI 0.01%–25.1%). The subgroup with a prior reversible risk factor (at the time of their initial venous thromboembolic event) and without detectable thrombophilia had no recurrent events.

This study suggests that women with prior venous thromboembolism and thrombophilia or a prior idiopathic thrombotic event are at a substantial risk of recurrent thrombotic events during pregnancy. And other data confirm the high risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in thrombophilic pregnant women.60 These women should all be offered active antepartum and postpartum thromboprophylaxis with LMWH or unfractionated heparin (Tables 2 and 4). Women without thrombophilia but with a history of venous thromboembolism related to pregnancy or oral contraceptive use also have a substantial risk of recurrent venous thrombosis and should be offered antepartum and postpartum thromboprophylaxis.61 In contrast, women with a prior “secondary” clot, no thrombophilia, and no additional current risk factors (Table 1) appear to be at low risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism.

The risks should be discussed with these women, with an option for close clinical surveillance during pregnancy (Table 4), but with a low threshold to investigate any worrisome symptoms. Such women may also elect to take LMWH or unfractionated heparin during pregnancy.

 

 

Which heparin to use?

Prophylactic anticoagulation during pregnancy can be with either LMWH or unfractionated heparin. For most women this involves “prophylactic” dosing with the goal of maintaining a mid-interval anti-factor-Xa activity level of approximately 0.05 to 0.2 U/mL. Thromboprophylaxis with LMWH can be with lower, fixed, once-daily doses throughout pregnancy20 (Table 2), although some clinicians still prefer twice-daily dosing. The heparin should be started as soon as pregnancy is confirmed, as the pregnancy-associated increase in thrombotic risk begins by the middle of the first trimester.

To maintain effective prophylactic levels, the dose of unfractionated heparin should be increased sequentially over the trimesters62,63: approximately 5,000 units subcutaneously twice daily in the first trimester, then 7,500 units twice daily in the second trimester, and 10,000 units twice daily in the third trimester for a woman of average size.

When to add low-dose aspirin

Women with antiphospholipid antibodies, particularly those with prior recurrent pregnancy loss or fetal demise, should receive aspirin 81 mg/day in addition to heparin.39 The aspirin may be started prior to conception or when pregnancy is confirmed.

Other measures

Women on anticoagulant therapy who are at risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism should be encouraged to wear elastic compression stockings. Intermittent pneumatic compression of the legs via automated devices may be considered for women hospitalized for any reason or on bedrest.

Whichever measures are used, a high index of suspicion and a low threshold for investigating for recurrent thrombosis should be maintained throughout pregnancy and the puerperium.

PERIPARTUM AND POSTPARTUM MANAGEMENT OF ANTICOAGULATION

Heparin therapy must be interrupted temporarily during the immediate peripartum interval to minimize the risk of hemorrhage and to allow for the option of regional anesthesia. As mentioned earlier, because of the theoretical risk of paraspinal hemorrhage in women receiving heparin who undergo epidural or spinal anesthesia, the American Society of Regional Anesthesia guidelines advise waiting to insert the needle at least 10 to 12 hours after the last prophylactic dose of LMWH, and at least 24 hours after the last therapeutic dose.31

The guidelines state that neuraxial anesthesia is not contraindicated in patients on prophylactic unfractionated heparin.31

To facilitate use of regional anesthesia in these women, therefore, options include:

  • Electively stopping LMWH 24 hours before planned induction of labor
  • Electively stopping prophylactic-dose LMWH or unfractionated heparin at about 38 weeks of gestation, to await spontaneous labor, or
  • Switching therapeutic or prophylactic LMWH to unfractionated heparin at about 36 weeks of gestation, with instructions to discontinue the injections in the earliest stages of spontaneous labor. This aims to shorten the heparin-free period required before neuraxial anesthesia while minimizing maternal thrombotic risk.

Additional advantages to using unfractionated heparin peripartum include the option of obtaining a rapid aPTT measurement to confirm the absence of a significant ongoing heparin effect prior to regional anesthesia or delivery, and the ability to completely reverse the heparin effect with protamine sulfate if major bleeding occurs. LMWHs are only partially reversible.64

Interrupting anticoagulation after an initial thrombotic event

If therapeutic anticoagulation must be interrupted for labor within 1 month of the initial thrombotic event, the risk of recurrent thrombotic complications is high65; these women must be observed very carefully and may benefit from intravenous heparin before and after delivery. They may even merit placement of a temporary vena cava filter (particularly if less than 2 weeks have elapsed since the venous thromboembolic event and in women with a large deep venous clot burden), a procedure that has been used safely but little studied in pregnant women.66

Fluoroscopic guidance may be needed for filter placement. This exposes the fetus to radiation, but the low-level exposure at this late gestational age is unlikely to pose a significant risk. The filter may be removed within 1 to 2 weeks postpartum, assuming there are no ongoing contraindications to anticoagulation.

In the rare woman with antithrombin deficiency and a recent or prior thrombotic event, giving antithrombin concentrate during the peripartum (heparin-free) interval has been described and may be considered under the guidance of a hematologist.67

Ongoing anticoagulation is essential postpartum, as the puerperium is the period of highest day-to-day risk of thromboembolic events: about one-third of pregnancy-associated events occur during these 6 to 12 weeks.2 Heparin should be resumed 6 to 12 hours after delivery, once hemostasis is confirmed.

Options for women requiring ongoing therapeutic anticoagulation include intravenous heparin started without a bolus, to minimize bleeding risk, with aPTT measured 12 hours later, or an initial prophylactic dose of LMWH 6 to 12 hours postpartum, with therapeutic dosing resumed on postpartum day 1. If prophylactic dosing is desired, unfractionated heparin or LMWH may be given subcutaneously starting at about 6 hours postpartum.

Warfarin in the puerperium

Women may subsequently be maintained on either LMWH or unfractionated heparin, or switched to an oral anticoagulant such as warfarin. Although warfarin may appear in minute amounts in breast milk, it has not been associated with adverse events in newborns and is considered compatible with breastfeeding.68 Heparin should be continued during the initial days of warfarin therapy, until the INR is at a therapeutic level for 24 hours. Some physicians prefer to delay warfarin for several days, giving LMWH alone in the immediate postpartum period, to allow wound-healing and to reduce bleeding risk.

Postpartum, anticoagulation should be continued for at least 6 to 12 weeks, at which point the physiologic changes in the coagulation system related to pregnancy will have returned to normal.

 

 

THROMBOPHILIA WITHOUT A PREVIOUS THROMBOEMBOLIC EVENT

Over the last 5 to 10 years, practitioners have been seeing many more young women with genetic or acquired thrombophilias who have never had a venous thromboembolic event. Physicians must advise these women about their risk of thromboembolic events during pregnancy and about the appropriateness of anticoagulant use.

Thrombophilias are often detected in women who develop venous thrombosis during pregnancy,69–71 but they are also very common in the general population (around 15%). While women with thrombophilia are at above-average risk of venous thromboembolism during pregnancy, the magnitude of risk in an individual patient is often difficult to estimate.

Data suggest that some types of thrombophilia confer greater thrombotic risk than others. McColl et al72 derived risk estimates for a primary event in women with several of the disorders: 0.23% in women heterozygous for the factor V Leiden mutation, 0.88% in women with protein C deficiency, and 2.4% to 35.7% in women with antithrombin deficiency. A case-control study70 found that all thrombophilic states were more common in women with pregnancy-associated venous thromboembolism than in healthy pregnant controls, except those with the MTHFR mutation and protein S deficiency. The estimated risk during pregnancy was 0.03% in women with no defect, 0.1% in women with protein C deficiency, 0.25% in women with the factor V Leiden mutation, 0.4% in those with antithrombin deficiency, 0.5% in those with the prothrombin gene mutation, and 4.6% in those with both factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations.

Routine anticoagulation not advised in pregnant thrombophilic women

Because the risk of a primary venous thromboembolic event is less than 1% for most thrombophilic women, routine anticoagulant therapy does not seem prudent for this indication. Given the low absolute risk of venous thromboembolism, the cost and potential side effects of anticoagulant use are difficult to justify.

The women who seem at higher risk and in whom anticoagulation should be considered include those with antithrombin deficiency; those with high-titer anticardiolipin antibodies or a lupus anticoagulant antibody (treat with heparin and low-dose aspirin); those with combined thrombophilic defects or who are homozygotes for the factor V Leiden or prothrombin gene mutations; and those with multiple other current risk factors for venous thromboembolism (Table 1).

Since anticoagulants for primary prevention of adverse pregnancy outcomes in thrombophilic women have not yet been shown to have a definitive benefit, they are not recommended for this purpose.

ADVERSE PREGNANCY OUTCOMES IN WOMEN WITH THROMBOPHILIAS

Women with antiphospholipid antibodies and a previous poor obstetric outcome are clearly at increased risk of recurrent adverse pregnancy outcomes such as recurrent spontaneous abortion, unexplained fetal death, placental insufficiency, and early or severe preeclampsia. In such women who have both antiphospholipid antibodies and a history of venous thromboembolism or adverse pregnancy outcome, treatment during subsequent pregnancy with low-dose aspirin and prophylactic-dose LMWH or unfractionated heparin improves pregnancy outcomes.36–42 Women with antiphospholipid antibodies without previous thrombosis or pregnancy complications may also be at increased risk, but it is unclear whether thromboprophylaxis improves their outcomes.

Recent epidemiologic data reveal that women with other thrombophilic conditions also are at increased risk of early, severe preeclampsia73 as well as other pregnancy complications, including recurrent pregnancy loss, placental abruption, fetal growth restriction, and stillbirth.74 A recent meta-analysis75 looked at individual thrombophilias and found that factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations were associated with recurrent fetal loss, stillbirth, and preeclampsia; that protein S deficiency was associated with recurrent fetal loss and stillbirth; that antiphospholipid antibodies were associated with recurrent pregnancy loss, preeclampsia, and intrauterine growth restriction; that the MTHFR mutation (homozygous) was associated with preeclampsia; and that protein C and antithrombin deficiencies were not significantly associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes. Data were scant for some of the rarer thrombophilias.75

Several recent small studies76–78 suggest that anticoagulants may improve pregnancy outcomes in women with genetic thrombophilias and recurrent pregnancy loss. These findings have not yet been confirmed in high-quality clinical trials, but such trials are under way. It is still unclear whether anticoagulants also reduce the risk of other adverse pregnancy outcomes associated with thrombophilias.

The current American College of Chest Physicians guidelines recommend testing of women with adverse pregnancy outcomes (recurrent pregnancy loss, prior severe or recurrent preeclampsia, abruptions, or otherwise unexplained intrauterine death) for congenital thrombophilias and antiphospholipid antibodies, and offering treatment to such women, if thrombophilic, with low-dose aspirin plus prophylactic heparin (unfractionated or LMWH).22 The authors of the guidelines admit that the evidence for this recommendation is weak, but they argue that the heparin will also serve as thromboprophylaxis in this high-risk group. Hopefully, the randomized clinical trials currently under way will provide clearer guidance regarding the most appropriate therapy in this difficult clinical situation.

MECHANICAL HEART VALVES

Internists may occasionally encounter a woman with a mechanical heart valve prosthesis who is either pregnant or is planning a pregnancy and therefore needs advice regarding optimal anticoagulant management. This should generally be undertaken in a multi-disciplinary fashion, with input from cardiology, hematology, and maternal-fetal medicine. The substantial maternal and fetal risks and the lack of definitive data on which to base treatment decisions make it a treacherous and stressful undertaking. Nonetheless, all internists should have a basic understanding of the complex issues regarding this management.

Outside of pregnancy, oral anticoagulants are the mainstay of therapy for patients with mechanical heart valves. Unfortunately, as discussed above, the use of these agents during pregnancy carries a risk of teratogenicity and toxic fetal effects and increases the risk of pregnancy loss and maternal hemorrhage. Heparins have been used in this setting for many years, but data on their efficacy and safety are very limited, and there are numerous reports of catastrophic maternal thrombotic complications.79,80

A systematic review of anticoagulation in pregnant women with prosthetic heart valves34 found very limited data on heparin use throughout pregnancy. Women maintained on warfarin vs heparin between pregnancy weeks 6 and 12 had higher rates of congenital anomalies (6.4% with warfarin vs 3.4% with heparin) and total fetal wastage (33.6% vs 26.5%). The warfarin group had fewer maternal thromboembolic complications (3.9% vs 9.2%), however, and a slightly lower rate of maternal death (1.8% vs 4.2%). Most of the women had higher-risk older-generation valves in the mitral position.

Recent data on LMWH consist mainly of case reports and case series,81 with a likely bias to publication of worse outcomes. Controlled trials in this area will be difficult to conduct. Still, aggressive anticoagulation with LMWH or unfractionated heparin, with close monitoring of the intensity of anticoagulation, may be safe and effective for pregnant women with newer-generation mechanical heart valves.82 A recent consensus statement22 suggested several regimens for pregnant women with mechanical heart valves:

  • Twice-daily LMWH throughout pregnancy, with the dose adjusted either by weight, or to keep the 4-hour postinjection anti-factor-Xa activity level around 1.0 to 1.2 U/mL
  • Aggressive adjusted-dose unfractionated heparin throughout pregnancy, given subcutaneously every 12 hours and adjusted to keep the mid-interval aPTT at least twice the control value or to attain a mid-interval anti-factor-Xa activity level of 0.35 to 0.70 U/mL
  • Unfractionated heparin or LMWH (as above) until gestation week 13, then warfarin until the middle of the third trimester, and then heparin again.22

The authors also recommended adding low-dose aspirin (75–162 mg/day) in high-risk women.22

These options all seem reasonable, given our current knowledge, though warfarin use during pregnancy should be restricted to very-high-risk situations, such as women with older-generation mitral prostheses. LM-WHs may become the preferred therapy for this indication once further controlled data regarding their efficacy and safety become available.

References
  1. Chang J, Elam-Evans LD, Berg CJ, et al. Pregnancy-related mortality surveillance-United States, 1991–1999. MMWR Surveill Summ 2003; 52:18.
  2. Lewis G, Drife JO, Clutton-Brock T, et al. Why Mothers Die, 2000–2002. The Sixth Report of the Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. London: RCOG Press, 2004.
  3. Health Canada. Special Report on Maternal Mortality and Severe Morbidity in Canada—Enhanced Surveillance: The Path to Prevention. Ottawa: Minister of Public Works and Government Services Canada, 2004. www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/rhs-ssg/srmm-rsmm/page1-eng.php. Accessed 11/26/2008.
  4. Stein PD, Hull RD, Kayali F, et al. Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy: 21-year trends. Am J Med 2004; 117:121125.
  5. Greer IA. Thrombosis in pregnancy: maternal and fetal issues. Lancet 1999; 353:12581265.
  6. Rosendaal FR. Venous thrombosis: a multicausal disease. Lancet 1999; 353:11671173.
  7. Gherman RB, Goodwin TM, Leung B, et al. Incidence, clinical characteristics, and timing of objectively diagnosed venous thromboembolism during pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 1999; 94:730734.
  8. Weitz JI. Low-molecular-weight heparins. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:688698.
  9. Levine M, Gent M, Hirsh J, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin administered primarily at home with unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital for proximal deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:677681.
  10. Koopman MM, Prandoni P, Piovella F, et al. Treatment of venous thrombosis with intravenous unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital as compared with subcutaneous low-molecular-weight heparin administered at home. The Tasman Study Group. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:682687.
  11. Simonneau G, Sors H, Charbonnier B, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin with unfractionated heparin for acute pulmonary embolism. The THESEE Study Group. Tinzaparine ou Heparine Standard: Evaluations dans l’Embolie Pulmonaire. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:663669.
  12. Hull RD, Raskob GE, Brant RF, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin vs heparin in the treatment of patients with pulmonary embolism. American-Canadian Thrombosis Study Group. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:229236.
  13. Sanson BJ, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Safety of low-molecular-weight heparin in pregnancy: a systematic review. Thromb Haemost 1999; 81:668672.
  14. Greer IA, Nelson-Piercy C. Low-molecular-weight heparins for thromboprophylaxis and treatment of venous thromboembolism in pregnancy: a systematic review of safety and efficacy. Blood 2005; 106:401407.
  15. Melissari E, Parker CJ, Wilson NV, et al. Use of low molecular weight heparin in pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 1992; 68:652656.
  16. Forestier F, Daffos F, Capella-Pavlovsky M. Low molecular weight heparin (PK 10169) does not cross the placenta during the second trimester of pregnancy study by direct fetal blood sampling under ultrasound. Thromb Res 1984; 34:557560.
  17. Forestier F, Daffos F, Rainaut M, Toulemonde F. Low molecular weight heparin (CY 216) does not cross the placenta during the third trimester of pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 1987; 57:234.
  18. Barbour LA, Oja JL, Schultz LK. A prospective trial that demonstrates that dalteparin requirements increase in pregnancy to maintain therapeutic levels of anticoagulation. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 191:10241029.
  19. Smith MP, Norris LA, Steer PJ, Savidge GF, Bonnar J. Tinzaparin sodium for thrombosis treatment and prevention during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 190:495501.
  20. Ellison J, Walker ID, Greer IA. Antenatal use of enoxaparin for prevention and treatment of thromboembolism in pregnancy. BJOG 2000; 107:11161121.
  21. Sarig G, Brenner B. Monitoring of low molecular weight heparin (LMWH) in pregnancy. Thromb Res 2005; 115 suppl 1:8486.
  22. Bates SM, Greer IA, Hirsh J, Ginsberg JS. Use of antithrombotic agents during pregnancy: the seventh ACCP conference on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:627S644S.
  23. Warkentin TE, Levine MN, Hirsh J, et al. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia in patients treated with low-molecular-weight heparin or unfractionated heparin. N Engl J Med 1995; 332:13301335.
  24. Hassell K. The management of patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia who require anticoagulant therapy. Chest 2005; 127 suppl 2:1S8S.
  25. Barbour LA, Kick SD, Steiner JF, et al. A prospective study of heparin-induced osteoporosis in pregnancy using bone densitometry. Am J Obst Gynecol 1994; 170:862869.
  26. Douketis JD, Ginsberg JS, Burrows RF, Duku EK, Webber CE, Brill-Edwards P. The effects of long-term heparin therapy during pregnancy on bone density. A prospective matched cohort study. Thromb Haemost 1996; 75:254257.
  27. Pettila V, Leinonen P, Markkola A, Hiilesmaa V, Kaaja R. Postpartum bone mineral density in women treated for thromboprophylaxis with unfractionated heparin or LMW heparin. Thromb Haemost 2002; 87:182186.
  28. Carlin AJ, Farquharson RG, Quenby SM, Topping J, Fraser WD. Prospective observational study of bone mineral density during pregnancy: low molecular weight heparin versus control. Hum Reprod 2004; 19:12111214.
  29. Casele HL, Laifer SA. Prospective evaluation of bone density in pregnant women receiving the low molecular weight heparin enoxaparin sodium. J Matern Fetal Med 2000; 9:122125.
  30. Casele H, Haney EI, James A, Rosene-Montella K, Carson M. Bone density changes in women who receive thromboprophylaxis in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195:11091113.
  31. Horlocker TT, Wedel DJ, Benzon H, et al. Regional anesthesia in the anticoagulated patient: defining the risks (the second ASRA Consensus Conference on Neuraxial Anesthesia and Anticoagulation). Reg Anesth Pain Med 2003; 28:172197.
  32. Hirsh J, Dalen JE, Anderson DR, et al. Oral anticoagulants: mechanism of action, clinical effectiveness, and optimal therapeutic range. Chest 2001; 119 suppl 1:8S21S.
  33. Levine MN, Raskob G, Beyth RJ, Kearon C, Schulman S. Hemorrhagic complications of anticoagulant treatment: the seventh ACCP conference on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:287S310S.
  34. Holmes LB. Teratogen-induced limb defects. Am J Med Genet 2002; 112:297303.
  35. Chan WS, Anand S, Ginsberg JS. Anticoagulation of pregnant women with mechanical heart valves: a systematic review of the literature. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:191196.
  36. Pauzner R, Dulitzki M, Langevitz P, Livneh A, Kenett R, Many A. Low molecular weight heparin and warfarin in the treatment of patients with antiphospholipid syndrome during pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86:13791384.
  37. Pulmonary Embolism Prevention (PEP) Trial Collaborative Group. Prevention of pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis with low dose aspirin: Pulmonary Embolism Prevention (PEP) trial. Lancet 2000; 355:12951302.
  38. Patrono C, Coller B, FitzGerald GA, Hirsh J, Roth G. Platelet-active drugs: the relationships among dose, effectiveness, and side effects: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:234S264S.
  39. Duley L, Henderson-Smart DJ, Knight M, King JF. Antiplatelet agents for preventing preeclampsia and its complications. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004; ( 1):CD004659.
  40. Coomarasamy A, Honest H, Papaioannou S, Gee H, Khan KS. Aspirin for prevention of preeclampsia in women with historical risk factors: a systematic review. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:13191332.
  41. Caritis SN, Sibai BM, Hauth J, et al, and the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Network of Maternal Fetal Medicine Units. Low-dose aspirin to prevent preeclampsia in women at high risk. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:701705.
  42. Rai R, Cohen H, Dave M, Regan L. Randomised controlled trial of aspirin and aspirin plus heparin in pregnant women with recurrent miscarriage associated with phospholipid antibodies (or antiphospholipid antibodies). BMJ 1997; 314:253257.
  43. Kozer E, Nikfar S, Costei A, Boskovic R, Nulman I, Koren G. Aspirin consumption during the first trimester of pregnancy and congenital anomalies: a meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187:16231630.
  44. Sebastian C, Scherlag M, Kugelmass A, Schechter E. Primary stent implantation for acute myocardial infarction during pregnancy: use of abciximab, ticlopidine, and aspirin. Cathet Cardiovasc Diagn 1998; 45:275249.
  45. Wilson AM, Boyle AJ, Fox P. Management of ischaemic heart disease in women of child-bearing age. Intern Med J 2004; 34:694697.
  46. Klinzing P, Markert UR, Liesaus K, Peiker G. Case report: successful pregnancy and delivery after myocardial infarction and essential thrombocythemia treated with clopidogrel. Clin Exp Obstet Gynecol 2001; 28:215216.
  47. Danhof M, de Boer A, Magnani HN, Stiekema JC. Pharmacokinetic considerations on Orgaran (Org 10172) therapy. Haemostasis 1992; 22:7384.
  48. Tardy-Poncet B, Tardy B, Reynaud J, et al. Efficacy and safety of danaparoid sodium (ORG 10172) in critically ill patients with heparin-associated thrombocytopenia. Chest 1999; 115:16161620.
  49. Lagrange F, Vergnes C, Brun JL, et al. Absence of placental transfer of pentasaccharide (fondaparinux, Arixtra) in the dually perfused human cotyledon in vitro. Thromb Haemost 2002; 87:831835.
  50. Dempfle CE. Minor transplacental passge of fondapinux in vivo. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:1914.
  51. Magnani HN. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT): an overview of 230 patients treated with orgaran (Org 10172). Thromb Haemost 1993; 70:554561.
  52. Lindhoff-Last E, Kreutzenbeck HJ, Magnani HN. Treatment of 51 pregnancies with danaparoid because of heparin intolerance. Thromb Haemost 2005; 93:6369.
  53. Greinacher A, Eckhardt T, Mussmann J, Mueller-Eckhardt C. Pregnancy complicated by heparin associated thrombocytopenia: management by a prospectively in vitro selected heparinoid (Org 10172). Thromb Res 1993; 71:123126.
  54. Schindewolf M, Mosch G, Bauersachs RM, Lindhoff-Last E. Safe anticoagulation with danaparoid in pregnancy and lactation. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92:211.
  55. Harenberg J. Treatment of a woman with lupus and thromboembolism and cutaneous intolerance to heparins using fondaparinux during pregnancy. Thromb Res 2007; 119:385388.
  56. Wijesiriwardana A, Lees DA, Lush C. Fondaparinux as anticoagulant in a pregnant woman with heparin allergy. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis 2006; 17:147149.
  57. Mazzolai L, Hohlfeld P, Spertini F, Hayoz D, Schapira M, Duchosal MA. Fondaparinux is a safe alternative in case of heparin intolerance during pregnancy. Blood 2006; 108:15691570.
  58. Hawkins D, Evans J. Minimizing the risk of heparin-induced osteoporosis during pregnancy. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2005; 4:583590.
  59. Brill-Edwards P, Ginsberg JS, Gent M, et al. Safety of withholding heparin in pregnant women with a history of venous thromboembolism. Recurrence of clot in this pregnancy study group. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:14391444.
  60. Martinelli I, Legnani C, Bucciarelli P, Grandone E, De Stefano V, Mannucci PM. Risk of pregnancy-related venous thrombosis in carriers of severe inherited thrombophilia. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86:800803.
  61. De Stefano V, Martinelli I, Rossi E, Battaglioli T, Za T, Mannucci PM, Leone G. The risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in pregnancy and puerperium without antithrombotic prophylaxis. Br J Haematol 2006; 135:386391.
  62. Barbour LA, Smith JM, Marlar RA. Heparin levels to guide thromboembolism prophylaxis during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 173:18691873.
  63. Ensom MH, Stephenson MD. Pharmacokinetics of low molecular weight heparin and unfractionated heparin in pregnancy. J Soc Gynecol Investig 2004; 11:377383.
  64. Crowther MA, Berry LR, Monagle PT, Chan AK. Mechanisms responsible for the failure of protamine to inactivate low-molecular-weight heparin. Br J Haematol 2002; 116:178186.
  65. Kearon C, Hirsh J. Management of anticoagulation before and after elective surgery. N Engl J Med 1997; 336:15061511.
  66. Thomas LA, Summers RR, Cardwell MS. Use of Greenfield filters in pregnant women at risk for pulmonary embolism. South Med J 1997; 90:215217.
  67. Maclean PS, Tait RC. Hereditary and acquired antithrombin deficiency: epidemiology, pathogenesis and treatment options. Drugs 2007; 67:14291440.
  68. Information from LactMed: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/htmlgen?LACT, LactMed Record Number: 279. Accessed 11/26/2008.
  69. Gerhardt A, Scharf RE, Beckmann MW, et al. Prothrombin and factor V mutations in women with a history of thrombosis during pregnancy and the puerperium. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:374380.
  70. Hirsch DR, Mikkola KM, Marks PW, et al. Pulmonary embolism and deep venous thrombosis during pregnancy or oral contraceptive use: prevalence of factor V Leiden. Am Heart J 1996; 131:11451148.
  71. Dizon-Townson DS, Nelson LM, Jang H, Varner MW, Ward K. The incidence of the factor V Leiden mutation in an obstetric population and its relationship to deep vein thrombosis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1997; 176:883886.
  72. McColl MD, Ramsay JE, Tait RC, et al. Risk factors for pregnancy associated venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 1997; 78:11831188.
  73. Kupferminc MJ, Fait G, Many A, Gordon D, Eldor A, Lessing JB. Severe preeclampsia and high frequency of genetic thrombophilic mutations. Obstet Gynecol 2000; 96:4549.
  74. Kupferminc MJ, Eldor A, Steinman N, et al. Increased frequency of genetic thrombophilia in women with complications of pregnancy. N Engl J Med 1999; 340:913.
  75. Robertson L, Wu O, Langhorne P, et al. Thrombophilia in pregnancy: a systematic review. Br J Haematol 2006; 132:171196.
  76. Brenner B, Hoffman R, Blumenfeld Z, Weiner Z, Younis JS. Gestational outcome in thrombophilic women with recurrent pregnancy loss treated by enoxaparin. Thromb Haemost 2000; 83:693697.
  77. Carp H, Dolitzky M, Inbal A. Thromboprophylaxis improves the live birth rate in women with consecutive recurrent miscarriages and hereditary thrombophilia. J Thromb Haemost 2003; 1:433438.
  78. Gris JC, Mercier E, Quere I, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin versus low-dose aspirin in women with one fetal loss and a constitutional thrombophilic disorder. Blood 2004; 103:36953699.
  79. Salazar E, Izaguirre R, Verdejo J, Mutchinick O. Failure of adjusted doses of subcutaneous heparin to prevent thromboembolic phenomena in pregnant patients with mechanical cardiac valve prostheses. J Am Coll Cardiol 1996; 27:16981703.
  80. Iturbe-Alessio I, Fonseca MC, Mutchinik O, Santos MA, Zajarias A, Salazar E. Risks of anticoagulant therapy in pregnant women with artificial heart valves. N Engl J Med 1986; 315:13901393.
  81. Rowan JA, McCowan LM, Raudkivi PJ, North RA. Enoxaparin treatment in women with mechanical heart valves during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001; 185:633637.
  82. Oran B, Lee-Parritz A, Ansell J. Low molecular weight heparin for the prophylaxis of thromboembolism in women with prosthetic mechanical heart valves during pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92:747751.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Paul S. Gibson, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine and Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Raymond Powrie, MD
Associate Professor of Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynecology, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Women and Infants’ Hospital of Rhode Island, Providence

Address: Paul S. Gibson, MD, HSC-1443, 3330 Hospital Drive NW, Calgary,
AB, Canada T2N 4N1; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Gibson disclosed receiving honoraria from Leo Pharma Inc. for teaching and speaking.

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
113-127
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Paul S. Gibson, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine and Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Raymond Powrie, MD
Associate Professor of Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynecology, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Women and Infants’ Hospital of Rhode Island, Providence

Address: Paul S. Gibson, MD, HSC-1443, 3330 Hospital Drive NW, Calgary,
AB, Canada T2N 4N1; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Gibson disclosed receiving honoraria from Leo Pharma Inc. for teaching and speaking.

Author and Disclosure Information

Paul S. Gibson, MD
Assistant Professor, Department of Medicine and Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada

Raymond Powrie, MD
Associate Professor of Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynecology, The Warren Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Women and Infants’ Hospital of Rhode Island, Providence

Address: Paul S. Gibson, MD, HSC-1443, 3330 Hospital Drive NW, Calgary,
AB, Canada T2N 4N1; e-mail [email protected]

Dr. Gibson disclosed receiving honoraria from Leo Pharma Inc. for teaching and speaking.

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

Anticoagulation is essential in a wide variety of conditions in women of child-bearing age. Some, such as venous thromboembolism, occur more often during pregnancy. Others, such as recurrent fetal loss in the setting of antiphospholipid antibodies, are specific to pregnancy.

While anticoagulants are useful in many circumstances, their use during pregnancy increases the risk of hemorrhage and other adverse effects on the mother and the fetus. Treatment with anticoagulants during pregnancy must therefore be carefully considered, with judicious selection of the agent, and with reflection on the physiologic changes of pregnancy to ensure appropriate dosing. In this article, we review these issues.

WHY IS THROMBOTIC RISK HIGHER DURING PREGNANCY?

Venous thromboembolism is among the leading causes of maternal death in developed countries.1–3 Modern care has dramatically reduced the risk of maternal death from hemorrhage, infection, and hypertension, but rates of morbidity and death from thrombosis have remained stable or increased in recent years.4

Pregnancy is a period of increased risk of thrombotic complications (Table 1), owing to hypercoagulability, venous stasis, and vascular damage—the three elements of Virchow’s triad.5 Several changes to the maternal coagulation system increase clotting risk:

  • Much higher levels of fibrinogen and factors VII, VIII, IX, and X
  • Lower levels of protein S and increased resistance to activated protein C
  • Impaired fibrinolysis, due to inhibitors derived from the placenta.

Acquired antithrombin deficiency may also occur in high-proteinuric states such as nephrotic syndrome or preeclampsia, further increasing thrombotic risk. Pooling of venous blood, caused by progesterone-mediated venous dilation and compounded by compression of the inferior vena cava by the uterus in later pregnancy, also increases thrombotic risk. And endothelial disruption of the pelvic vessels may occur during delivery, particularly during cesarean section.

Additional factors that increase thrombotic risk include immobilization, such as bed rest for pregnancy complications; surgery, including cesarean section; ovarian hyperstimulation during gonadotropin use for in vitro fertilization; trauma; malignancy; and hereditary or acquired hypercoagulable states.6 These hypercoagulable states include deficiencies of antithrombin or the intrinsic anticoagulant proteins C or S; resistance to activated protein C, usually due to the factor V Leiden mutation; the PT20210A mutation of the prothrombin gene; hyperhomocystinemia due to mutation of the methyltetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) gene; and the sustained presence of antiphospholipid antibodies, including lupus anticoagulant antibodies, sometimes also with moderately high titers of anticardiolipin or beta-2-glycoprotein I antibodies.

Other conditions that increase thrombotic risk include hyperemesis gravidarum, obesity, inflammatory bowel disease, infection, smoking, and indwelling intravenous catheters.6 Given the multitude of risk factors, pregnant women have a risk of thrombotic complications three to five times higher than nonpregnant women.7

HEPARIN USE DURING PREGNANCY

Low-molecular-weight heparins (LMWHs)8 and unfractionated heparin bind to anti-thrombin and thus change the shape of the antithrombin molecule, dramatically increasing its interaction with the clotting factors Xa and prothrombin (factor II). The enhanced clearance of these procoagulant proteins leads to the anticoagulant effect. Unfractionated heparin has roughly equivalent interaction with factors Xa and II and prolongs the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), which is therefore used to monitor the intensity of anticoagulation.

LMWHs, on the other hand, interact relatively little with factor II and do not predictably prolong the aPTT. Monitoring their effect is therefore more difficult and requires direct measurement of anti-factor-Xa activity. This test is widely available, but it is time-consuming (it takes several hours and results may not be available within 24 hours if the test is requested “after hours”), and therefore it is of limited use in the acute clinical setting. While weight-based dosing of LMWHs is reliable and safe in nonpregnant patients, it has not yet been validated for pregnant women.

Unfractionated heparin has been used for decades for many indications during pregnancy. It is a large molecule, so it does not cross the placenta and thus, in contrast to the coumarin derivatives, does not cause teratogenesis or toxic fetal effects. Its main limitations in pregnancy are its inconvenient dosing (at least twice daily when given subcutaneously) and its potential maternal adverse effects (mainly osteoporosis and heparin-induced thrombocytopenia).

Over the last 10 years LMWHs have become the preferred anticoagulants for treating and preventing thromboembolism in all patients. They are equivalent or superior to unfractionated heparin in efficacy and safety in the initial treatment of acute deep venous thrombosis9,10 and pulmonary embolism11,12 outside of pregnancy. While comparative data are much less robust in pregnant patients, several series have confirmed the safety and efficacy of LMWHs in pregnancy.13–15 LMWHs do not cross the placenta15–17 and thus have a fetal safety profile equivalent to that of unfractionated heparin.

 

 

Pregnancy alters metabolism of LMWHs

The physiologic changes of pregnancy alter the metabolism of LMWH, resulting in lower peak levels and a higher rate of clearance,18,19 and so a pregnant woman may need higher doses or more frequent dosing.

Recent evidence suggests that thromboprophylaxis can be done with lower, fixed, once-daily doses of LMWH throughout pregnancy,20 although some clinicians still prefer twice-daily dosing (particularly during the latter half of pregnancy).

For therapeutic anticoagulation, however, the dose of LMWH required to achieve the desired level of anti-factor-Xa activity appears to change significantly over the course of pregnancy in many women.18 Therapeutic dosing of LMWH may also require twice-daily dosing, depending on the agent used (Table 2).

Pending more research on weight-based dosing of LMWH in pregnancy, anti-factor- Xa activity levels should be measured after treatment is started and every 1 to 3 months thereafter during pregnancy.21 Doses should be adjusted to keep the peak anti-Xa level (ie, 4 hours after the dose) at 0.5 to 1.2 U/mL.22

Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia

Type-2 heparin-induced thrombocytopenia is an uncommon but serious adverse effect of unfractionated heparin therapy (and, less commonly of LMWH), caused by heparin-dependent immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies that activate platelets via their Fc receptors, potentially precipitating life-threatening arterial or venous thrombosis.

In a trial in nonpregnant orthopedic patients,23 clinical heparin-induced thrombocytopenia occurred in 2.7% of patients receiving unfractionated heparin vs 0% of those receiving LMWH; heparin-dependent IgG was present in 7.8% vs 2.2%, respectively.

Fortunately, heparin-induced thrombocytopenia seems to be very rare in pregnancy: two recent prospective series evaluating prolonged LMWH use in pregnancy13,15 revealed no episodes of this disease. Nonetheless, it is reasonable to measure the platelet count once or twice weekly during the first few weeks of LMWH use and less often thereafter, unless symptoms of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia develop. In pregnant women with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia or heparin-related skin reactions, other anticoagulants must be considered24 (see discussion later).

Heparin-induced osteoporosis

Heparin-induced osteoporosis, a potential effect of prolonged heparin therapy, is of concern, given the prolonged duration and high doses of unfractionated heparin often needed to treat venous thromboembolism during pregnancy. Several studies found significant loss of bone mineral density in the proximal femur25 and lumbar spine26 during extended use of unfractionated heparin in pregnancy.

Fortunately, LMWH appears to be much safer with respect to bone loss. Three recent studies27–30 evaluated the use of LMWH for extended periods during pregnancy, and none found any greater loss of bone mineral density than that seen in normal pregnant controls. Giving supplemental calcium (1,000–1,500 mg/day) and vitamin D (400–1,000 IU/day) concomitantly with unfractionated heparin or LMWH in pregnancy is advisable to further reduce the risk.

Interrupt heparin to permit regional anesthesia

Heparin therapy should be temporarily stopped during the immediate peripartum interval to minimize the risk of hemorrhage and to permit regional anesthesia. Because of the theoretical risk of paraspinal hemorrhage in women receiving heparin who undergo epidural or spinal anesthesia, many anesthetists will not perform neuraxial regional anesthesia in women who have recently received heparin.

Since unfractionated heparin has a relatively short duration of action, the American Society of Regional Anesthesia states that subcutaneous unfractionated heparin prophylaxis is not a contraindication to neuraxial regional anesthesia.31 However, LMWHs should be stopped for at least 12 to 24 hours before regional anesthesia can be considered safe. This issue is discussed in more detail in the section on peripartum and postpartum management of anticoagulation, below.

In summary, LMWH during pregnancy offers a number of advantages over unfractionated heparin: equivalent efficacy, once- or twice-daily dosing, lower risk of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and osteoporosis, and less-intensive monitoring. Unfractionated heparin can be offered to women who cannot afford LMWH (which costs four to five times more), and it may be used peripartum to reduce hemorrhagic risk and to permit regional anesthesia.

COUMARINS

Coumarins are the mainstay of anticoagulant therapy in most nonpregnant women beyond the immediate thrombotic period.

Warfarin (Coumadin) is the most widely used coumarin because it has a predictable onset and duration of action and excellent bioavailability.32 Others, such as acenocoumarol (Sintrom) and phenprocoumon (Marcoumar), are used more outside the United States but can be ordered or brought into the United States.

Coumarins interfere with vitamin K metabolism, inhibiting the generation of vitamin-K-dependent procoagulant proteins (factors II, VII, IX, and X) and thereby preventing clotting. They also inhibit the formation of the vitamin-K-dependent intrinsic anticoagulant proteins C and S.

Major bleeding is the most significant side effect of coumarin therapy, occurring at a rate of 4% to 6% over 3 months when the prothrombin time is maintained at an international normalized ratio (INR) of 2 to 3,33 and more often if the INR is higher.

Other issues with warfarin are the effect of variations in dietary vitamin K intake on anticoagulation and potential drug interactions that may alter the anticoagulant effect. Thus, the INR needs to be monitored closely.

 

 

Risks to the fetus and the mother

Unlike the heparins, coumarins freely cross the placenta and thus pose a risk of teratogenicity. A cluster of fetal malformations including “warfarin embryopathy” (nasal bone hypoplasia and chondrodysplasia punctata) can occur when the drug is used between 6 and 12 weeks of gestation. Warfarin embryopathy may be avoided by stopping warfarin prior to 6 weeks from the onset of the last menstrual period (ie, 6-week “menstrual age” or 4-week gestational age34).

Later in pregnancy, warfarin is associated with potential fetal bleeding complications leading to central nervous system abnormalities, increased rates of intrauterine fetal death, and pregnancy loss. In pregnant women with mechanical cardiac valve prostheses who received oral anticoagulants throughout pregnancy, the incidence of congenital anomalies was 6.4% to 10.2%.35 Fetal demise (spontaneous abortion, stillbirth, neonatal death) was also very common (29.7% to 33.6% of pregnancies) in coumarin-treated women.

Severe maternal hemorrhage may also occur in pregnant women on oral anticoagulants, particularly those who remain fully anticoagulated around the time of labor and delivery.

General caveats to warfarin in pregnancy

Because of the many maternal and fetal concerns, oral anticoagulant use in pregnancy is largely restricted to women with older-generation prosthetic heart valves in whom the very high maternal thrombotic risk may outweigh the risk of maternal and fetal side effects.

While there are limited data on warfarin use in pregnant women with antiphospholipid syndrome,36 warfarin use in such patients should be considered only for those at highest risk and with careful informed consent. These issues are discussed further below in the section on mechanical heart valve prostheses.

ANTIPLATELET DRUGS

Aspirin is an antiplatelet agent rather than an anticoagulant. Although considered inadequate for preventing venous thrombosis in high-risk groups when used alone, aspirin can moderately reduce the risk of deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism in nonpregnant patients.37 It also has a well-accepted role in preventing arterial thrombotic events, ie, coronary artery disease and stroke.38

Low-dose aspirin (≤ 100 mg/day) has been extensively evaluated during pregnancy39–41 and has been shown to be safe and effective in reducing the risk of preeclampsia in high-risk women39 and in treating women with antiphospholipid antibodies and recurrent pregnancy loss42 (in conjunction with prophylactic doses of heparin). Although higher doses of aspirin and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be toxic to the fetus, low doses have been shown to be safe throughout pregnancy.43

Dipyridamole (Persantine) has been studied extensively in pregnancy, and while it appears to be safe, it has not found a well-defined therapeutic role.

Other antiplatelet drugs have been only rarely used, and data on their safety and efficacy during pregnancy are limited to case reports, for example, on ticlopidine44 (Ticlid) and clopidogrel45,46 (Plavix) given during pregnancy in women with cardiac disease. These drugs do not appear to be major teratogens or to cause specific fetal harm. Their use may be reasonable in some high-risk situations, such as recurrent thrombotic stroke despite aspirin therapy. They may be used alone or with other anticoagulants in women with a coronary or other vascular stent if fetal safety is uncertain or if there is an increased risk of maternal bleeding.

NEWER ANTICOAGULANTS

Several newer anticoagulants can be used in pregnancy (Table 3).47–50

Danaparoid

The heparinoid danaparoid (Orgaran) is an LMWH, a combination of heparan, dermatan, and chondroitin sulfate. Since it is derived from heparin, in theory it can cross-react with antiheparin antibodies, but this is generally not a problem. Danaparoid inhibits factor Xa, and monitoring is via measurement of anti-factor-Xa activity levels. It has been shown to be safe and effective in nonpregnant patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.51

Although no controlled study has been published on danaparoid in pregnancy, at least 51 pregnancies in 49 patients treated with danaparoid have been reported.52 Thirty-two of the patients received danaparoid because of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and 19 because of heparin-induced skin intolerance. These reports suggest that danaparoid does not cross the placenta53 and that it may be effective and safe during pregnancy.54 For this reason, it is probably the preferred anticoagulant in pregnant patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia or other serious reactions to heparin.

Unfortunately, danaparoid has two major disadvantages. First, it has a prolonged half-life and no effective reversing agent, which makes its use problematic close to the time of delivery. Second, and perhaps more relevant to this discussion, it is not readily available in the United States; it was removed from the market by its manufacturer in April 2002 for business reasons rather than because of concerns over toxicity. It is still available in Canada and Europe, and it can be obtained in special circumstances in the United States via the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA); this may be worthwhile in pregnant patients who require a nonurgent alternative to heparin.

Direct thrombin inhibitors

Lepirudin (Refludan), bivalirudin (Angiomax), and argatroban are direct thrombin inhibitors and exert their anticoagulant effect independently of antithrombin. They are given by continuous intravenous infusion, and they have a very short half-life.

Lepirudin and argatroban are typically monitored via the aPTT. Bivalirudin can be monitored with the activated clotting time, partial thromboplastin time, or INR, depending on the circumstances. None of these agents generates or cross-reacts with antibodies generated in heparin-induced thrombocytopenia. None has an antidote, but the short half-life usually obviates the need for one.

Unfortunately, pregnancy data are very sparse for all three of these new agents. Argatroban has a low molecular weight and likely crosses the placenta. Also, because these agents are given intravenously, they are not practical for long-term use in pregnancy.

Fondaparinux

Fondaparinux (Arixtra), a direct factor Xa inhibitor, binds to antithrombin, causing an irreversible conformational change that increases antithrombin’s ability to inactivate factor Xa (as do the heparins). It has no effect on factor IIa (thrombin) and does not predictably affect the aPTT. Its half-life is 17 hours, and no agent is known to reverse its anticoagulant effect, although some experts would recommend a trial of high-dose recombinant factor VIIa (Novo-Seven) in uncontrolled hemorrhage.

While not FDA-approved for treating heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, it has been used for this in some patients.55–58 Animal studies and in vitro human placental perfusion studies suggest that fondaparinux does not cross the placenta in significant amounts.49 Since danaparoid is not available in the United States, fondaparinux would likely be the first choice among the newer anticoagulants when treating heparin-induced thrombocytopenia in pregnancy.

 

 

INDICATIONS FOR ANTICOAGULANTS DURING PREGNANCY

Acute deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism

If acute deep venous thrombosis or pulmonary embolism is confirmed or strongly suspected in a pregnant woman, therapeutic anticoagulation should be started promptly (Table 4). In most cases, the woman should probably be hospitalized, given the complex maternal and fetal concerns that include adequate maternal dosing and the potential for fetal harm in the setting of significant hypoxia.

Anticoagulant therapy should begin as full doses of either LMWH or intravenous unfractionated heparin. We prefer starting with LMWH, as it can be started rapidly with less need for nursing care (eg, no need to start and maintain an intravenous line and monitor the aPTT) and has excellent safety. If LMWH is selected, initial dosing should be based on the current weight (Table 2). Subsequent monitoring of the peak anti-factor-Xa activity levels (ie, 4 hours after the dose) is recommended, with the first level drawn in the first few days of treatment, and repeat levels every 1 to 3 months for the rest of treatment. As mentioned earlier, weight-based dosing has not been systematically evaluated in pregnancy.

If unfractionated heparin is the initial agent, it should be given as a bolus followed by a continuous infusion, ideally utilizing a weight-based nomogram to estimate required doses, with adjustment of the infusion rate to maintain the aPTT at 1.5 to 2.5 times the baseline value (obtained during pregnancy). After several days, the heparin may be switched to LMWH in therapeutic doses (Table 2).

Alternatively, in women approaching term or who cannot afford LMWH, anticoagulation may be continued as adjusted-dose subcutaneous unfractionated heparin, ie, two or three large daily doses of subcutaneous heparin to provide therapeutic levels of anticoagulation. The starting dose can be calculated as the total units of heparin required to maintain full anticoagulation intravenously over 24 hours, given as two or three divided doses (Table 2). The aPTT at the mid-dosing interval (eg, 6 hours after the subcutaneous dose during every-12-hour dosing) should be monitored and the dose adjusted to maintain the aPTT at 1.5 to 2.5 times the baseline value.

A therapeutic level of anticoagulation should be maintained for at least 3 months after an acute thrombotic event during pregnancy, though many physicians prefer to continue full anticoagulation for a total of 6 months. Beyond this interval, if the woman is still pregnant, the anticoagulation may be reduced in intensity, perhaps even to a prophylactic level for the duration of the pregnancy (see discussion below on prior venous thromboembolic events) (Table 2). Peripartum and postpartum anticoagulation are discussed further below.

PRIOR VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLIC EVENT

While all pregnant women are at higher risk of venous thrombosis, the overall incidence of thromboembolism is only about one event per 1,000 pregnancies. Routine thromboprophylaxis in all pregnant women is therefore not justified. However, women who have previously had a venous thromboembolic event are at a substantially higher risk of recurrent thrombosis and should be considered for thromboprophylaxis in all subsequent high-risk situations, including pregnancy.

For women on indefinite therapeutic anticoagulation (ie, because of recurrent thrombosis), full therapeutic anticoagulation with LMWH or adjusted-dose unfractionated heparin should be maintained throughout pregnancy, as described above.

Which other women should receive prophylactic anticoagulation is a topic of ongoing debate and controversy.

How great is the risk of recurrent thromboembolism?

A small observational study59 examined the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism during subsequent pregnancies in women with a prior thrombotic event. Anticoagulation was withheld during the antepartum period and restarted briefly after delivery. Among the 125 women enrolled, recurrent venous thromboembolism occurred in 4.8%, with half of the events occurring during the antepartum period. Among those with underlying thrombophilia, the rate of recurrent venous thromboembolism was 13% (95% confidence interval [CI] 1.7%–40.5%) to 20% (95% CI 2.5%–56.5%), and those with a prior idiopathic clot without thrombophilia had an event rate of 7.7% (95% CI 0.01%–25.1%). The subgroup with a prior reversible risk factor (at the time of their initial venous thromboembolic event) and without detectable thrombophilia had no recurrent events.

This study suggests that women with prior venous thromboembolism and thrombophilia or a prior idiopathic thrombotic event are at a substantial risk of recurrent thrombotic events during pregnancy. And other data confirm the high risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in thrombophilic pregnant women.60 These women should all be offered active antepartum and postpartum thromboprophylaxis with LMWH or unfractionated heparin (Tables 2 and 4). Women without thrombophilia but with a history of venous thromboembolism related to pregnancy or oral contraceptive use also have a substantial risk of recurrent venous thrombosis and should be offered antepartum and postpartum thromboprophylaxis.61 In contrast, women with a prior “secondary” clot, no thrombophilia, and no additional current risk factors (Table 1) appear to be at low risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism.

The risks should be discussed with these women, with an option for close clinical surveillance during pregnancy (Table 4), but with a low threshold to investigate any worrisome symptoms. Such women may also elect to take LMWH or unfractionated heparin during pregnancy.

 

 

Which heparin to use?

Prophylactic anticoagulation during pregnancy can be with either LMWH or unfractionated heparin. For most women this involves “prophylactic” dosing with the goal of maintaining a mid-interval anti-factor-Xa activity level of approximately 0.05 to 0.2 U/mL. Thromboprophylaxis with LMWH can be with lower, fixed, once-daily doses throughout pregnancy20 (Table 2), although some clinicians still prefer twice-daily dosing. The heparin should be started as soon as pregnancy is confirmed, as the pregnancy-associated increase in thrombotic risk begins by the middle of the first trimester.

To maintain effective prophylactic levels, the dose of unfractionated heparin should be increased sequentially over the trimesters62,63: approximately 5,000 units subcutaneously twice daily in the first trimester, then 7,500 units twice daily in the second trimester, and 10,000 units twice daily in the third trimester for a woman of average size.

When to add low-dose aspirin

Women with antiphospholipid antibodies, particularly those with prior recurrent pregnancy loss or fetal demise, should receive aspirin 81 mg/day in addition to heparin.39 The aspirin may be started prior to conception or when pregnancy is confirmed.

Other measures

Women on anticoagulant therapy who are at risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism should be encouraged to wear elastic compression stockings. Intermittent pneumatic compression of the legs via automated devices may be considered for women hospitalized for any reason or on bedrest.

Whichever measures are used, a high index of suspicion and a low threshold for investigating for recurrent thrombosis should be maintained throughout pregnancy and the puerperium.

PERIPARTUM AND POSTPARTUM MANAGEMENT OF ANTICOAGULATION

Heparin therapy must be interrupted temporarily during the immediate peripartum interval to minimize the risk of hemorrhage and to allow for the option of regional anesthesia. As mentioned earlier, because of the theoretical risk of paraspinal hemorrhage in women receiving heparin who undergo epidural or spinal anesthesia, the American Society of Regional Anesthesia guidelines advise waiting to insert the needle at least 10 to 12 hours after the last prophylactic dose of LMWH, and at least 24 hours after the last therapeutic dose.31

The guidelines state that neuraxial anesthesia is not contraindicated in patients on prophylactic unfractionated heparin.31

To facilitate use of regional anesthesia in these women, therefore, options include:

  • Electively stopping LMWH 24 hours before planned induction of labor
  • Electively stopping prophylactic-dose LMWH or unfractionated heparin at about 38 weeks of gestation, to await spontaneous labor, or
  • Switching therapeutic or prophylactic LMWH to unfractionated heparin at about 36 weeks of gestation, with instructions to discontinue the injections in the earliest stages of spontaneous labor. This aims to shorten the heparin-free period required before neuraxial anesthesia while minimizing maternal thrombotic risk.

Additional advantages to using unfractionated heparin peripartum include the option of obtaining a rapid aPTT measurement to confirm the absence of a significant ongoing heparin effect prior to regional anesthesia or delivery, and the ability to completely reverse the heparin effect with protamine sulfate if major bleeding occurs. LMWHs are only partially reversible.64

Interrupting anticoagulation after an initial thrombotic event

If therapeutic anticoagulation must be interrupted for labor within 1 month of the initial thrombotic event, the risk of recurrent thrombotic complications is high65; these women must be observed very carefully and may benefit from intravenous heparin before and after delivery. They may even merit placement of a temporary vena cava filter (particularly if less than 2 weeks have elapsed since the venous thromboembolic event and in women with a large deep venous clot burden), a procedure that has been used safely but little studied in pregnant women.66

Fluoroscopic guidance may be needed for filter placement. This exposes the fetus to radiation, but the low-level exposure at this late gestational age is unlikely to pose a significant risk. The filter may be removed within 1 to 2 weeks postpartum, assuming there are no ongoing contraindications to anticoagulation.

In the rare woman with antithrombin deficiency and a recent or prior thrombotic event, giving antithrombin concentrate during the peripartum (heparin-free) interval has been described and may be considered under the guidance of a hematologist.67

Ongoing anticoagulation is essential postpartum, as the puerperium is the period of highest day-to-day risk of thromboembolic events: about one-third of pregnancy-associated events occur during these 6 to 12 weeks.2 Heparin should be resumed 6 to 12 hours after delivery, once hemostasis is confirmed.

Options for women requiring ongoing therapeutic anticoagulation include intravenous heparin started without a bolus, to minimize bleeding risk, with aPTT measured 12 hours later, or an initial prophylactic dose of LMWH 6 to 12 hours postpartum, with therapeutic dosing resumed on postpartum day 1. If prophylactic dosing is desired, unfractionated heparin or LMWH may be given subcutaneously starting at about 6 hours postpartum.

Warfarin in the puerperium

Women may subsequently be maintained on either LMWH or unfractionated heparin, or switched to an oral anticoagulant such as warfarin. Although warfarin may appear in minute amounts in breast milk, it has not been associated with adverse events in newborns and is considered compatible with breastfeeding.68 Heparin should be continued during the initial days of warfarin therapy, until the INR is at a therapeutic level for 24 hours. Some physicians prefer to delay warfarin for several days, giving LMWH alone in the immediate postpartum period, to allow wound-healing and to reduce bleeding risk.

Postpartum, anticoagulation should be continued for at least 6 to 12 weeks, at which point the physiologic changes in the coagulation system related to pregnancy will have returned to normal.

 

 

THROMBOPHILIA WITHOUT A PREVIOUS THROMBOEMBOLIC EVENT

Over the last 5 to 10 years, practitioners have been seeing many more young women with genetic or acquired thrombophilias who have never had a venous thromboembolic event. Physicians must advise these women about their risk of thromboembolic events during pregnancy and about the appropriateness of anticoagulant use.

Thrombophilias are often detected in women who develop venous thrombosis during pregnancy,69–71 but they are also very common in the general population (around 15%). While women with thrombophilia are at above-average risk of venous thromboembolism during pregnancy, the magnitude of risk in an individual patient is often difficult to estimate.

Data suggest that some types of thrombophilia confer greater thrombotic risk than others. McColl et al72 derived risk estimates for a primary event in women with several of the disorders: 0.23% in women heterozygous for the factor V Leiden mutation, 0.88% in women with protein C deficiency, and 2.4% to 35.7% in women with antithrombin deficiency. A case-control study70 found that all thrombophilic states were more common in women with pregnancy-associated venous thromboembolism than in healthy pregnant controls, except those with the MTHFR mutation and protein S deficiency. The estimated risk during pregnancy was 0.03% in women with no defect, 0.1% in women with protein C deficiency, 0.25% in women with the factor V Leiden mutation, 0.4% in those with antithrombin deficiency, 0.5% in those with the prothrombin gene mutation, and 4.6% in those with both factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations.

Routine anticoagulation not advised in pregnant thrombophilic women

Because the risk of a primary venous thromboembolic event is less than 1% for most thrombophilic women, routine anticoagulant therapy does not seem prudent for this indication. Given the low absolute risk of venous thromboembolism, the cost and potential side effects of anticoagulant use are difficult to justify.

The women who seem at higher risk and in whom anticoagulation should be considered include those with antithrombin deficiency; those with high-titer anticardiolipin antibodies or a lupus anticoagulant antibody (treat with heparin and low-dose aspirin); those with combined thrombophilic defects or who are homozygotes for the factor V Leiden or prothrombin gene mutations; and those with multiple other current risk factors for venous thromboembolism (Table 1).

Since anticoagulants for primary prevention of adverse pregnancy outcomes in thrombophilic women have not yet been shown to have a definitive benefit, they are not recommended for this purpose.

ADVERSE PREGNANCY OUTCOMES IN WOMEN WITH THROMBOPHILIAS

Women with antiphospholipid antibodies and a previous poor obstetric outcome are clearly at increased risk of recurrent adverse pregnancy outcomes such as recurrent spontaneous abortion, unexplained fetal death, placental insufficiency, and early or severe preeclampsia. In such women who have both antiphospholipid antibodies and a history of venous thromboembolism or adverse pregnancy outcome, treatment during subsequent pregnancy with low-dose aspirin and prophylactic-dose LMWH or unfractionated heparin improves pregnancy outcomes.36–42 Women with antiphospholipid antibodies without previous thrombosis or pregnancy complications may also be at increased risk, but it is unclear whether thromboprophylaxis improves their outcomes.

Recent epidemiologic data reveal that women with other thrombophilic conditions also are at increased risk of early, severe preeclampsia73 as well as other pregnancy complications, including recurrent pregnancy loss, placental abruption, fetal growth restriction, and stillbirth.74 A recent meta-analysis75 looked at individual thrombophilias and found that factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations were associated with recurrent fetal loss, stillbirth, and preeclampsia; that protein S deficiency was associated with recurrent fetal loss and stillbirth; that antiphospholipid antibodies were associated with recurrent pregnancy loss, preeclampsia, and intrauterine growth restriction; that the MTHFR mutation (homozygous) was associated with preeclampsia; and that protein C and antithrombin deficiencies were not significantly associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes. Data were scant for some of the rarer thrombophilias.75

Several recent small studies76–78 suggest that anticoagulants may improve pregnancy outcomes in women with genetic thrombophilias and recurrent pregnancy loss. These findings have not yet been confirmed in high-quality clinical trials, but such trials are under way. It is still unclear whether anticoagulants also reduce the risk of other adverse pregnancy outcomes associated with thrombophilias.

The current American College of Chest Physicians guidelines recommend testing of women with adverse pregnancy outcomes (recurrent pregnancy loss, prior severe or recurrent preeclampsia, abruptions, or otherwise unexplained intrauterine death) for congenital thrombophilias and antiphospholipid antibodies, and offering treatment to such women, if thrombophilic, with low-dose aspirin plus prophylactic heparin (unfractionated or LMWH).22 The authors of the guidelines admit that the evidence for this recommendation is weak, but they argue that the heparin will also serve as thromboprophylaxis in this high-risk group. Hopefully, the randomized clinical trials currently under way will provide clearer guidance regarding the most appropriate therapy in this difficult clinical situation.

MECHANICAL HEART VALVES

Internists may occasionally encounter a woman with a mechanical heart valve prosthesis who is either pregnant or is planning a pregnancy and therefore needs advice regarding optimal anticoagulant management. This should generally be undertaken in a multi-disciplinary fashion, with input from cardiology, hematology, and maternal-fetal medicine. The substantial maternal and fetal risks and the lack of definitive data on which to base treatment decisions make it a treacherous and stressful undertaking. Nonetheless, all internists should have a basic understanding of the complex issues regarding this management.

Outside of pregnancy, oral anticoagulants are the mainstay of therapy for patients with mechanical heart valves. Unfortunately, as discussed above, the use of these agents during pregnancy carries a risk of teratogenicity and toxic fetal effects and increases the risk of pregnancy loss and maternal hemorrhage. Heparins have been used in this setting for many years, but data on their efficacy and safety are very limited, and there are numerous reports of catastrophic maternal thrombotic complications.79,80

A systematic review of anticoagulation in pregnant women with prosthetic heart valves34 found very limited data on heparin use throughout pregnancy. Women maintained on warfarin vs heparin between pregnancy weeks 6 and 12 had higher rates of congenital anomalies (6.4% with warfarin vs 3.4% with heparin) and total fetal wastage (33.6% vs 26.5%). The warfarin group had fewer maternal thromboembolic complications (3.9% vs 9.2%), however, and a slightly lower rate of maternal death (1.8% vs 4.2%). Most of the women had higher-risk older-generation valves in the mitral position.

Recent data on LMWH consist mainly of case reports and case series,81 with a likely bias to publication of worse outcomes. Controlled trials in this area will be difficult to conduct. Still, aggressive anticoagulation with LMWH or unfractionated heparin, with close monitoring of the intensity of anticoagulation, may be safe and effective for pregnant women with newer-generation mechanical heart valves.82 A recent consensus statement22 suggested several regimens for pregnant women with mechanical heart valves:

  • Twice-daily LMWH throughout pregnancy, with the dose adjusted either by weight, or to keep the 4-hour postinjection anti-factor-Xa activity level around 1.0 to 1.2 U/mL
  • Aggressive adjusted-dose unfractionated heparin throughout pregnancy, given subcutaneously every 12 hours and adjusted to keep the mid-interval aPTT at least twice the control value or to attain a mid-interval anti-factor-Xa activity level of 0.35 to 0.70 U/mL
  • Unfractionated heparin or LMWH (as above) until gestation week 13, then warfarin until the middle of the third trimester, and then heparin again.22

The authors also recommended adding low-dose aspirin (75–162 mg/day) in high-risk women.22

These options all seem reasonable, given our current knowledge, though warfarin use during pregnancy should be restricted to very-high-risk situations, such as women with older-generation mitral prostheses. LM-WHs may become the preferred therapy for this indication once further controlled data regarding their efficacy and safety become available.

Anticoagulation is essential in a wide variety of conditions in women of child-bearing age. Some, such as venous thromboembolism, occur more often during pregnancy. Others, such as recurrent fetal loss in the setting of antiphospholipid antibodies, are specific to pregnancy.

While anticoagulants are useful in many circumstances, their use during pregnancy increases the risk of hemorrhage and other adverse effects on the mother and the fetus. Treatment with anticoagulants during pregnancy must therefore be carefully considered, with judicious selection of the agent, and with reflection on the physiologic changes of pregnancy to ensure appropriate dosing. In this article, we review these issues.

WHY IS THROMBOTIC RISK HIGHER DURING PREGNANCY?

Venous thromboembolism is among the leading causes of maternal death in developed countries.1–3 Modern care has dramatically reduced the risk of maternal death from hemorrhage, infection, and hypertension, but rates of morbidity and death from thrombosis have remained stable or increased in recent years.4

Pregnancy is a period of increased risk of thrombotic complications (Table 1), owing to hypercoagulability, venous stasis, and vascular damage—the three elements of Virchow’s triad.5 Several changes to the maternal coagulation system increase clotting risk:

  • Much higher levels of fibrinogen and factors VII, VIII, IX, and X
  • Lower levels of protein S and increased resistance to activated protein C
  • Impaired fibrinolysis, due to inhibitors derived from the placenta.

Acquired antithrombin deficiency may also occur in high-proteinuric states such as nephrotic syndrome or preeclampsia, further increasing thrombotic risk. Pooling of venous blood, caused by progesterone-mediated venous dilation and compounded by compression of the inferior vena cava by the uterus in later pregnancy, also increases thrombotic risk. And endothelial disruption of the pelvic vessels may occur during delivery, particularly during cesarean section.

Additional factors that increase thrombotic risk include immobilization, such as bed rest for pregnancy complications; surgery, including cesarean section; ovarian hyperstimulation during gonadotropin use for in vitro fertilization; trauma; malignancy; and hereditary or acquired hypercoagulable states.6 These hypercoagulable states include deficiencies of antithrombin or the intrinsic anticoagulant proteins C or S; resistance to activated protein C, usually due to the factor V Leiden mutation; the PT20210A mutation of the prothrombin gene; hyperhomocystinemia due to mutation of the methyltetrahydrofolate reductase (MTHFR) gene; and the sustained presence of antiphospholipid antibodies, including lupus anticoagulant antibodies, sometimes also with moderately high titers of anticardiolipin or beta-2-glycoprotein I antibodies.

Other conditions that increase thrombotic risk include hyperemesis gravidarum, obesity, inflammatory bowel disease, infection, smoking, and indwelling intravenous catheters.6 Given the multitude of risk factors, pregnant women have a risk of thrombotic complications three to five times higher than nonpregnant women.7

HEPARIN USE DURING PREGNANCY

Low-molecular-weight heparins (LMWHs)8 and unfractionated heparin bind to anti-thrombin and thus change the shape of the antithrombin molecule, dramatically increasing its interaction with the clotting factors Xa and prothrombin (factor II). The enhanced clearance of these procoagulant proteins leads to the anticoagulant effect. Unfractionated heparin has roughly equivalent interaction with factors Xa and II and prolongs the activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT), which is therefore used to monitor the intensity of anticoagulation.

LMWHs, on the other hand, interact relatively little with factor II and do not predictably prolong the aPTT. Monitoring their effect is therefore more difficult and requires direct measurement of anti-factor-Xa activity. This test is widely available, but it is time-consuming (it takes several hours and results may not be available within 24 hours if the test is requested “after hours”), and therefore it is of limited use in the acute clinical setting. While weight-based dosing of LMWHs is reliable and safe in nonpregnant patients, it has not yet been validated for pregnant women.

Unfractionated heparin has been used for decades for many indications during pregnancy. It is a large molecule, so it does not cross the placenta and thus, in contrast to the coumarin derivatives, does not cause teratogenesis or toxic fetal effects. Its main limitations in pregnancy are its inconvenient dosing (at least twice daily when given subcutaneously) and its potential maternal adverse effects (mainly osteoporosis and heparin-induced thrombocytopenia).

Over the last 10 years LMWHs have become the preferred anticoagulants for treating and preventing thromboembolism in all patients. They are equivalent or superior to unfractionated heparin in efficacy and safety in the initial treatment of acute deep venous thrombosis9,10 and pulmonary embolism11,12 outside of pregnancy. While comparative data are much less robust in pregnant patients, several series have confirmed the safety and efficacy of LMWHs in pregnancy.13–15 LMWHs do not cross the placenta15–17 and thus have a fetal safety profile equivalent to that of unfractionated heparin.

 

 

Pregnancy alters metabolism of LMWHs

The physiologic changes of pregnancy alter the metabolism of LMWH, resulting in lower peak levels and a higher rate of clearance,18,19 and so a pregnant woman may need higher doses or more frequent dosing.

Recent evidence suggests that thromboprophylaxis can be done with lower, fixed, once-daily doses of LMWH throughout pregnancy,20 although some clinicians still prefer twice-daily dosing (particularly during the latter half of pregnancy).

For therapeutic anticoagulation, however, the dose of LMWH required to achieve the desired level of anti-factor-Xa activity appears to change significantly over the course of pregnancy in many women.18 Therapeutic dosing of LMWH may also require twice-daily dosing, depending on the agent used (Table 2).

Pending more research on weight-based dosing of LMWH in pregnancy, anti-factor- Xa activity levels should be measured after treatment is started and every 1 to 3 months thereafter during pregnancy.21 Doses should be adjusted to keep the peak anti-Xa level (ie, 4 hours after the dose) at 0.5 to 1.2 U/mL.22

Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia

Type-2 heparin-induced thrombocytopenia is an uncommon but serious adverse effect of unfractionated heparin therapy (and, less commonly of LMWH), caused by heparin-dependent immunoglobulin G (IgG) antibodies that activate platelets via their Fc receptors, potentially precipitating life-threatening arterial or venous thrombosis.

In a trial in nonpregnant orthopedic patients,23 clinical heparin-induced thrombocytopenia occurred in 2.7% of patients receiving unfractionated heparin vs 0% of those receiving LMWH; heparin-dependent IgG was present in 7.8% vs 2.2%, respectively.

Fortunately, heparin-induced thrombocytopenia seems to be very rare in pregnancy: two recent prospective series evaluating prolonged LMWH use in pregnancy13,15 revealed no episodes of this disease. Nonetheless, it is reasonable to measure the platelet count once or twice weekly during the first few weeks of LMWH use and less often thereafter, unless symptoms of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia develop. In pregnant women with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia or heparin-related skin reactions, other anticoagulants must be considered24 (see discussion later).

Heparin-induced osteoporosis

Heparin-induced osteoporosis, a potential effect of prolonged heparin therapy, is of concern, given the prolonged duration and high doses of unfractionated heparin often needed to treat venous thromboembolism during pregnancy. Several studies found significant loss of bone mineral density in the proximal femur25 and lumbar spine26 during extended use of unfractionated heparin in pregnancy.

Fortunately, LMWH appears to be much safer with respect to bone loss. Three recent studies27–30 evaluated the use of LMWH for extended periods during pregnancy, and none found any greater loss of bone mineral density than that seen in normal pregnant controls. Giving supplemental calcium (1,000–1,500 mg/day) and vitamin D (400–1,000 IU/day) concomitantly with unfractionated heparin or LMWH in pregnancy is advisable to further reduce the risk.

Interrupt heparin to permit regional anesthesia

Heparin therapy should be temporarily stopped during the immediate peripartum interval to minimize the risk of hemorrhage and to permit regional anesthesia. Because of the theoretical risk of paraspinal hemorrhage in women receiving heparin who undergo epidural or spinal anesthesia, many anesthetists will not perform neuraxial regional anesthesia in women who have recently received heparin.

Since unfractionated heparin has a relatively short duration of action, the American Society of Regional Anesthesia states that subcutaneous unfractionated heparin prophylaxis is not a contraindication to neuraxial regional anesthesia.31 However, LMWHs should be stopped for at least 12 to 24 hours before regional anesthesia can be considered safe. This issue is discussed in more detail in the section on peripartum and postpartum management of anticoagulation, below.

In summary, LMWH during pregnancy offers a number of advantages over unfractionated heparin: equivalent efficacy, once- or twice-daily dosing, lower risk of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and osteoporosis, and less-intensive monitoring. Unfractionated heparin can be offered to women who cannot afford LMWH (which costs four to five times more), and it may be used peripartum to reduce hemorrhagic risk and to permit regional anesthesia.

COUMARINS

Coumarins are the mainstay of anticoagulant therapy in most nonpregnant women beyond the immediate thrombotic period.

Warfarin (Coumadin) is the most widely used coumarin because it has a predictable onset and duration of action and excellent bioavailability.32 Others, such as acenocoumarol (Sintrom) and phenprocoumon (Marcoumar), are used more outside the United States but can be ordered or brought into the United States.

Coumarins interfere with vitamin K metabolism, inhibiting the generation of vitamin-K-dependent procoagulant proteins (factors II, VII, IX, and X) and thereby preventing clotting. They also inhibit the formation of the vitamin-K-dependent intrinsic anticoagulant proteins C and S.

Major bleeding is the most significant side effect of coumarin therapy, occurring at a rate of 4% to 6% over 3 months when the prothrombin time is maintained at an international normalized ratio (INR) of 2 to 3,33 and more often if the INR is higher.

Other issues with warfarin are the effect of variations in dietary vitamin K intake on anticoagulation and potential drug interactions that may alter the anticoagulant effect. Thus, the INR needs to be monitored closely.

 

 

Risks to the fetus and the mother

Unlike the heparins, coumarins freely cross the placenta and thus pose a risk of teratogenicity. A cluster of fetal malformations including “warfarin embryopathy” (nasal bone hypoplasia and chondrodysplasia punctata) can occur when the drug is used between 6 and 12 weeks of gestation. Warfarin embryopathy may be avoided by stopping warfarin prior to 6 weeks from the onset of the last menstrual period (ie, 6-week “menstrual age” or 4-week gestational age34).

Later in pregnancy, warfarin is associated with potential fetal bleeding complications leading to central nervous system abnormalities, increased rates of intrauterine fetal death, and pregnancy loss. In pregnant women with mechanical cardiac valve prostheses who received oral anticoagulants throughout pregnancy, the incidence of congenital anomalies was 6.4% to 10.2%.35 Fetal demise (spontaneous abortion, stillbirth, neonatal death) was also very common (29.7% to 33.6% of pregnancies) in coumarin-treated women.

Severe maternal hemorrhage may also occur in pregnant women on oral anticoagulants, particularly those who remain fully anticoagulated around the time of labor and delivery.

General caveats to warfarin in pregnancy

Because of the many maternal and fetal concerns, oral anticoagulant use in pregnancy is largely restricted to women with older-generation prosthetic heart valves in whom the very high maternal thrombotic risk may outweigh the risk of maternal and fetal side effects.

While there are limited data on warfarin use in pregnant women with antiphospholipid syndrome,36 warfarin use in such patients should be considered only for those at highest risk and with careful informed consent. These issues are discussed further below in the section on mechanical heart valve prostheses.

ANTIPLATELET DRUGS

Aspirin is an antiplatelet agent rather than an anticoagulant. Although considered inadequate for preventing venous thrombosis in high-risk groups when used alone, aspirin can moderately reduce the risk of deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism in nonpregnant patients.37 It also has a well-accepted role in preventing arterial thrombotic events, ie, coronary artery disease and stroke.38

Low-dose aspirin (≤ 100 mg/day) has been extensively evaluated during pregnancy39–41 and has been shown to be safe and effective in reducing the risk of preeclampsia in high-risk women39 and in treating women with antiphospholipid antibodies and recurrent pregnancy loss42 (in conjunction with prophylactic doses of heparin). Although higher doses of aspirin and other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can be toxic to the fetus, low doses have been shown to be safe throughout pregnancy.43

Dipyridamole (Persantine) has been studied extensively in pregnancy, and while it appears to be safe, it has not found a well-defined therapeutic role.

Other antiplatelet drugs have been only rarely used, and data on their safety and efficacy during pregnancy are limited to case reports, for example, on ticlopidine44 (Ticlid) and clopidogrel45,46 (Plavix) given during pregnancy in women with cardiac disease. These drugs do not appear to be major teratogens or to cause specific fetal harm. Their use may be reasonable in some high-risk situations, such as recurrent thrombotic stroke despite aspirin therapy. They may be used alone or with other anticoagulants in women with a coronary or other vascular stent if fetal safety is uncertain or if there is an increased risk of maternal bleeding.

NEWER ANTICOAGULANTS

Several newer anticoagulants can be used in pregnancy (Table 3).47–50

Danaparoid

The heparinoid danaparoid (Orgaran) is an LMWH, a combination of heparan, dermatan, and chondroitin sulfate. Since it is derived from heparin, in theory it can cross-react with antiheparin antibodies, but this is generally not a problem. Danaparoid inhibits factor Xa, and monitoring is via measurement of anti-factor-Xa activity levels. It has been shown to be safe and effective in nonpregnant patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia.51

Although no controlled study has been published on danaparoid in pregnancy, at least 51 pregnancies in 49 patients treated with danaparoid have been reported.52 Thirty-two of the patients received danaparoid because of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia and 19 because of heparin-induced skin intolerance. These reports suggest that danaparoid does not cross the placenta53 and that it may be effective and safe during pregnancy.54 For this reason, it is probably the preferred anticoagulant in pregnant patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia or other serious reactions to heparin.

Unfortunately, danaparoid has two major disadvantages. First, it has a prolonged half-life and no effective reversing agent, which makes its use problematic close to the time of delivery. Second, and perhaps more relevant to this discussion, it is not readily available in the United States; it was removed from the market by its manufacturer in April 2002 for business reasons rather than because of concerns over toxicity. It is still available in Canada and Europe, and it can be obtained in special circumstances in the United States via the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA); this may be worthwhile in pregnant patients who require a nonurgent alternative to heparin.

Direct thrombin inhibitors

Lepirudin (Refludan), bivalirudin (Angiomax), and argatroban are direct thrombin inhibitors and exert their anticoagulant effect independently of antithrombin. They are given by continuous intravenous infusion, and they have a very short half-life.

Lepirudin and argatroban are typically monitored via the aPTT. Bivalirudin can be monitored with the activated clotting time, partial thromboplastin time, or INR, depending on the circumstances. None of these agents generates or cross-reacts with antibodies generated in heparin-induced thrombocytopenia. None has an antidote, but the short half-life usually obviates the need for one.

Unfortunately, pregnancy data are very sparse for all three of these new agents. Argatroban has a low molecular weight and likely crosses the placenta. Also, because these agents are given intravenously, they are not practical for long-term use in pregnancy.

Fondaparinux

Fondaparinux (Arixtra), a direct factor Xa inhibitor, binds to antithrombin, causing an irreversible conformational change that increases antithrombin’s ability to inactivate factor Xa (as do the heparins). It has no effect on factor IIa (thrombin) and does not predictably affect the aPTT. Its half-life is 17 hours, and no agent is known to reverse its anticoagulant effect, although some experts would recommend a trial of high-dose recombinant factor VIIa (Novo-Seven) in uncontrolled hemorrhage.

While not FDA-approved for treating heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, it has been used for this in some patients.55–58 Animal studies and in vitro human placental perfusion studies suggest that fondaparinux does not cross the placenta in significant amounts.49 Since danaparoid is not available in the United States, fondaparinux would likely be the first choice among the newer anticoagulants when treating heparin-induced thrombocytopenia in pregnancy.

 

 

INDICATIONS FOR ANTICOAGULANTS DURING PREGNANCY

Acute deep venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism

If acute deep venous thrombosis or pulmonary embolism is confirmed or strongly suspected in a pregnant woman, therapeutic anticoagulation should be started promptly (Table 4). In most cases, the woman should probably be hospitalized, given the complex maternal and fetal concerns that include adequate maternal dosing and the potential for fetal harm in the setting of significant hypoxia.

Anticoagulant therapy should begin as full doses of either LMWH or intravenous unfractionated heparin. We prefer starting with LMWH, as it can be started rapidly with less need for nursing care (eg, no need to start and maintain an intravenous line and monitor the aPTT) and has excellent safety. If LMWH is selected, initial dosing should be based on the current weight (Table 2). Subsequent monitoring of the peak anti-factor-Xa activity levels (ie, 4 hours after the dose) is recommended, with the first level drawn in the first few days of treatment, and repeat levels every 1 to 3 months for the rest of treatment. As mentioned earlier, weight-based dosing has not been systematically evaluated in pregnancy.

If unfractionated heparin is the initial agent, it should be given as a bolus followed by a continuous infusion, ideally utilizing a weight-based nomogram to estimate required doses, with adjustment of the infusion rate to maintain the aPTT at 1.5 to 2.5 times the baseline value (obtained during pregnancy). After several days, the heparin may be switched to LMWH in therapeutic doses (Table 2).

Alternatively, in women approaching term or who cannot afford LMWH, anticoagulation may be continued as adjusted-dose subcutaneous unfractionated heparin, ie, two or three large daily doses of subcutaneous heparin to provide therapeutic levels of anticoagulation. The starting dose can be calculated as the total units of heparin required to maintain full anticoagulation intravenously over 24 hours, given as two or three divided doses (Table 2). The aPTT at the mid-dosing interval (eg, 6 hours after the subcutaneous dose during every-12-hour dosing) should be monitored and the dose adjusted to maintain the aPTT at 1.5 to 2.5 times the baseline value.

A therapeutic level of anticoagulation should be maintained for at least 3 months after an acute thrombotic event during pregnancy, though many physicians prefer to continue full anticoagulation for a total of 6 months. Beyond this interval, if the woman is still pregnant, the anticoagulation may be reduced in intensity, perhaps even to a prophylactic level for the duration of the pregnancy (see discussion below on prior venous thromboembolic events) (Table 2). Peripartum and postpartum anticoagulation are discussed further below.

PRIOR VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLIC EVENT

While all pregnant women are at higher risk of venous thrombosis, the overall incidence of thromboembolism is only about one event per 1,000 pregnancies. Routine thromboprophylaxis in all pregnant women is therefore not justified. However, women who have previously had a venous thromboembolic event are at a substantially higher risk of recurrent thrombosis and should be considered for thromboprophylaxis in all subsequent high-risk situations, including pregnancy.

For women on indefinite therapeutic anticoagulation (ie, because of recurrent thrombosis), full therapeutic anticoagulation with LMWH or adjusted-dose unfractionated heparin should be maintained throughout pregnancy, as described above.

Which other women should receive prophylactic anticoagulation is a topic of ongoing debate and controversy.

How great is the risk of recurrent thromboembolism?

A small observational study59 examined the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism during subsequent pregnancies in women with a prior thrombotic event. Anticoagulation was withheld during the antepartum period and restarted briefly after delivery. Among the 125 women enrolled, recurrent venous thromboembolism occurred in 4.8%, with half of the events occurring during the antepartum period. Among those with underlying thrombophilia, the rate of recurrent venous thromboembolism was 13% (95% confidence interval [CI] 1.7%–40.5%) to 20% (95% CI 2.5%–56.5%), and those with a prior idiopathic clot without thrombophilia had an event rate of 7.7% (95% CI 0.01%–25.1%). The subgroup with a prior reversible risk factor (at the time of their initial venous thromboembolic event) and without detectable thrombophilia had no recurrent events.

This study suggests that women with prior venous thromboembolism and thrombophilia or a prior idiopathic thrombotic event are at a substantial risk of recurrent thrombotic events during pregnancy. And other data confirm the high risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in thrombophilic pregnant women.60 These women should all be offered active antepartum and postpartum thromboprophylaxis with LMWH or unfractionated heparin (Tables 2 and 4). Women without thrombophilia but with a history of venous thromboembolism related to pregnancy or oral contraceptive use also have a substantial risk of recurrent venous thrombosis and should be offered antepartum and postpartum thromboprophylaxis.61 In contrast, women with a prior “secondary” clot, no thrombophilia, and no additional current risk factors (Table 1) appear to be at low risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism.

The risks should be discussed with these women, with an option for close clinical surveillance during pregnancy (Table 4), but with a low threshold to investigate any worrisome symptoms. Such women may also elect to take LMWH or unfractionated heparin during pregnancy.

 

 

Which heparin to use?

Prophylactic anticoagulation during pregnancy can be with either LMWH or unfractionated heparin. For most women this involves “prophylactic” dosing with the goal of maintaining a mid-interval anti-factor-Xa activity level of approximately 0.05 to 0.2 U/mL. Thromboprophylaxis with LMWH can be with lower, fixed, once-daily doses throughout pregnancy20 (Table 2), although some clinicians still prefer twice-daily dosing. The heparin should be started as soon as pregnancy is confirmed, as the pregnancy-associated increase in thrombotic risk begins by the middle of the first trimester.

To maintain effective prophylactic levels, the dose of unfractionated heparin should be increased sequentially over the trimesters62,63: approximately 5,000 units subcutaneously twice daily in the first trimester, then 7,500 units twice daily in the second trimester, and 10,000 units twice daily in the third trimester for a woman of average size.

When to add low-dose aspirin

Women with antiphospholipid antibodies, particularly those with prior recurrent pregnancy loss or fetal demise, should receive aspirin 81 mg/day in addition to heparin.39 The aspirin may be started prior to conception or when pregnancy is confirmed.

Other measures

Women on anticoagulant therapy who are at risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism should be encouraged to wear elastic compression stockings. Intermittent pneumatic compression of the legs via automated devices may be considered for women hospitalized for any reason or on bedrest.

Whichever measures are used, a high index of suspicion and a low threshold for investigating for recurrent thrombosis should be maintained throughout pregnancy and the puerperium.

PERIPARTUM AND POSTPARTUM MANAGEMENT OF ANTICOAGULATION

Heparin therapy must be interrupted temporarily during the immediate peripartum interval to minimize the risk of hemorrhage and to allow for the option of regional anesthesia. As mentioned earlier, because of the theoretical risk of paraspinal hemorrhage in women receiving heparin who undergo epidural or spinal anesthesia, the American Society of Regional Anesthesia guidelines advise waiting to insert the needle at least 10 to 12 hours after the last prophylactic dose of LMWH, and at least 24 hours after the last therapeutic dose.31

The guidelines state that neuraxial anesthesia is not contraindicated in patients on prophylactic unfractionated heparin.31

To facilitate use of regional anesthesia in these women, therefore, options include:

  • Electively stopping LMWH 24 hours before planned induction of labor
  • Electively stopping prophylactic-dose LMWH or unfractionated heparin at about 38 weeks of gestation, to await spontaneous labor, or
  • Switching therapeutic or prophylactic LMWH to unfractionated heparin at about 36 weeks of gestation, with instructions to discontinue the injections in the earliest stages of spontaneous labor. This aims to shorten the heparin-free period required before neuraxial anesthesia while minimizing maternal thrombotic risk.

Additional advantages to using unfractionated heparin peripartum include the option of obtaining a rapid aPTT measurement to confirm the absence of a significant ongoing heparin effect prior to regional anesthesia or delivery, and the ability to completely reverse the heparin effect with protamine sulfate if major bleeding occurs. LMWHs are only partially reversible.64

Interrupting anticoagulation after an initial thrombotic event

If therapeutic anticoagulation must be interrupted for labor within 1 month of the initial thrombotic event, the risk of recurrent thrombotic complications is high65; these women must be observed very carefully and may benefit from intravenous heparin before and after delivery. They may even merit placement of a temporary vena cava filter (particularly if less than 2 weeks have elapsed since the venous thromboembolic event and in women with a large deep venous clot burden), a procedure that has been used safely but little studied in pregnant women.66

Fluoroscopic guidance may be needed for filter placement. This exposes the fetus to radiation, but the low-level exposure at this late gestational age is unlikely to pose a significant risk. The filter may be removed within 1 to 2 weeks postpartum, assuming there are no ongoing contraindications to anticoagulation.

In the rare woman with antithrombin deficiency and a recent or prior thrombotic event, giving antithrombin concentrate during the peripartum (heparin-free) interval has been described and may be considered under the guidance of a hematologist.67

Ongoing anticoagulation is essential postpartum, as the puerperium is the period of highest day-to-day risk of thromboembolic events: about one-third of pregnancy-associated events occur during these 6 to 12 weeks.2 Heparin should be resumed 6 to 12 hours after delivery, once hemostasis is confirmed.

Options for women requiring ongoing therapeutic anticoagulation include intravenous heparin started without a bolus, to minimize bleeding risk, with aPTT measured 12 hours later, or an initial prophylactic dose of LMWH 6 to 12 hours postpartum, with therapeutic dosing resumed on postpartum day 1. If prophylactic dosing is desired, unfractionated heparin or LMWH may be given subcutaneously starting at about 6 hours postpartum.

Warfarin in the puerperium

Women may subsequently be maintained on either LMWH or unfractionated heparin, or switched to an oral anticoagulant such as warfarin. Although warfarin may appear in minute amounts in breast milk, it has not been associated with adverse events in newborns and is considered compatible with breastfeeding.68 Heparin should be continued during the initial days of warfarin therapy, until the INR is at a therapeutic level for 24 hours. Some physicians prefer to delay warfarin for several days, giving LMWH alone in the immediate postpartum period, to allow wound-healing and to reduce bleeding risk.

Postpartum, anticoagulation should be continued for at least 6 to 12 weeks, at which point the physiologic changes in the coagulation system related to pregnancy will have returned to normal.

 

 

THROMBOPHILIA WITHOUT A PREVIOUS THROMBOEMBOLIC EVENT

Over the last 5 to 10 years, practitioners have been seeing many more young women with genetic or acquired thrombophilias who have never had a venous thromboembolic event. Physicians must advise these women about their risk of thromboembolic events during pregnancy and about the appropriateness of anticoagulant use.

Thrombophilias are often detected in women who develop venous thrombosis during pregnancy,69–71 but they are also very common in the general population (around 15%). While women with thrombophilia are at above-average risk of venous thromboembolism during pregnancy, the magnitude of risk in an individual patient is often difficult to estimate.

Data suggest that some types of thrombophilia confer greater thrombotic risk than others. McColl et al72 derived risk estimates for a primary event in women with several of the disorders: 0.23% in women heterozygous for the factor V Leiden mutation, 0.88% in women with protein C deficiency, and 2.4% to 35.7% in women with antithrombin deficiency. A case-control study70 found that all thrombophilic states were more common in women with pregnancy-associated venous thromboembolism than in healthy pregnant controls, except those with the MTHFR mutation and protein S deficiency. The estimated risk during pregnancy was 0.03% in women with no defect, 0.1% in women with protein C deficiency, 0.25% in women with the factor V Leiden mutation, 0.4% in those with antithrombin deficiency, 0.5% in those with the prothrombin gene mutation, and 4.6% in those with both factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations.

Routine anticoagulation not advised in pregnant thrombophilic women

Because the risk of a primary venous thromboembolic event is less than 1% for most thrombophilic women, routine anticoagulant therapy does not seem prudent for this indication. Given the low absolute risk of venous thromboembolism, the cost and potential side effects of anticoagulant use are difficult to justify.

The women who seem at higher risk and in whom anticoagulation should be considered include those with antithrombin deficiency; those with high-titer anticardiolipin antibodies or a lupus anticoagulant antibody (treat with heparin and low-dose aspirin); those with combined thrombophilic defects or who are homozygotes for the factor V Leiden or prothrombin gene mutations; and those with multiple other current risk factors for venous thromboembolism (Table 1).

Since anticoagulants for primary prevention of adverse pregnancy outcomes in thrombophilic women have not yet been shown to have a definitive benefit, they are not recommended for this purpose.

ADVERSE PREGNANCY OUTCOMES IN WOMEN WITH THROMBOPHILIAS

Women with antiphospholipid antibodies and a previous poor obstetric outcome are clearly at increased risk of recurrent adverse pregnancy outcomes such as recurrent spontaneous abortion, unexplained fetal death, placental insufficiency, and early or severe preeclampsia. In such women who have both antiphospholipid antibodies and a history of venous thromboembolism or adverse pregnancy outcome, treatment during subsequent pregnancy with low-dose aspirin and prophylactic-dose LMWH or unfractionated heparin improves pregnancy outcomes.36–42 Women with antiphospholipid antibodies without previous thrombosis or pregnancy complications may also be at increased risk, but it is unclear whether thromboprophylaxis improves their outcomes.

Recent epidemiologic data reveal that women with other thrombophilic conditions also are at increased risk of early, severe preeclampsia73 as well as other pregnancy complications, including recurrent pregnancy loss, placental abruption, fetal growth restriction, and stillbirth.74 A recent meta-analysis75 looked at individual thrombophilias and found that factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutations were associated with recurrent fetal loss, stillbirth, and preeclampsia; that protein S deficiency was associated with recurrent fetal loss and stillbirth; that antiphospholipid antibodies were associated with recurrent pregnancy loss, preeclampsia, and intrauterine growth restriction; that the MTHFR mutation (homozygous) was associated with preeclampsia; and that protein C and antithrombin deficiencies were not significantly associated with adverse pregnancy outcomes. Data were scant for some of the rarer thrombophilias.75

Several recent small studies76–78 suggest that anticoagulants may improve pregnancy outcomes in women with genetic thrombophilias and recurrent pregnancy loss. These findings have not yet been confirmed in high-quality clinical trials, but such trials are under way. It is still unclear whether anticoagulants also reduce the risk of other adverse pregnancy outcomes associated with thrombophilias.

The current American College of Chest Physicians guidelines recommend testing of women with adverse pregnancy outcomes (recurrent pregnancy loss, prior severe or recurrent preeclampsia, abruptions, or otherwise unexplained intrauterine death) for congenital thrombophilias and antiphospholipid antibodies, and offering treatment to such women, if thrombophilic, with low-dose aspirin plus prophylactic heparin (unfractionated or LMWH).22 The authors of the guidelines admit that the evidence for this recommendation is weak, but they argue that the heparin will also serve as thromboprophylaxis in this high-risk group. Hopefully, the randomized clinical trials currently under way will provide clearer guidance regarding the most appropriate therapy in this difficult clinical situation.

MECHANICAL HEART VALVES

Internists may occasionally encounter a woman with a mechanical heart valve prosthesis who is either pregnant or is planning a pregnancy and therefore needs advice regarding optimal anticoagulant management. This should generally be undertaken in a multi-disciplinary fashion, with input from cardiology, hematology, and maternal-fetal medicine. The substantial maternal and fetal risks and the lack of definitive data on which to base treatment decisions make it a treacherous and stressful undertaking. Nonetheless, all internists should have a basic understanding of the complex issues regarding this management.

Outside of pregnancy, oral anticoagulants are the mainstay of therapy for patients with mechanical heart valves. Unfortunately, as discussed above, the use of these agents during pregnancy carries a risk of teratogenicity and toxic fetal effects and increases the risk of pregnancy loss and maternal hemorrhage. Heparins have been used in this setting for many years, but data on their efficacy and safety are very limited, and there are numerous reports of catastrophic maternal thrombotic complications.79,80

A systematic review of anticoagulation in pregnant women with prosthetic heart valves34 found very limited data on heparin use throughout pregnancy. Women maintained on warfarin vs heparin between pregnancy weeks 6 and 12 had higher rates of congenital anomalies (6.4% with warfarin vs 3.4% with heparin) and total fetal wastage (33.6% vs 26.5%). The warfarin group had fewer maternal thromboembolic complications (3.9% vs 9.2%), however, and a slightly lower rate of maternal death (1.8% vs 4.2%). Most of the women had higher-risk older-generation valves in the mitral position.

Recent data on LMWH consist mainly of case reports and case series,81 with a likely bias to publication of worse outcomes. Controlled trials in this area will be difficult to conduct. Still, aggressive anticoagulation with LMWH or unfractionated heparin, with close monitoring of the intensity of anticoagulation, may be safe and effective for pregnant women with newer-generation mechanical heart valves.82 A recent consensus statement22 suggested several regimens for pregnant women with mechanical heart valves:

  • Twice-daily LMWH throughout pregnancy, with the dose adjusted either by weight, or to keep the 4-hour postinjection anti-factor-Xa activity level around 1.0 to 1.2 U/mL
  • Aggressive adjusted-dose unfractionated heparin throughout pregnancy, given subcutaneously every 12 hours and adjusted to keep the mid-interval aPTT at least twice the control value or to attain a mid-interval anti-factor-Xa activity level of 0.35 to 0.70 U/mL
  • Unfractionated heparin or LMWH (as above) until gestation week 13, then warfarin until the middle of the third trimester, and then heparin again.22

The authors also recommended adding low-dose aspirin (75–162 mg/day) in high-risk women.22

These options all seem reasonable, given our current knowledge, though warfarin use during pregnancy should be restricted to very-high-risk situations, such as women with older-generation mitral prostheses. LM-WHs may become the preferred therapy for this indication once further controlled data regarding their efficacy and safety become available.

References
  1. Chang J, Elam-Evans LD, Berg CJ, et al. Pregnancy-related mortality surveillance-United States, 1991–1999. MMWR Surveill Summ 2003; 52:18.
  2. Lewis G, Drife JO, Clutton-Brock T, et al. Why Mothers Die, 2000–2002. The Sixth Report of the Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. London: RCOG Press, 2004.
  3. Health Canada. Special Report on Maternal Mortality and Severe Morbidity in Canada—Enhanced Surveillance: The Path to Prevention. Ottawa: Minister of Public Works and Government Services Canada, 2004. www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/rhs-ssg/srmm-rsmm/page1-eng.php. Accessed 11/26/2008.
  4. Stein PD, Hull RD, Kayali F, et al. Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy: 21-year trends. Am J Med 2004; 117:121125.
  5. Greer IA. Thrombosis in pregnancy: maternal and fetal issues. Lancet 1999; 353:12581265.
  6. Rosendaal FR. Venous thrombosis: a multicausal disease. Lancet 1999; 353:11671173.
  7. Gherman RB, Goodwin TM, Leung B, et al. Incidence, clinical characteristics, and timing of objectively diagnosed venous thromboembolism during pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 1999; 94:730734.
  8. Weitz JI. Low-molecular-weight heparins. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:688698.
  9. Levine M, Gent M, Hirsh J, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin administered primarily at home with unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital for proximal deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:677681.
  10. Koopman MM, Prandoni P, Piovella F, et al. Treatment of venous thrombosis with intravenous unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital as compared with subcutaneous low-molecular-weight heparin administered at home. The Tasman Study Group. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:682687.
  11. Simonneau G, Sors H, Charbonnier B, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin with unfractionated heparin for acute pulmonary embolism. The THESEE Study Group. Tinzaparine ou Heparine Standard: Evaluations dans l’Embolie Pulmonaire. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:663669.
  12. Hull RD, Raskob GE, Brant RF, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin vs heparin in the treatment of patients with pulmonary embolism. American-Canadian Thrombosis Study Group. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:229236.
  13. Sanson BJ, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Safety of low-molecular-weight heparin in pregnancy: a systematic review. Thromb Haemost 1999; 81:668672.
  14. Greer IA, Nelson-Piercy C. Low-molecular-weight heparins for thromboprophylaxis and treatment of venous thromboembolism in pregnancy: a systematic review of safety and efficacy. Blood 2005; 106:401407.
  15. Melissari E, Parker CJ, Wilson NV, et al. Use of low molecular weight heparin in pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 1992; 68:652656.
  16. Forestier F, Daffos F, Capella-Pavlovsky M. Low molecular weight heparin (PK 10169) does not cross the placenta during the second trimester of pregnancy study by direct fetal blood sampling under ultrasound. Thromb Res 1984; 34:557560.
  17. Forestier F, Daffos F, Rainaut M, Toulemonde F. Low molecular weight heparin (CY 216) does not cross the placenta during the third trimester of pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 1987; 57:234.
  18. Barbour LA, Oja JL, Schultz LK. A prospective trial that demonstrates that dalteparin requirements increase in pregnancy to maintain therapeutic levels of anticoagulation. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 191:10241029.
  19. Smith MP, Norris LA, Steer PJ, Savidge GF, Bonnar J. Tinzaparin sodium for thrombosis treatment and prevention during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 190:495501.
  20. Ellison J, Walker ID, Greer IA. Antenatal use of enoxaparin for prevention and treatment of thromboembolism in pregnancy. BJOG 2000; 107:11161121.
  21. Sarig G, Brenner B. Monitoring of low molecular weight heparin (LMWH) in pregnancy. Thromb Res 2005; 115 suppl 1:8486.
  22. Bates SM, Greer IA, Hirsh J, Ginsberg JS. Use of antithrombotic agents during pregnancy: the seventh ACCP conference on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:627S644S.
  23. Warkentin TE, Levine MN, Hirsh J, et al. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia in patients treated with low-molecular-weight heparin or unfractionated heparin. N Engl J Med 1995; 332:13301335.
  24. Hassell K. The management of patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia who require anticoagulant therapy. Chest 2005; 127 suppl 2:1S8S.
  25. Barbour LA, Kick SD, Steiner JF, et al. A prospective study of heparin-induced osteoporosis in pregnancy using bone densitometry. Am J Obst Gynecol 1994; 170:862869.
  26. Douketis JD, Ginsberg JS, Burrows RF, Duku EK, Webber CE, Brill-Edwards P. The effects of long-term heparin therapy during pregnancy on bone density. A prospective matched cohort study. Thromb Haemost 1996; 75:254257.
  27. Pettila V, Leinonen P, Markkola A, Hiilesmaa V, Kaaja R. Postpartum bone mineral density in women treated for thromboprophylaxis with unfractionated heparin or LMW heparin. Thromb Haemost 2002; 87:182186.
  28. Carlin AJ, Farquharson RG, Quenby SM, Topping J, Fraser WD. Prospective observational study of bone mineral density during pregnancy: low molecular weight heparin versus control. Hum Reprod 2004; 19:12111214.
  29. Casele HL, Laifer SA. Prospective evaluation of bone density in pregnant women receiving the low molecular weight heparin enoxaparin sodium. J Matern Fetal Med 2000; 9:122125.
  30. Casele H, Haney EI, James A, Rosene-Montella K, Carson M. Bone density changes in women who receive thromboprophylaxis in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195:11091113.
  31. Horlocker TT, Wedel DJ, Benzon H, et al. Regional anesthesia in the anticoagulated patient: defining the risks (the second ASRA Consensus Conference on Neuraxial Anesthesia and Anticoagulation). Reg Anesth Pain Med 2003; 28:172197.
  32. Hirsh J, Dalen JE, Anderson DR, et al. Oral anticoagulants: mechanism of action, clinical effectiveness, and optimal therapeutic range. Chest 2001; 119 suppl 1:8S21S.
  33. Levine MN, Raskob G, Beyth RJ, Kearon C, Schulman S. Hemorrhagic complications of anticoagulant treatment: the seventh ACCP conference on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:287S310S.
  34. Holmes LB. Teratogen-induced limb defects. Am J Med Genet 2002; 112:297303.
  35. Chan WS, Anand S, Ginsberg JS. Anticoagulation of pregnant women with mechanical heart valves: a systematic review of the literature. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:191196.
  36. Pauzner R, Dulitzki M, Langevitz P, Livneh A, Kenett R, Many A. Low molecular weight heparin and warfarin in the treatment of patients with antiphospholipid syndrome during pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86:13791384.
  37. Pulmonary Embolism Prevention (PEP) Trial Collaborative Group. Prevention of pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis with low dose aspirin: Pulmonary Embolism Prevention (PEP) trial. Lancet 2000; 355:12951302.
  38. Patrono C, Coller B, FitzGerald GA, Hirsh J, Roth G. Platelet-active drugs: the relationships among dose, effectiveness, and side effects: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:234S264S.
  39. Duley L, Henderson-Smart DJ, Knight M, King JF. Antiplatelet agents for preventing preeclampsia and its complications. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004; ( 1):CD004659.
  40. Coomarasamy A, Honest H, Papaioannou S, Gee H, Khan KS. Aspirin for prevention of preeclampsia in women with historical risk factors: a systematic review. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:13191332.
  41. Caritis SN, Sibai BM, Hauth J, et al, and the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Network of Maternal Fetal Medicine Units. Low-dose aspirin to prevent preeclampsia in women at high risk. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:701705.
  42. Rai R, Cohen H, Dave M, Regan L. Randomised controlled trial of aspirin and aspirin plus heparin in pregnant women with recurrent miscarriage associated with phospholipid antibodies (or antiphospholipid antibodies). BMJ 1997; 314:253257.
  43. Kozer E, Nikfar S, Costei A, Boskovic R, Nulman I, Koren G. Aspirin consumption during the first trimester of pregnancy and congenital anomalies: a meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187:16231630.
  44. Sebastian C, Scherlag M, Kugelmass A, Schechter E. Primary stent implantation for acute myocardial infarction during pregnancy: use of abciximab, ticlopidine, and aspirin. Cathet Cardiovasc Diagn 1998; 45:275249.
  45. Wilson AM, Boyle AJ, Fox P. Management of ischaemic heart disease in women of child-bearing age. Intern Med J 2004; 34:694697.
  46. Klinzing P, Markert UR, Liesaus K, Peiker G. Case report: successful pregnancy and delivery after myocardial infarction and essential thrombocythemia treated with clopidogrel. Clin Exp Obstet Gynecol 2001; 28:215216.
  47. Danhof M, de Boer A, Magnani HN, Stiekema JC. Pharmacokinetic considerations on Orgaran (Org 10172) therapy. Haemostasis 1992; 22:7384.
  48. Tardy-Poncet B, Tardy B, Reynaud J, et al. Efficacy and safety of danaparoid sodium (ORG 10172) in critically ill patients with heparin-associated thrombocytopenia. Chest 1999; 115:16161620.
  49. Lagrange F, Vergnes C, Brun JL, et al. Absence of placental transfer of pentasaccharide (fondaparinux, Arixtra) in the dually perfused human cotyledon in vitro. Thromb Haemost 2002; 87:831835.
  50. Dempfle CE. Minor transplacental passge of fondapinux in vivo. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:1914.
  51. Magnani HN. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT): an overview of 230 patients treated with orgaran (Org 10172). Thromb Haemost 1993; 70:554561.
  52. Lindhoff-Last E, Kreutzenbeck HJ, Magnani HN. Treatment of 51 pregnancies with danaparoid because of heparin intolerance. Thromb Haemost 2005; 93:6369.
  53. Greinacher A, Eckhardt T, Mussmann J, Mueller-Eckhardt C. Pregnancy complicated by heparin associated thrombocytopenia: management by a prospectively in vitro selected heparinoid (Org 10172). Thromb Res 1993; 71:123126.
  54. Schindewolf M, Mosch G, Bauersachs RM, Lindhoff-Last E. Safe anticoagulation with danaparoid in pregnancy and lactation. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92:211.
  55. Harenberg J. Treatment of a woman with lupus and thromboembolism and cutaneous intolerance to heparins using fondaparinux during pregnancy. Thromb Res 2007; 119:385388.
  56. Wijesiriwardana A, Lees DA, Lush C. Fondaparinux as anticoagulant in a pregnant woman with heparin allergy. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis 2006; 17:147149.
  57. Mazzolai L, Hohlfeld P, Spertini F, Hayoz D, Schapira M, Duchosal MA. Fondaparinux is a safe alternative in case of heparin intolerance during pregnancy. Blood 2006; 108:15691570.
  58. Hawkins D, Evans J. Minimizing the risk of heparin-induced osteoporosis during pregnancy. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2005; 4:583590.
  59. Brill-Edwards P, Ginsberg JS, Gent M, et al. Safety of withholding heparin in pregnant women with a history of venous thromboembolism. Recurrence of clot in this pregnancy study group. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:14391444.
  60. Martinelli I, Legnani C, Bucciarelli P, Grandone E, De Stefano V, Mannucci PM. Risk of pregnancy-related venous thrombosis in carriers of severe inherited thrombophilia. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86:800803.
  61. De Stefano V, Martinelli I, Rossi E, Battaglioli T, Za T, Mannucci PM, Leone G. The risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in pregnancy and puerperium without antithrombotic prophylaxis. Br J Haematol 2006; 135:386391.
  62. Barbour LA, Smith JM, Marlar RA. Heparin levels to guide thromboembolism prophylaxis during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 173:18691873.
  63. Ensom MH, Stephenson MD. Pharmacokinetics of low molecular weight heparin and unfractionated heparin in pregnancy. J Soc Gynecol Investig 2004; 11:377383.
  64. Crowther MA, Berry LR, Monagle PT, Chan AK. Mechanisms responsible for the failure of protamine to inactivate low-molecular-weight heparin. Br J Haematol 2002; 116:178186.
  65. Kearon C, Hirsh J. Management of anticoagulation before and after elective surgery. N Engl J Med 1997; 336:15061511.
  66. Thomas LA, Summers RR, Cardwell MS. Use of Greenfield filters in pregnant women at risk for pulmonary embolism. South Med J 1997; 90:215217.
  67. Maclean PS, Tait RC. Hereditary and acquired antithrombin deficiency: epidemiology, pathogenesis and treatment options. Drugs 2007; 67:14291440.
  68. Information from LactMed: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/htmlgen?LACT, LactMed Record Number: 279. Accessed 11/26/2008.
  69. Gerhardt A, Scharf RE, Beckmann MW, et al. Prothrombin and factor V mutations in women with a history of thrombosis during pregnancy and the puerperium. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:374380.
  70. Hirsch DR, Mikkola KM, Marks PW, et al. Pulmonary embolism and deep venous thrombosis during pregnancy or oral contraceptive use: prevalence of factor V Leiden. Am Heart J 1996; 131:11451148.
  71. Dizon-Townson DS, Nelson LM, Jang H, Varner MW, Ward K. The incidence of the factor V Leiden mutation in an obstetric population and its relationship to deep vein thrombosis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1997; 176:883886.
  72. McColl MD, Ramsay JE, Tait RC, et al. Risk factors for pregnancy associated venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 1997; 78:11831188.
  73. Kupferminc MJ, Fait G, Many A, Gordon D, Eldor A, Lessing JB. Severe preeclampsia and high frequency of genetic thrombophilic mutations. Obstet Gynecol 2000; 96:4549.
  74. Kupferminc MJ, Eldor A, Steinman N, et al. Increased frequency of genetic thrombophilia in women with complications of pregnancy. N Engl J Med 1999; 340:913.
  75. Robertson L, Wu O, Langhorne P, et al. Thrombophilia in pregnancy: a systematic review. Br J Haematol 2006; 132:171196.
  76. Brenner B, Hoffman R, Blumenfeld Z, Weiner Z, Younis JS. Gestational outcome in thrombophilic women with recurrent pregnancy loss treated by enoxaparin. Thromb Haemost 2000; 83:693697.
  77. Carp H, Dolitzky M, Inbal A. Thromboprophylaxis improves the live birth rate in women with consecutive recurrent miscarriages and hereditary thrombophilia. J Thromb Haemost 2003; 1:433438.
  78. Gris JC, Mercier E, Quere I, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin versus low-dose aspirin in women with one fetal loss and a constitutional thrombophilic disorder. Blood 2004; 103:36953699.
  79. Salazar E, Izaguirre R, Verdejo J, Mutchinick O. Failure of adjusted doses of subcutaneous heparin to prevent thromboembolic phenomena in pregnant patients with mechanical cardiac valve prostheses. J Am Coll Cardiol 1996; 27:16981703.
  80. Iturbe-Alessio I, Fonseca MC, Mutchinik O, Santos MA, Zajarias A, Salazar E. Risks of anticoagulant therapy in pregnant women with artificial heart valves. N Engl J Med 1986; 315:13901393.
  81. Rowan JA, McCowan LM, Raudkivi PJ, North RA. Enoxaparin treatment in women with mechanical heart valves during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001; 185:633637.
  82. Oran B, Lee-Parritz A, Ansell J. Low molecular weight heparin for the prophylaxis of thromboembolism in women with prosthetic mechanical heart valves during pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92:747751.
References
  1. Chang J, Elam-Evans LD, Berg CJ, et al. Pregnancy-related mortality surveillance-United States, 1991–1999. MMWR Surveill Summ 2003; 52:18.
  2. Lewis G, Drife JO, Clutton-Brock T, et al. Why Mothers Die, 2000–2002. The Sixth Report of the Confidential Enquiries into Maternal Deaths in the United Kingdom. London: RCOG Press, 2004.
  3. Health Canada. Special Report on Maternal Mortality and Severe Morbidity in Canada—Enhanced Surveillance: The Path to Prevention. Ottawa: Minister of Public Works and Government Services Canada, 2004. www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/rhs-ssg/srmm-rsmm/page1-eng.php. Accessed 11/26/2008.
  4. Stein PD, Hull RD, Kayali F, et al. Venous thromboembolism in pregnancy: 21-year trends. Am J Med 2004; 117:121125.
  5. Greer IA. Thrombosis in pregnancy: maternal and fetal issues. Lancet 1999; 353:12581265.
  6. Rosendaal FR. Venous thrombosis: a multicausal disease. Lancet 1999; 353:11671173.
  7. Gherman RB, Goodwin TM, Leung B, et al. Incidence, clinical characteristics, and timing of objectively diagnosed venous thromboembolism during pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol 1999; 94:730734.
  8. Weitz JI. Low-molecular-weight heparins. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:688698.
  9. Levine M, Gent M, Hirsh J, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin administered primarily at home with unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital for proximal deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:677681.
  10. Koopman MM, Prandoni P, Piovella F, et al. Treatment of venous thrombosis with intravenous unfractionated heparin administered in the hospital as compared with subcutaneous low-molecular-weight heparin administered at home. The Tasman Study Group. N Engl J Med 1996; 334:682687.
  11. Simonneau G, Sors H, Charbonnier B, et al. A comparison of low-molecular-weight heparin with unfractionated heparin for acute pulmonary embolism. The THESEE Study Group. Tinzaparine ou Heparine Standard: Evaluations dans l’Embolie Pulmonaire. N Engl J Med 1997; 337:663669.
  12. Hull RD, Raskob GE, Brant RF, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin vs heparin in the treatment of patients with pulmonary embolism. American-Canadian Thrombosis Study Group. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:229236.
  13. Sanson BJ, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al. Safety of low-molecular-weight heparin in pregnancy: a systematic review. Thromb Haemost 1999; 81:668672.
  14. Greer IA, Nelson-Piercy C. Low-molecular-weight heparins for thromboprophylaxis and treatment of venous thromboembolism in pregnancy: a systematic review of safety and efficacy. Blood 2005; 106:401407.
  15. Melissari E, Parker CJ, Wilson NV, et al. Use of low molecular weight heparin in pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 1992; 68:652656.
  16. Forestier F, Daffos F, Capella-Pavlovsky M. Low molecular weight heparin (PK 10169) does not cross the placenta during the second trimester of pregnancy study by direct fetal blood sampling under ultrasound. Thromb Res 1984; 34:557560.
  17. Forestier F, Daffos F, Rainaut M, Toulemonde F. Low molecular weight heparin (CY 216) does not cross the placenta during the third trimester of pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 1987; 57:234.
  18. Barbour LA, Oja JL, Schultz LK. A prospective trial that demonstrates that dalteparin requirements increase in pregnancy to maintain therapeutic levels of anticoagulation. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 191:10241029.
  19. Smith MP, Norris LA, Steer PJ, Savidge GF, Bonnar J. Tinzaparin sodium for thrombosis treatment and prevention during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2004; 190:495501.
  20. Ellison J, Walker ID, Greer IA. Antenatal use of enoxaparin for prevention and treatment of thromboembolism in pregnancy. BJOG 2000; 107:11161121.
  21. Sarig G, Brenner B. Monitoring of low molecular weight heparin (LMWH) in pregnancy. Thromb Res 2005; 115 suppl 1:8486.
  22. Bates SM, Greer IA, Hirsh J, Ginsberg JS. Use of antithrombotic agents during pregnancy: the seventh ACCP conference on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:627S644S.
  23. Warkentin TE, Levine MN, Hirsh J, et al. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia in patients treated with low-molecular-weight heparin or unfractionated heparin. N Engl J Med 1995; 332:13301335.
  24. Hassell K. The management of patients with heparin-induced thrombocytopenia who require anticoagulant therapy. Chest 2005; 127 suppl 2:1S8S.
  25. Barbour LA, Kick SD, Steiner JF, et al. A prospective study of heparin-induced osteoporosis in pregnancy using bone densitometry. Am J Obst Gynecol 1994; 170:862869.
  26. Douketis JD, Ginsberg JS, Burrows RF, Duku EK, Webber CE, Brill-Edwards P. The effects of long-term heparin therapy during pregnancy on bone density. A prospective matched cohort study. Thromb Haemost 1996; 75:254257.
  27. Pettila V, Leinonen P, Markkola A, Hiilesmaa V, Kaaja R. Postpartum bone mineral density in women treated for thromboprophylaxis with unfractionated heparin or LMW heparin. Thromb Haemost 2002; 87:182186.
  28. Carlin AJ, Farquharson RG, Quenby SM, Topping J, Fraser WD. Prospective observational study of bone mineral density during pregnancy: low molecular weight heparin versus control. Hum Reprod 2004; 19:12111214.
  29. Casele HL, Laifer SA. Prospective evaluation of bone density in pregnant women receiving the low molecular weight heparin enoxaparin sodium. J Matern Fetal Med 2000; 9:122125.
  30. Casele H, Haney EI, James A, Rosene-Montella K, Carson M. Bone density changes in women who receive thromboprophylaxis in pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2006; 195:11091113.
  31. Horlocker TT, Wedel DJ, Benzon H, et al. Regional anesthesia in the anticoagulated patient: defining the risks (the second ASRA Consensus Conference on Neuraxial Anesthesia and Anticoagulation). Reg Anesth Pain Med 2003; 28:172197.
  32. Hirsh J, Dalen JE, Anderson DR, et al. Oral anticoagulants: mechanism of action, clinical effectiveness, and optimal therapeutic range. Chest 2001; 119 suppl 1:8S21S.
  33. Levine MN, Raskob G, Beyth RJ, Kearon C, Schulman S. Hemorrhagic complications of anticoagulant treatment: the seventh ACCP conference on antithrombotic and thrombolytic therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:287S310S.
  34. Holmes LB. Teratogen-induced limb defects. Am J Med Genet 2002; 112:297303.
  35. Chan WS, Anand S, Ginsberg JS. Anticoagulation of pregnant women with mechanical heart valves: a systematic review of the literature. Arch Intern Med 2000; 160:191196.
  36. Pauzner R, Dulitzki M, Langevitz P, Livneh A, Kenett R, Many A. Low molecular weight heparin and warfarin in the treatment of patients with antiphospholipid syndrome during pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86:13791384.
  37. Pulmonary Embolism Prevention (PEP) Trial Collaborative Group. Prevention of pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis with low dose aspirin: Pulmonary Embolism Prevention (PEP) trial. Lancet 2000; 355:12951302.
  38. Patrono C, Coller B, FitzGerald GA, Hirsh J, Roth G. Platelet-active drugs: the relationships among dose, effectiveness, and side effects: the Seventh ACCP Conference on Antithrombotic and Thrombolytic Therapy. Chest 2004; 126 suppl 3:234S264S.
  39. Duley L, Henderson-Smart DJ, Knight M, King JF. Antiplatelet agents for preventing preeclampsia and its complications. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2004; ( 1):CD004659.
  40. Coomarasamy A, Honest H, Papaioannou S, Gee H, Khan KS. Aspirin for prevention of preeclampsia in women with historical risk factors: a systematic review. Obstet Gynecol 2003; 101:13191332.
  41. Caritis SN, Sibai BM, Hauth J, et al, and the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development Network of Maternal Fetal Medicine Units. Low-dose aspirin to prevent preeclampsia in women at high risk. N Engl J Med 1998; 338:701705.
  42. Rai R, Cohen H, Dave M, Regan L. Randomised controlled trial of aspirin and aspirin plus heparin in pregnant women with recurrent miscarriage associated with phospholipid antibodies (or antiphospholipid antibodies). BMJ 1997; 314:253257.
  43. Kozer E, Nikfar S, Costei A, Boskovic R, Nulman I, Koren G. Aspirin consumption during the first trimester of pregnancy and congenital anomalies: a meta-analysis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2002; 187:16231630.
  44. Sebastian C, Scherlag M, Kugelmass A, Schechter E. Primary stent implantation for acute myocardial infarction during pregnancy: use of abciximab, ticlopidine, and aspirin. Cathet Cardiovasc Diagn 1998; 45:275249.
  45. Wilson AM, Boyle AJ, Fox P. Management of ischaemic heart disease in women of child-bearing age. Intern Med J 2004; 34:694697.
  46. Klinzing P, Markert UR, Liesaus K, Peiker G. Case report: successful pregnancy and delivery after myocardial infarction and essential thrombocythemia treated with clopidogrel. Clin Exp Obstet Gynecol 2001; 28:215216.
  47. Danhof M, de Boer A, Magnani HN, Stiekema JC. Pharmacokinetic considerations on Orgaran (Org 10172) therapy. Haemostasis 1992; 22:7384.
  48. Tardy-Poncet B, Tardy B, Reynaud J, et al. Efficacy and safety of danaparoid sodium (ORG 10172) in critically ill patients with heparin-associated thrombocytopenia. Chest 1999; 115:16161620.
  49. Lagrange F, Vergnes C, Brun JL, et al. Absence of placental transfer of pentasaccharide (fondaparinux, Arixtra) in the dually perfused human cotyledon in vitro. Thromb Haemost 2002; 87:831835.
  50. Dempfle CE. Minor transplacental passge of fondapinux in vivo. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:1914.
  51. Magnani HN. Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT): an overview of 230 patients treated with orgaran (Org 10172). Thromb Haemost 1993; 70:554561.
  52. Lindhoff-Last E, Kreutzenbeck HJ, Magnani HN. Treatment of 51 pregnancies with danaparoid because of heparin intolerance. Thromb Haemost 2005; 93:6369.
  53. Greinacher A, Eckhardt T, Mussmann J, Mueller-Eckhardt C. Pregnancy complicated by heparin associated thrombocytopenia: management by a prospectively in vitro selected heparinoid (Org 10172). Thromb Res 1993; 71:123126.
  54. Schindewolf M, Mosch G, Bauersachs RM, Lindhoff-Last E. Safe anticoagulation with danaparoid in pregnancy and lactation. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92:211.
  55. Harenberg J. Treatment of a woman with lupus and thromboembolism and cutaneous intolerance to heparins using fondaparinux during pregnancy. Thromb Res 2007; 119:385388.
  56. Wijesiriwardana A, Lees DA, Lush C. Fondaparinux as anticoagulant in a pregnant woman with heparin allergy. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis 2006; 17:147149.
  57. Mazzolai L, Hohlfeld P, Spertini F, Hayoz D, Schapira M, Duchosal MA. Fondaparinux is a safe alternative in case of heparin intolerance during pregnancy. Blood 2006; 108:15691570.
  58. Hawkins D, Evans J. Minimizing the risk of heparin-induced osteoporosis during pregnancy. Expert Opin Drug Saf 2005; 4:583590.
  59. Brill-Edwards P, Ginsberg JS, Gent M, et al. Safety of withholding heparin in pregnant women with a history of venous thromboembolism. Recurrence of clot in this pregnancy study group. N Engl J Med 2000; 343:14391444.
  60. Martinelli I, Legnani C, Bucciarelli P, Grandone E, De Stefano V, Mannucci PM. Risk of pregnancy-related venous thrombosis in carriers of severe inherited thrombophilia. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86:800803.
  61. De Stefano V, Martinelli I, Rossi E, Battaglioli T, Za T, Mannucci PM, Leone G. The risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in pregnancy and puerperium without antithrombotic prophylaxis. Br J Haematol 2006; 135:386391.
  62. Barbour LA, Smith JM, Marlar RA. Heparin levels to guide thromboembolism prophylaxis during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1995; 173:18691873.
  63. Ensom MH, Stephenson MD. Pharmacokinetics of low molecular weight heparin and unfractionated heparin in pregnancy. J Soc Gynecol Investig 2004; 11:377383.
  64. Crowther MA, Berry LR, Monagle PT, Chan AK. Mechanisms responsible for the failure of protamine to inactivate low-molecular-weight heparin. Br J Haematol 2002; 116:178186.
  65. Kearon C, Hirsh J. Management of anticoagulation before and after elective surgery. N Engl J Med 1997; 336:15061511.
  66. Thomas LA, Summers RR, Cardwell MS. Use of Greenfield filters in pregnant women at risk for pulmonary embolism. South Med J 1997; 90:215217.
  67. Maclean PS, Tait RC. Hereditary and acquired antithrombin deficiency: epidemiology, pathogenesis and treatment options. Drugs 2007; 67:14291440.
  68. Information from LactMed: http://toxnet.nlm.nih.gov/cgi-bin/sis/htmlgen?LACT, LactMed Record Number: 279. Accessed 11/26/2008.
  69. Gerhardt A, Scharf RE, Beckmann MW, et al. Prothrombin and factor V mutations in women with a history of thrombosis during pregnancy and the puerperium. N Engl J Med 2000; 342:374380.
  70. Hirsch DR, Mikkola KM, Marks PW, et al. Pulmonary embolism and deep venous thrombosis during pregnancy or oral contraceptive use: prevalence of factor V Leiden. Am Heart J 1996; 131:11451148.
  71. Dizon-Townson DS, Nelson LM, Jang H, Varner MW, Ward K. The incidence of the factor V Leiden mutation in an obstetric population and its relationship to deep vein thrombosis. Am J Obstet Gynecol 1997; 176:883886.
  72. McColl MD, Ramsay JE, Tait RC, et al. Risk factors for pregnancy associated venous thromboembolism. Thromb Haemost 1997; 78:11831188.
  73. Kupferminc MJ, Fait G, Many A, Gordon D, Eldor A, Lessing JB. Severe preeclampsia and high frequency of genetic thrombophilic mutations. Obstet Gynecol 2000; 96:4549.
  74. Kupferminc MJ, Eldor A, Steinman N, et al. Increased frequency of genetic thrombophilia in women with complications of pregnancy. N Engl J Med 1999; 340:913.
  75. Robertson L, Wu O, Langhorne P, et al. Thrombophilia in pregnancy: a systematic review. Br J Haematol 2006; 132:171196.
  76. Brenner B, Hoffman R, Blumenfeld Z, Weiner Z, Younis JS. Gestational outcome in thrombophilic women with recurrent pregnancy loss treated by enoxaparin. Thromb Haemost 2000; 83:693697.
  77. Carp H, Dolitzky M, Inbal A. Thromboprophylaxis improves the live birth rate in women with consecutive recurrent miscarriages and hereditary thrombophilia. J Thromb Haemost 2003; 1:433438.
  78. Gris JC, Mercier E, Quere I, et al. Low-molecular-weight heparin versus low-dose aspirin in women with one fetal loss and a constitutional thrombophilic disorder. Blood 2004; 103:36953699.
  79. Salazar E, Izaguirre R, Verdejo J, Mutchinick O. Failure of adjusted doses of subcutaneous heparin to prevent thromboembolic phenomena in pregnant patients with mechanical cardiac valve prostheses. J Am Coll Cardiol 1996; 27:16981703.
  80. Iturbe-Alessio I, Fonseca MC, Mutchinik O, Santos MA, Zajarias A, Salazar E. Risks of anticoagulant therapy in pregnant women with artificial heart valves. N Engl J Med 1986; 315:13901393.
  81. Rowan JA, McCowan LM, Raudkivi PJ, North RA. Enoxaparin treatment in women with mechanical heart valves during pregnancy. Am J Obstet Gynecol 2001; 185:633637.
  82. Oran B, Lee-Parritz A, Ansell J. Low molecular weight heparin for the prophylaxis of thromboembolism in women with prosthetic mechanical heart valves during pregnancy. Thromb Haemost 2004; 92:747751.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 76(2)
Page Number
113-127
Page Number
113-127
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Anticoagulants and pregnancy: When are they safe?
Display Headline
Anticoagulants and pregnancy: When are they safe?
Sections
Inside the Article

KEY POINTS

  • Pregnancy is a hypercoagulable state. Thrombotic risk in an individual pregnancy depends on many maternal and situational factors.
  • When indicated, careful anticoagulation can proceed with minimal risk to the mother and fetus.
  • Heparins, especially LMWHs, are the main anticoagulants used in pregnancy. Dosing depends on the clinical indications and on the agent selected.
  • If anticoagulation is absolutely necessary and LMWH is contraindicated, a newer, alternative anticoagulant should be considered.
  • Warfarin should not be used in pregnancy in any but the highest-risk situations.
Disallow All Ads
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Fungal Foes: Lacazia loboi

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 01/10/2019 - 12:16
Display Headline
Fungal Foes: Lacazia loboi

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Elston DM, Sangüeza OP

Issue
Cutis - 83(2)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
67-68
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Elston DM, Sangüeza OP

Author and Disclosure Information

Elston DM, Sangüeza OP

Article PDF
Article PDF

Issue
Cutis - 83(2)
Issue
Cutis - 83(2)
Page Number
67-68
Page Number
67-68
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Fungal Foes: Lacazia loboi
Display Headline
Fungal Foes: Lacazia loboi
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

November 2008 Instant Poll Results

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 08/28/2018 - 10:56
Display Headline
November 2008 Instant Poll Results

Which of these wardrobe items would you ban from the hospital?*



37% Jewelry on the hand and wrist
16% White coat
8% Long-sleeve shirt
29% Long necktie
10% Wrist watch

* FOR MEDICAL STAFF

Issue
OBG Management - 21(02)
Publications
Page Number
14-14
Sections

Which of these wardrobe items would you ban from the hospital?*



37% Jewelry on the hand and wrist
16% White coat
8% Long-sleeve shirt
29% Long necktie
10% Wrist watch

* FOR MEDICAL STAFF

Which of these wardrobe items would you ban from the hospital?*



37% Jewelry on the hand and wrist
16% White coat
8% Long-sleeve shirt
29% Long necktie
10% Wrist watch

* FOR MEDICAL STAFF

Issue
OBG Management - 21(02)
Issue
OBG Management - 21(02)
Page Number
14-14
Page Number
14-14
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
November 2008 Instant Poll Results
Display Headline
November 2008 Instant Poll Results
Sections
Disallow All Ads

ROUNDTABLE PART 2 OF 2: Using mesh to repair prolapse: Averting, managing complications

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 08/28/2018 - 10:56
Display Headline
ROUNDTABLE PART 2 OF 2: Using mesh to repair prolapse: Averting, managing complications

Hear Dr Phillips discuss the key points of this series

Vaginal placement of mesh for the correction of pelvic organ prolapse is not an entirely benign procedure. As Mickey M. Karram, MD, and an expert panel discuss in this article—the second of a two-part series—complications secondary to mesh placement can be a challenge to correct and often make life miserable for patients who experience them. Here, these experts address mesh erosion, extrusion, and other serious complications; discuss ways to prevent them; and offer strategies for managing them when they arise.

In Part 1, which appeared in the January 2009 issue of OBG Management, the panel discussed the increasing use of mesh in prolapse repair—in particular, the proliferation of mesh kits.

How common is erosion?

DR. KARRAM: The literature seems to indicate that, even in the best of hands, there is an extrusion, or erosion, rate of between 5% and 17% when mesh is used. Would you agree with this statistic?

DR. LUCENTE: Not completely. The vaginal exposure rate can be as low as 2%, as reported by our center and others, when the mesh is properly placed below all histologic layers of the vaginal wall, as it is when it is “delivered” to the pelvis via the transabdominal route.1,2

At the other end of the scale, an exposure rate above 17% has been reported when mesh is improperly placed within the vaginal wall—that is, just below the mucosa, as some surgeons have described in the methodology section of their abstract or article.3,4

THE OBG MANAGEMENT EXPERT PANEL


MICKEY M. KARRAM, MD, moderator, is Director of Urogynecology at Good Samaritan Hospital and Voluntary Professor of ObGyn at the University of Cincinnati School of Medicine in Cincinnati, Ohio.


SHLOMO RAZ, MD, is Professor of Urology and Chief of Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Urology at UCLA School of Medicine in Los Angeles.


VINCENT LUCENTE, MD, MBA, is Founder and Director of the Institute for Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery in Allentown, Pa, and Clinical Professor of ObGyn at Temple University School of Medicine in Philadelphia.


MARK D. WALTERS, MD, is Professor and Vice Chair of Gynecology, Section of Urogynecology and Reconstructive Pelvic Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, at the Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland, Ohio.

We have found that complete, full-thickness dissection of the vaginal wall into the true pelvic space (vesicovaginal and rectovaginal), utilizing small vaginal incisions and limiting hysterectomy and the trimming of vaginal mucosa, can promote a very low vaginal-exposure rate.

DR. WALTERS: Some surgeons tell me that their own extrusion or erosion rate is lower than the published rate of 5% to 17%, but it is impossible to be certain of the long-term outcome in any patient unless she is followed carefully. The patient may consult another physician about her complications. The primary surgeon—even an expert—often does not know the actual mesh complication rate.

That said, I am sure that some surgeons are particularly adept at using mesh kits for prolapse repair, thereby keeping their mesh complication rate low. The 5% to 17% number is what most gynecologic surgeons should expect for their patients.

DR. RAZ: The complication rates are clearly underreported since very few centers of excellence report on complications and the majority of users don’t report them. Also, the reported complication rate concerns short-term erosion. I imagine that, as time passes and vaginal tissue becomes more atrophic, the incidence of erosion will increase.

Are simple measures enough to resolve erosion?

DR. KARRAM: There seems to be a general perception that most extrusions or erosions can be easily managed in the office by placing estrogen or trimming. In our experience, that approach has been successful in a minority of cases only.

What have you seen?

DR. WALTERS: At the Cleveland Clinic, as at most tertiary care referral centers, we often see the worst cases of extrusion or erosion related to mesh. Estrogen helps in some cases of simple mesh exposure, especially after sacrocolpopexy. If estrogen is going to be effective, however, the problem should clear up relatively quickly; if it isn’t effective after a month or two of therapy, estrogen is unlikely to ever be successful.

When it comes to related problems, such as ridges or strictures in the vagina, dyspareunia, penile pain with insertion, and vaginal burning pain, I have not found simple trimming and estrogen to be effective.

DR. KARRAM: It’s also unlikely that simple excision or placement of estrogen will be successful over the long term. When an extrusion or erosion occurs, we are generally seeing only the tip of the iceberg. That’s because mesh is placed in a certain plane. Although only part of the mesh may be exposed, the entire mesh is likely to be affected because it lies in the same plane.

 

 

Also, because of the special nature of vaginal flora, it is unlikely that a foreign body is going to be successfully managed by simple excision or placement of estrogen.

DR. LUCENTE: Management of vaginal exposure really depends on the size of the exposure, its location, and whether there is underlying infection or ischemia of host tissue. When the exposure is small (<1 cm in diameter) and in the midline, with the mesh lying flat below the plane of the vaginal wall, we have been very successful using a conservative approach.

However, even the tiniest of exposures needs to be surgically excised if it traverses the vaginal sulcus. Obviously, any mesh erosion into viscera such as the bladder and bowel also requires surgical intervention. Host-tissue factors always play a contributing role.

I also want to point out that the manner in which exposure is managed depends to some extent on whether the mesh was properly placed. Exposures that arise when mesh is implanted improperly are difficult to correct and usually require complete removal.

Although we, too, started off with an exposure rate around 8%, it is now very low, thanks to technical advancements.

DR. RAZ: A very small vaginal erosion of a mesh sling can sometimes be managed in the office by excision. The cases referred to our service generally involve more extensive areas of exposure that will not be resolved by local treatment.

Is risk of injury operator-dependent?

DR. KARRAM: We’re all seeing very severe complications secondary to mesh placement. Would each of you give your opinion as to whether the severe complications such as significant pain, dyspareunia, and injury of important structures are mostly technical or inherent to mesh placement. Would they happen in the best of hands?

DR. LUCENTE: The more severe complications, for the most part, are very much related to technique. Not that they cannot happen in the very best of hands, but they are extremely rare when technique is meticulous.

Over a 4-year period, after well over 1,000 transvaginal mesh surgeries at our center, we had no death, ICU admission, or transfusion, and our intraoperative complication rate was only 3%, most commonly involving simple cystotomy without long-term consequence. This compares very favorably to the nearly 12% complication rate reported recently in the CARE trial for abdominal sacral colpopexy.5

Our primary challenge today is preventing postoperative dyspareunia. Our rate of new-onset dyspareunia is approximately 3.5%. This complication is, I think, more likely to be related to the inherent material properties of mesh, such as elasticity and flexural rigidity, and to host-tissue response to the material itself.

DR. RAZ: I think that the majority of complications are operator-dependent. Thin dissection of the vaginal wall and unrecognized bladder, urethral, and vaginal perforation are the most common reasons for the complications. Mesh does not move after surgery; if there is a problem, it means that the mesh was misplaced.

Another problem is that industry, in an effort to sell more kits, is pushing physicians who are unfamiliar with the principles of pelvic reconstruction to perform this complex procedure. Repair of major vaginal prolapse is not a simple sling procedure.

In addition, there is a greater likelihood of complications in patients who have severe atrophic tissues. These patients should not be candidates for mesh reconstruction.

DR. WALTERS: Many of the complications that we see with mesh are certainly operator-dependent. For example, mesh that is placed under too much tension leaves the vagina tight and stiff, and mesh that is placed with ripples and ridges causes irregularities in the vagina that are often painful, especially during intercourse.

I do not believe that mesh “erodes” into the bladder, urethra, or rectum, but that it is placed there inadvertently and overlooked intraoperatively (FIGURES 1 and 2), Visceral erosion can occur if the primary surgeon made a cystotomy or proctotomy before proceeding with the mesh kit, and the mesh eventually wore through the repaired area.

There are also some problems that are inherent to mesh, and that occur even in the best hands and after surgeries that are performed very competently. Some mesh exposures are inevitable, as are some cases of dyspareunia and rare cases of vaginal burning and pain. In addition, I am seeing more de novo SUI [stress urinary incontinence] with anterior mesh kits. Although this is not really a complication, it does lead to dissatisfaction in patients and merits efforts to prevent it.

DR. KARRAM: Yes. With the current state of mesh, I believe pain and dyspareunia are almost inevitable in some cases.

 

 

DR. LUCENTE: Another problem that is currently underaddressed is scar plating along the surface of the mesh. Such plating forms more readily in the absence of mechanical movement or distention during the early stages of wound healing. To make a comparison, even the best reconstructive orthopedic surgeons cannot achieve optimal functional outcomes with an implant surgery without intense postoperative physical therapy, which may simply involve range of motion or movement.

Most everyone is familiar with the capsular fibrosis and contraction that develop around a breast implant if there isn’t immediate postoperative massaging of the breast tissue and implant during wound repair. I am confident that the rate of dyspareunia will decline over time if specialists in reconstructive pelvic surgery pay closer attention to optimizing vaginal length, preserving the cervix (in women with relatively shorter vaginal length), and ensuring optimal apical attachment (that is, above the ischial spine) in younger, sexually active patients.

DR. RAZ: I think it is the surgeon rather than the surgery who causes most complications. In its effort to sell kits, industry sometimes puts them in the hands of surgeons who are not well prepared for the task. This operation can be quite complex, and you cannot create a pelvic surgeon from a physician who is unfamiliar with the anatomy. If you cannot manage the potential complications, you should not perform this type of surgery.


FIGURE 1 When mesh “erodes” into the urethra

Two images of mesh in the urethra. There is some uncertainty here whether mesh that has penetrated the urethra eroded through vaginal tissue or was placed there inadvertently and overlooked intraoperatively.

FIGURE 2 Mesh in the bladder

A segment of tension-free vaginal tape has penetrated into the bladder.

Should mesh be removed at the time of injury?

DR. KARRAM: As we discuss specific complications, let’s start with the most severe, which I would say relate to the inadvertent placement of mesh through important structures such as bowel, bladder, or ureters. If this were to happen and be diagnosed intraoperatively, what would you recommend that the surgeon do—abort the procedure or simply remove the mesh or trocar and attempt to pass it again safely?

DR. LUCENTE: That is a difficult question to answer because so much depends on various intraoperative factors.

I am much more comfortable proceeding with surgery after intraoperative bladder injury than after bowel or rectal injury. We have successfully corrected cystotomies that were small, did not encroach on the ureter, and were easily repaired without tension—and we have seen no fistula formation as a result.

The key is to maintain a high index of suspicion throughout the procedure. We have always diagnosed injuries before mesh is delivered—either during dissection or during passage of the needle or trocar. We have not experienced any ureteral injuries aside from “kinking” of one ureter, which was easily corrected with simple readjustment of the mesh.

If, at any time, we were concerned about potential infection, fistula, or a more severe complication that would be aggravated by proceeding with the operation, we would abort the procedure. However, we would be likely to proceed with an alternative operation to address the pelvic-support defect so that the patient would not awaken with intraoperative injury and no surgical treatment for her primary complaint.

We conduct informed consent in such a way as to preserve our flexibility to adapt the surgical plan to execute the reparative work that is necessary despite the development of a non–life-threatening complication during surgery. In the event of any injury to the bowel that would involve gross spillage of fecal material, of course, I would abort placement of synthetic mesh.

DR. WALTERS: If I placed one of the trocars through the bladder or bowel, I would probably remove it, reposition it, and continue with the surgery. With bladder perforation, this approach is generally no problem, but I would usually leave a Foley catheter in place for 1 week of continuous bladder drainage.

If I placed the trocar through the rectum, I would probably oversew the proctotomy, irrigate the space, and continue with the mesh repair. If I had an outright laceration in the bladder or rectum as part of the dissection, I would repair it and consider converting the surgery to prolapse repair without mesh.

The most dreaded complication: the foreshortened vagina

DR. KARRAM: It would seem that the most difficult complication to deal with is the foreshortened, firm, painful vagina. A patient who has these problems may be perceived, at times, as a pelvic “cripple.” Is this an accepted, albeit rare, complication? Or can it be avoided?

 

 

DR. LUCENTE: This is the most feared complication arising from the use of synthetic mesh. I do believe it can almost always be avoided—but I never say never. The key is to pay full attention to considerations of vaginal length before surgery, including, first, preservation of the cervix, and, second, placing the mesh loosely, properly sized, and attached with optimization of apical support to preserve vaginal length.

I also believe that use of second-generation meshes that are lighter, more elastic, and more flexible helps reduce this complication when the mesh is properly placed by a surgeon well trained in the technique.

When the vagina is foreshortened, the sooner it is revised, the better the chance that pain will resolve, whether the mesh is removed or released.

DR. RAZ: Mesh infection, capsular formation, dissection of a thin vaginal wall, and excess vaginal-wall excision lead to the short, firm, and painful vagina. The use and abuse of mesh has created a new subspecialty to manage mesh complications. The PFS syndrome (painful, firm, and short vagina) is one of the most difficult complications to treat because, in many cases, it cannot be reversed without major surgery.

DR. WALTERS: Women who have a foreshortened, firm, or painful vagina after mesh augmentation almost always need to have the mesh removed with reconstruction of the vaginal canal. I have never seen a successful outcome in this type of patient without complete or near-complete removal of the mesh.

References

1. van Raalte H, Lucente V, Haff R, Murphy M. Prolift: an innovative delivery system for transvaginal placement of synthetic grafts for the repair of pelvic organ prolapse. J Pelvic Med Surg .2007;13:351-360.

2. Murphy M, Raders JL, Haff R, Yeager M, Lucente V. Early U.S. experience with vaginal extraperitoneal colpopexy using propylene graft (Prolift) for the treatment of pelvic organ prolapse. J Pelvic Med Surg .2006;12:104-105.

3. Nguyen JM, Burchette RJ. Outcome after anterior vaginal prolapse repair: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;111:891-898.

4. Nieminen K, Hiltunen R, Heiskanen E, et al. Symptom resolution and sexual function after anterior vaginal wall repair with or without polypropylene mesh. Int Urogynecol J Pelvic Floor Dysfunct. 2008;19:1611-1616.

5. Brubaker L, Nygaard I, Richter HE, et al. Two-year outcomes after sacrocolpopexy with and without Burch to prevent stress urinary incontinence. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;112:49-55.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Mickey M. Karram, MD, MODERATOR
Vincent Lucente, MD, MBA
Shlomo Raz, MD
Mark D. Walters, MD
Dr. Karram receives research support from Ethicon Women’s Health and Urology, Allergan, and Biosante and is a consultant and speaker for Astellas, Ethicon Women’s Health and Urology, and CooperSurgical. He has a financial interest in Emedsco.
Dr. Lucente receives grant or research support from and consults for Ethicon, AMS, and Bard and is a speaker for Ethicon and Bard.
Dr. Raz reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.
Dr. Walters is a consultant and speaker for AMS and Boston Scientific.

Issue
OBG Management - 21(02)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
21-28
Legacy Keywords
Mickey M. Karram MD; Vincent Lucente MD MBA; Shlomo Raz MD; Mark D. Walters MD; Surgical Techniques; roundtable
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Mickey M. Karram, MD, MODERATOR
Vincent Lucente, MD, MBA
Shlomo Raz, MD
Mark D. Walters, MD
Dr. Karram receives research support from Ethicon Women’s Health and Urology, Allergan, and Biosante and is a consultant and speaker for Astellas, Ethicon Women’s Health and Urology, and CooperSurgical. He has a financial interest in Emedsco.
Dr. Lucente receives grant or research support from and consults for Ethicon, AMS, and Bard and is a speaker for Ethicon and Bard.
Dr. Raz reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.
Dr. Walters is a consultant and speaker for AMS and Boston Scientific.

Author and Disclosure Information

Mickey M. Karram, MD, MODERATOR
Vincent Lucente, MD, MBA
Shlomo Raz, MD
Mark D. Walters, MD
Dr. Karram receives research support from Ethicon Women’s Health and Urology, Allergan, and Biosante and is a consultant and speaker for Astellas, Ethicon Women’s Health and Urology, and CooperSurgical. He has a financial interest in Emedsco.
Dr. Lucente receives grant or research support from and consults for Ethicon, AMS, and Bard and is a speaker for Ethicon and Bard.
Dr. Raz reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.
Dr. Walters is a consultant and speaker for AMS and Boston Scientific.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Hear Dr Phillips discuss the key points of this series

Vaginal placement of mesh for the correction of pelvic organ prolapse is not an entirely benign procedure. As Mickey M. Karram, MD, and an expert panel discuss in this article—the second of a two-part series—complications secondary to mesh placement can be a challenge to correct and often make life miserable for patients who experience them. Here, these experts address mesh erosion, extrusion, and other serious complications; discuss ways to prevent them; and offer strategies for managing them when they arise.

In Part 1, which appeared in the January 2009 issue of OBG Management, the panel discussed the increasing use of mesh in prolapse repair—in particular, the proliferation of mesh kits.

How common is erosion?

DR. KARRAM: The literature seems to indicate that, even in the best of hands, there is an extrusion, or erosion, rate of between 5% and 17% when mesh is used. Would you agree with this statistic?

DR. LUCENTE: Not completely. The vaginal exposure rate can be as low as 2%, as reported by our center and others, when the mesh is properly placed below all histologic layers of the vaginal wall, as it is when it is “delivered” to the pelvis via the transabdominal route.1,2

At the other end of the scale, an exposure rate above 17% has been reported when mesh is improperly placed within the vaginal wall—that is, just below the mucosa, as some surgeons have described in the methodology section of their abstract or article.3,4

THE OBG MANAGEMENT EXPERT PANEL


MICKEY M. KARRAM, MD, moderator, is Director of Urogynecology at Good Samaritan Hospital and Voluntary Professor of ObGyn at the University of Cincinnati School of Medicine in Cincinnati, Ohio.


SHLOMO RAZ, MD, is Professor of Urology and Chief of Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Urology at UCLA School of Medicine in Los Angeles.


VINCENT LUCENTE, MD, MBA, is Founder and Director of the Institute for Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery in Allentown, Pa, and Clinical Professor of ObGyn at Temple University School of Medicine in Philadelphia.


MARK D. WALTERS, MD, is Professor and Vice Chair of Gynecology, Section of Urogynecology and Reconstructive Pelvic Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, at the Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland, Ohio.

We have found that complete, full-thickness dissection of the vaginal wall into the true pelvic space (vesicovaginal and rectovaginal), utilizing small vaginal incisions and limiting hysterectomy and the trimming of vaginal mucosa, can promote a very low vaginal-exposure rate.

DR. WALTERS: Some surgeons tell me that their own extrusion or erosion rate is lower than the published rate of 5% to 17%, but it is impossible to be certain of the long-term outcome in any patient unless she is followed carefully. The patient may consult another physician about her complications. The primary surgeon—even an expert—often does not know the actual mesh complication rate.

That said, I am sure that some surgeons are particularly adept at using mesh kits for prolapse repair, thereby keeping their mesh complication rate low. The 5% to 17% number is what most gynecologic surgeons should expect for their patients.

DR. RAZ: The complication rates are clearly underreported since very few centers of excellence report on complications and the majority of users don’t report them. Also, the reported complication rate concerns short-term erosion. I imagine that, as time passes and vaginal tissue becomes more atrophic, the incidence of erosion will increase.

Are simple measures enough to resolve erosion?

DR. KARRAM: There seems to be a general perception that most extrusions or erosions can be easily managed in the office by placing estrogen or trimming. In our experience, that approach has been successful in a minority of cases only.

What have you seen?

DR. WALTERS: At the Cleveland Clinic, as at most tertiary care referral centers, we often see the worst cases of extrusion or erosion related to mesh. Estrogen helps in some cases of simple mesh exposure, especially after sacrocolpopexy. If estrogen is going to be effective, however, the problem should clear up relatively quickly; if it isn’t effective after a month or two of therapy, estrogen is unlikely to ever be successful.

When it comes to related problems, such as ridges or strictures in the vagina, dyspareunia, penile pain with insertion, and vaginal burning pain, I have not found simple trimming and estrogen to be effective.

DR. KARRAM: It’s also unlikely that simple excision or placement of estrogen will be successful over the long term. When an extrusion or erosion occurs, we are generally seeing only the tip of the iceberg. That’s because mesh is placed in a certain plane. Although only part of the mesh may be exposed, the entire mesh is likely to be affected because it lies in the same plane.

 

 

Also, because of the special nature of vaginal flora, it is unlikely that a foreign body is going to be successfully managed by simple excision or placement of estrogen.

DR. LUCENTE: Management of vaginal exposure really depends on the size of the exposure, its location, and whether there is underlying infection or ischemia of host tissue. When the exposure is small (<1 cm in diameter) and in the midline, with the mesh lying flat below the plane of the vaginal wall, we have been very successful using a conservative approach.

However, even the tiniest of exposures needs to be surgically excised if it traverses the vaginal sulcus. Obviously, any mesh erosion into viscera such as the bladder and bowel also requires surgical intervention. Host-tissue factors always play a contributing role.

I also want to point out that the manner in which exposure is managed depends to some extent on whether the mesh was properly placed. Exposures that arise when mesh is implanted improperly are difficult to correct and usually require complete removal.

Although we, too, started off with an exposure rate around 8%, it is now very low, thanks to technical advancements.

DR. RAZ: A very small vaginal erosion of a mesh sling can sometimes be managed in the office by excision. The cases referred to our service generally involve more extensive areas of exposure that will not be resolved by local treatment.

Is risk of injury operator-dependent?

DR. KARRAM: We’re all seeing very severe complications secondary to mesh placement. Would each of you give your opinion as to whether the severe complications such as significant pain, dyspareunia, and injury of important structures are mostly technical or inherent to mesh placement. Would they happen in the best of hands?

DR. LUCENTE: The more severe complications, for the most part, are very much related to technique. Not that they cannot happen in the very best of hands, but they are extremely rare when technique is meticulous.

Over a 4-year period, after well over 1,000 transvaginal mesh surgeries at our center, we had no death, ICU admission, or transfusion, and our intraoperative complication rate was only 3%, most commonly involving simple cystotomy without long-term consequence. This compares very favorably to the nearly 12% complication rate reported recently in the CARE trial for abdominal sacral colpopexy.5

Our primary challenge today is preventing postoperative dyspareunia. Our rate of new-onset dyspareunia is approximately 3.5%. This complication is, I think, more likely to be related to the inherent material properties of mesh, such as elasticity and flexural rigidity, and to host-tissue response to the material itself.

DR. RAZ: I think that the majority of complications are operator-dependent. Thin dissection of the vaginal wall and unrecognized bladder, urethral, and vaginal perforation are the most common reasons for the complications. Mesh does not move after surgery; if there is a problem, it means that the mesh was misplaced.

Another problem is that industry, in an effort to sell more kits, is pushing physicians who are unfamiliar with the principles of pelvic reconstruction to perform this complex procedure. Repair of major vaginal prolapse is not a simple sling procedure.

In addition, there is a greater likelihood of complications in patients who have severe atrophic tissues. These patients should not be candidates for mesh reconstruction.

DR. WALTERS: Many of the complications that we see with mesh are certainly operator-dependent. For example, mesh that is placed under too much tension leaves the vagina tight and stiff, and mesh that is placed with ripples and ridges causes irregularities in the vagina that are often painful, especially during intercourse.

I do not believe that mesh “erodes” into the bladder, urethra, or rectum, but that it is placed there inadvertently and overlooked intraoperatively (FIGURES 1 and 2), Visceral erosion can occur if the primary surgeon made a cystotomy or proctotomy before proceeding with the mesh kit, and the mesh eventually wore through the repaired area.

There are also some problems that are inherent to mesh, and that occur even in the best hands and after surgeries that are performed very competently. Some mesh exposures are inevitable, as are some cases of dyspareunia and rare cases of vaginal burning and pain. In addition, I am seeing more de novo SUI [stress urinary incontinence] with anterior mesh kits. Although this is not really a complication, it does lead to dissatisfaction in patients and merits efforts to prevent it.

DR. KARRAM: Yes. With the current state of mesh, I believe pain and dyspareunia are almost inevitable in some cases.

 

 

DR. LUCENTE: Another problem that is currently underaddressed is scar plating along the surface of the mesh. Such plating forms more readily in the absence of mechanical movement or distention during the early stages of wound healing. To make a comparison, even the best reconstructive orthopedic surgeons cannot achieve optimal functional outcomes with an implant surgery without intense postoperative physical therapy, which may simply involve range of motion or movement.

Most everyone is familiar with the capsular fibrosis and contraction that develop around a breast implant if there isn’t immediate postoperative massaging of the breast tissue and implant during wound repair. I am confident that the rate of dyspareunia will decline over time if specialists in reconstructive pelvic surgery pay closer attention to optimizing vaginal length, preserving the cervix (in women with relatively shorter vaginal length), and ensuring optimal apical attachment (that is, above the ischial spine) in younger, sexually active patients.

DR. RAZ: I think it is the surgeon rather than the surgery who causes most complications. In its effort to sell kits, industry sometimes puts them in the hands of surgeons who are not well prepared for the task. This operation can be quite complex, and you cannot create a pelvic surgeon from a physician who is unfamiliar with the anatomy. If you cannot manage the potential complications, you should not perform this type of surgery.


FIGURE 1 When mesh “erodes” into the urethra

Two images of mesh in the urethra. There is some uncertainty here whether mesh that has penetrated the urethra eroded through vaginal tissue or was placed there inadvertently and overlooked intraoperatively.

FIGURE 2 Mesh in the bladder

A segment of tension-free vaginal tape has penetrated into the bladder.

Should mesh be removed at the time of injury?

DR. KARRAM: As we discuss specific complications, let’s start with the most severe, which I would say relate to the inadvertent placement of mesh through important structures such as bowel, bladder, or ureters. If this were to happen and be diagnosed intraoperatively, what would you recommend that the surgeon do—abort the procedure or simply remove the mesh or trocar and attempt to pass it again safely?

DR. LUCENTE: That is a difficult question to answer because so much depends on various intraoperative factors.

I am much more comfortable proceeding with surgery after intraoperative bladder injury than after bowel or rectal injury. We have successfully corrected cystotomies that were small, did not encroach on the ureter, and were easily repaired without tension—and we have seen no fistula formation as a result.

The key is to maintain a high index of suspicion throughout the procedure. We have always diagnosed injuries before mesh is delivered—either during dissection or during passage of the needle or trocar. We have not experienced any ureteral injuries aside from “kinking” of one ureter, which was easily corrected with simple readjustment of the mesh.

If, at any time, we were concerned about potential infection, fistula, or a more severe complication that would be aggravated by proceeding with the operation, we would abort the procedure. However, we would be likely to proceed with an alternative operation to address the pelvic-support defect so that the patient would not awaken with intraoperative injury and no surgical treatment for her primary complaint.

We conduct informed consent in such a way as to preserve our flexibility to adapt the surgical plan to execute the reparative work that is necessary despite the development of a non–life-threatening complication during surgery. In the event of any injury to the bowel that would involve gross spillage of fecal material, of course, I would abort placement of synthetic mesh.

DR. WALTERS: If I placed one of the trocars through the bladder or bowel, I would probably remove it, reposition it, and continue with the surgery. With bladder perforation, this approach is generally no problem, but I would usually leave a Foley catheter in place for 1 week of continuous bladder drainage.

If I placed the trocar through the rectum, I would probably oversew the proctotomy, irrigate the space, and continue with the mesh repair. If I had an outright laceration in the bladder or rectum as part of the dissection, I would repair it and consider converting the surgery to prolapse repair without mesh.

The most dreaded complication: the foreshortened vagina

DR. KARRAM: It would seem that the most difficult complication to deal with is the foreshortened, firm, painful vagina. A patient who has these problems may be perceived, at times, as a pelvic “cripple.” Is this an accepted, albeit rare, complication? Or can it be avoided?

 

 

DR. LUCENTE: This is the most feared complication arising from the use of synthetic mesh. I do believe it can almost always be avoided—but I never say never. The key is to pay full attention to considerations of vaginal length before surgery, including, first, preservation of the cervix, and, second, placing the mesh loosely, properly sized, and attached with optimization of apical support to preserve vaginal length.

I also believe that use of second-generation meshes that are lighter, more elastic, and more flexible helps reduce this complication when the mesh is properly placed by a surgeon well trained in the technique.

When the vagina is foreshortened, the sooner it is revised, the better the chance that pain will resolve, whether the mesh is removed or released.

DR. RAZ: Mesh infection, capsular formation, dissection of a thin vaginal wall, and excess vaginal-wall excision lead to the short, firm, and painful vagina. The use and abuse of mesh has created a new subspecialty to manage mesh complications. The PFS syndrome (painful, firm, and short vagina) is one of the most difficult complications to treat because, in many cases, it cannot be reversed without major surgery.

DR. WALTERS: Women who have a foreshortened, firm, or painful vagina after mesh augmentation almost always need to have the mesh removed with reconstruction of the vaginal canal. I have never seen a successful outcome in this type of patient without complete or near-complete removal of the mesh.

Hear Dr Phillips discuss the key points of this series

Vaginal placement of mesh for the correction of pelvic organ prolapse is not an entirely benign procedure. As Mickey M. Karram, MD, and an expert panel discuss in this article—the second of a two-part series—complications secondary to mesh placement can be a challenge to correct and often make life miserable for patients who experience them. Here, these experts address mesh erosion, extrusion, and other serious complications; discuss ways to prevent them; and offer strategies for managing them when they arise.

In Part 1, which appeared in the January 2009 issue of OBG Management, the panel discussed the increasing use of mesh in prolapse repair—in particular, the proliferation of mesh kits.

How common is erosion?

DR. KARRAM: The literature seems to indicate that, even in the best of hands, there is an extrusion, or erosion, rate of between 5% and 17% when mesh is used. Would you agree with this statistic?

DR. LUCENTE: Not completely. The vaginal exposure rate can be as low as 2%, as reported by our center and others, when the mesh is properly placed below all histologic layers of the vaginal wall, as it is when it is “delivered” to the pelvis via the transabdominal route.1,2

At the other end of the scale, an exposure rate above 17% has been reported when mesh is improperly placed within the vaginal wall—that is, just below the mucosa, as some surgeons have described in the methodology section of their abstract or article.3,4

THE OBG MANAGEMENT EXPERT PANEL


MICKEY M. KARRAM, MD, moderator, is Director of Urogynecology at Good Samaritan Hospital and Voluntary Professor of ObGyn at the University of Cincinnati School of Medicine in Cincinnati, Ohio.


SHLOMO RAZ, MD, is Professor of Urology and Chief of Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Urology at UCLA School of Medicine in Los Angeles.


VINCENT LUCENTE, MD, MBA, is Founder and Director of the Institute for Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery in Allentown, Pa, and Clinical Professor of ObGyn at Temple University School of Medicine in Philadelphia.


MARK D. WALTERS, MD, is Professor and Vice Chair of Gynecology, Section of Urogynecology and Reconstructive Pelvic Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, at the Cleveland Clinic in Cleveland, Ohio.

We have found that complete, full-thickness dissection of the vaginal wall into the true pelvic space (vesicovaginal and rectovaginal), utilizing small vaginal incisions and limiting hysterectomy and the trimming of vaginal mucosa, can promote a very low vaginal-exposure rate.

DR. WALTERS: Some surgeons tell me that their own extrusion or erosion rate is lower than the published rate of 5% to 17%, but it is impossible to be certain of the long-term outcome in any patient unless she is followed carefully. The patient may consult another physician about her complications. The primary surgeon—even an expert—often does not know the actual mesh complication rate.

That said, I am sure that some surgeons are particularly adept at using mesh kits for prolapse repair, thereby keeping their mesh complication rate low. The 5% to 17% number is what most gynecologic surgeons should expect for their patients.

DR. RAZ: The complication rates are clearly underreported since very few centers of excellence report on complications and the majority of users don’t report them. Also, the reported complication rate concerns short-term erosion. I imagine that, as time passes and vaginal tissue becomes more atrophic, the incidence of erosion will increase.

Are simple measures enough to resolve erosion?

DR. KARRAM: There seems to be a general perception that most extrusions or erosions can be easily managed in the office by placing estrogen or trimming. In our experience, that approach has been successful in a minority of cases only.

What have you seen?

DR. WALTERS: At the Cleveland Clinic, as at most tertiary care referral centers, we often see the worst cases of extrusion or erosion related to mesh. Estrogen helps in some cases of simple mesh exposure, especially after sacrocolpopexy. If estrogen is going to be effective, however, the problem should clear up relatively quickly; if it isn’t effective after a month or two of therapy, estrogen is unlikely to ever be successful.

When it comes to related problems, such as ridges or strictures in the vagina, dyspareunia, penile pain with insertion, and vaginal burning pain, I have not found simple trimming and estrogen to be effective.

DR. KARRAM: It’s also unlikely that simple excision or placement of estrogen will be successful over the long term. When an extrusion or erosion occurs, we are generally seeing only the tip of the iceberg. That’s because mesh is placed in a certain plane. Although only part of the mesh may be exposed, the entire mesh is likely to be affected because it lies in the same plane.

 

 

Also, because of the special nature of vaginal flora, it is unlikely that a foreign body is going to be successfully managed by simple excision or placement of estrogen.

DR. LUCENTE: Management of vaginal exposure really depends on the size of the exposure, its location, and whether there is underlying infection or ischemia of host tissue. When the exposure is small (<1 cm in diameter) and in the midline, with the mesh lying flat below the plane of the vaginal wall, we have been very successful using a conservative approach.

However, even the tiniest of exposures needs to be surgically excised if it traverses the vaginal sulcus. Obviously, any mesh erosion into viscera such as the bladder and bowel also requires surgical intervention. Host-tissue factors always play a contributing role.

I also want to point out that the manner in which exposure is managed depends to some extent on whether the mesh was properly placed. Exposures that arise when mesh is implanted improperly are difficult to correct and usually require complete removal.

Although we, too, started off with an exposure rate around 8%, it is now very low, thanks to technical advancements.

DR. RAZ: A very small vaginal erosion of a mesh sling can sometimes be managed in the office by excision. The cases referred to our service generally involve more extensive areas of exposure that will not be resolved by local treatment.

Is risk of injury operator-dependent?

DR. KARRAM: We’re all seeing very severe complications secondary to mesh placement. Would each of you give your opinion as to whether the severe complications such as significant pain, dyspareunia, and injury of important structures are mostly technical or inherent to mesh placement. Would they happen in the best of hands?

DR. LUCENTE: The more severe complications, for the most part, are very much related to technique. Not that they cannot happen in the very best of hands, but they are extremely rare when technique is meticulous.

Over a 4-year period, after well over 1,000 transvaginal mesh surgeries at our center, we had no death, ICU admission, or transfusion, and our intraoperative complication rate was only 3%, most commonly involving simple cystotomy without long-term consequence. This compares very favorably to the nearly 12% complication rate reported recently in the CARE trial for abdominal sacral colpopexy.5

Our primary challenge today is preventing postoperative dyspareunia. Our rate of new-onset dyspareunia is approximately 3.5%. This complication is, I think, more likely to be related to the inherent material properties of mesh, such as elasticity and flexural rigidity, and to host-tissue response to the material itself.

DR. RAZ: I think that the majority of complications are operator-dependent. Thin dissection of the vaginal wall and unrecognized bladder, urethral, and vaginal perforation are the most common reasons for the complications. Mesh does not move after surgery; if there is a problem, it means that the mesh was misplaced.

Another problem is that industry, in an effort to sell more kits, is pushing physicians who are unfamiliar with the principles of pelvic reconstruction to perform this complex procedure. Repair of major vaginal prolapse is not a simple sling procedure.

In addition, there is a greater likelihood of complications in patients who have severe atrophic tissues. These patients should not be candidates for mesh reconstruction.

DR. WALTERS: Many of the complications that we see with mesh are certainly operator-dependent. For example, mesh that is placed under too much tension leaves the vagina tight and stiff, and mesh that is placed with ripples and ridges causes irregularities in the vagina that are often painful, especially during intercourse.

I do not believe that mesh “erodes” into the bladder, urethra, or rectum, but that it is placed there inadvertently and overlooked intraoperatively (FIGURES 1 and 2), Visceral erosion can occur if the primary surgeon made a cystotomy or proctotomy before proceeding with the mesh kit, and the mesh eventually wore through the repaired area.

There are also some problems that are inherent to mesh, and that occur even in the best hands and after surgeries that are performed very competently. Some mesh exposures are inevitable, as are some cases of dyspareunia and rare cases of vaginal burning and pain. In addition, I am seeing more de novo SUI [stress urinary incontinence] with anterior mesh kits. Although this is not really a complication, it does lead to dissatisfaction in patients and merits efforts to prevent it.

DR. KARRAM: Yes. With the current state of mesh, I believe pain and dyspareunia are almost inevitable in some cases.

 

 

DR. LUCENTE: Another problem that is currently underaddressed is scar plating along the surface of the mesh. Such plating forms more readily in the absence of mechanical movement or distention during the early stages of wound healing. To make a comparison, even the best reconstructive orthopedic surgeons cannot achieve optimal functional outcomes with an implant surgery without intense postoperative physical therapy, which may simply involve range of motion or movement.

Most everyone is familiar with the capsular fibrosis and contraction that develop around a breast implant if there isn’t immediate postoperative massaging of the breast tissue and implant during wound repair. I am confident that the rate of dyspareunia will decline over time if specialists in reconstructive pelvic surgery pay closer attention to optimizing vaginal length, preserving the cervix (in women with relatively shorter vaginal length), and ensuring optimal apical attachment (that is, above the ischial spine) in younger, sexually active patients.

DR. RAZ: I think it is the surgeon rather than the surgery who causes most complications. In its effort to sell kits, industry sometimes puts them in the hands of surgeons who are not well prepared for the task. This operation can be quite complex, and you cannot create a pelvic surgeon from a physician who is unfamiliar with the anatomy. If you cannot manage the potential complications, you should not perform this type of surgery.


FIGURE 1 When mesh “erodes” into the urethra

Two images of mesh in the urethra. There is some uncertainty here whether mesh that has penetrated the urethra eroded through vaginal tissue or was placed there inadvertently and overlooked intraoperatively.

FIGURE 2 Mesh in the bladder

A segment of tension-free vaginal tape has penetrated into the bladder.

Should mesh be removed at the time of injury?

DR. KARRAM: As we discuss specific complications, let’s start with the most severe, which I would say relate to the inadvertent placement of mesh through important structures such as bowel, bladder, or ureters. If this were to happen and be diagnosed intraoperatively, what would you recommend that the surgeon do—abort the procedure or simply remove the mesh or trocar and attempt to pass it again safely?

DR. LUCENTE: That is a difficult question to answer because so much depends on various intraoperative factors.

I am much more comfortable proceeding with surgery after intraoperative bladder injury than after bowel or rectal injury. We have successfully corrected cystotomies that were small, did not encroach on the ureter, and were easily repaired without tension—and we have seen no fistula formation as a result.

The key is to maintain a high index of suspicion throughout the procedure. We have always diagnosed injuries before mesh is delivered—either during dissection or during passage of the needle or trocar. We have not experienced any ureteral injuries aside from “kinking” of one ureter, which was easily corrected with simple readjustment of the mesh.

If, at any time, we were concerned about potential infection, fistula, or a more severe complication that would be aggravated by proceeding with the operation, we would abort the procedure. However, we would be likely to proceed with an alternative operation to address the pelvic-support defect so that the patient would not awaken with intraoperative injury and no surgical treatment for her primary complaint.

We conduct informed consent in such a way as to preserve our flexibility to adapt the surgical plan to execute the reparative work that is necessary despite the development of a non–life-threatening complication during surgery. In the event of any injury to the bowel that would involve gross spillage of fecal material, of course, I would abort placement of synthetic mesh.

DR. WALTERS: If I placed one of the trocars through the bladder or bowel, I would probably remove it, reposition it, and continue with the surgery. With bladder perforation, this approach is generally no problem, but I would usually leave a Foley catheter in place for 1 week of continuous bladder drainage.

If I placed the trocar through the rectum, I would probably oversew the proctotomy, irrigate the space, and continue with the mesh repair. If I had an outright laceration in the bladder or rectum as part of the dissection, I would repair it and consider converting the surgery to prolapse repair without mesh.

The most dreaded complication: the foreshortened vagina

DR. KARRAM: It would seem that the most difficult complication to deal with is the foreshortened, firm, painful vagina. A patient who has these problems may be perceived, at times, as a pelvic “cripple.” Is this an accepted, albeit rare, complication? Or can it be avoided?

 

 

DR. LUCENTE: This is the most feared complication arising from the use of synthetic mesh. I do believe it can almost always be avoided—but I never say never. The key is to pay full attention to considerations of vaginal length before surgery, including, first, preservation of the cervix, and, second, placing the mesh loosely, properly sized, and attached with optimization of apical support to preserve vaginal length.

I also believe that use of second-generation meshes that are lighter, more elastic, and more flexible helps reduce this complication when the mesh is properly placed by a surgeon well trained in the technique.

When the vagina is foreshortened, the sooner it is revised, the better the chance that pain will resolve, whether the mesh is removed or released.

DR. RAZ: Mesh infection, capsular formation, dissection of a thin vaginal wall, and excess vaginal-wall excision lead to the short, firm, and painful vagina. The use and abuse of mesh has created a new subspecialty to manage mesh complications. The PFS syndrome (painful, firm, and short vagina) is one of the most difficult complications to treat because, in many cases, it cannot be reversed without major surgery.

DR. WALTERS: Women who have a foreshortened, firm, or painful vagina after mesh augmentation almost always need to have the mesh removed with reconstruction of the vaginal canal. I have never seen a successful outcome in this type of patient without complete or near-complete removal of the mesh.

References

1. van Raalte H, Lucente V, Haff R, Murphy M. Prolift: an innovative delivery system for transvaginal placement of synthetic grafts for the repair of pelvic organ prolapse. J Pelvic Med Surg .2007;13:351-360.

2. Murphy M, Raders JL, Haff R, Yeager M, Lucente V. Early U.S. experience with vaginal extraperitoneal colpopexy using propylene graft (Prolift) for the treatment of pelvic organ prolapse. J Pelvic Med Surg .2006;12:104-105.

3. Nguyen JM, Burchette RJ. Outcome after anterior vaginal prolapse repair: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;111:891-898.

4. Nieminen K, Hiltunen R, Heiskanen E, et al. Symptom resolution and sexual function after anterior vaginal wall repair with or without polypropylene mesh. Int Urogynecol J Pelvic Floor Dysfunct. 2008;19:1611-1616.

5. Brubaker L, Nygaard I, Richter HE, et al. Two-year outcomes after sacrocolpopexy with and without Burch to prevent stress urinary incontinence. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;112:49-55.

References

1. van Raalte H, Lucente V, Haff R, Murphy M. Prolift: an innovative delivery system for transvaginal placement of synthetic grafts for the repair of pelvic organ prolapse. J Pelvic Med Surg .2007;13:351-360.

2. Murphy M, Raders JL, Haff R, Yeager M, Lucente V. Early U.S. experience with vaginal extraperitoneal colpopexy using propylene graft (Prolift) for the treatment of pelvic organ prolapse. J Pelvic Med Surg .2006;12:104-105.

3. Nguyen JM, Burchette RJ. Outcome after anterior vaginal prolapse repair: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;111:891-898.

4. Nieminen K, Hiltunen R, Heiskanen E, et al. Symptom resolution and sexual function after anterior vaginal wall repair with or without polypropylene mesh. Int Urogynecol J Pelvic Floor Dysfunct. 2008;19:1611-1616.

5. Brubaker L, Nygaard I, Richter HE, et al. Two-year outcomes after sacrocolpopexy with and without Burch to prevent stress urinary incontinence. Obstet Gynecol. 2008;112:49-55.

Issue
OBG Management - 21(02)
Issue
OBG Management - 21(02)
Page Number
21-28
Page Number
21-28
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
ROUNDTABLE PART 2 OF 2: Using mesh to repair prolapse: Averting, managing complications
Display Headline
ROUNDTABLE PART 2 OF 2: Using mesh to repair prolapse: Averting, managing complications
Legacy Keywords
Mickey M. Karram MD; Vincent Lucente MD MBA; Shlomo Raz MD; Mark D. Walters MD; Surgical Techniques; roundtable
Legacy Keywords
Mickey M. Karram MD; Vincent Lucente MD MBA; Shlomo Raz MD; Mark D. Walters MD; Surgical Techniques; roundtable
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article
Article PDF Media

Why off-label isn’t off base

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 04/16/2018 - 14:23
Display Headline
Why off-label isn’t off base

Dear Dr. Mossman:

When I was a resident, attending physicians occasionally cited journal articles in their consultation notes to substantiate their treatment choices. Since then, I’ve done this at times when I’ve prescribed a drug off-label.

Recently, I mentioned this practice to a physician who is trained as a lawyer. He thought citing articles in a patient’s chart was a bad idea, because by doing so I was automatically making the referred-to article the “expert witness.” If a lawsuit occurred, I might be called upon to justify the article’s validity, statistical details, methodology, etc. My intent is to show that I have a detailed, well-thought-out justification for my treatment choice.

Am I placing myself at greater risk of incurring liability should a lawsuit occur?—Submitted by “Dr. W”

Dr. W wants to know how he can minimize malpractice risk when prescribing a medication off label and wonders if citing an article in a patient’s chart is a good or bad idea. In law school, attorneys-in-training learn to answer very general legal questions with, “It depends.” There’s little certainty about how to avoid successful malpractice litigation, because few if any strategies have been tested systematically. However, this article will explain—and hopefully help you avoid—the medicolegal pitfalls of off-label prescribing.

Off-label: ‘Accepted and necessary’

Off-label prescribing occurs when a physician prescribes a medication or uses a medical device outside the scope of FDA-approved labeling. Most commonly, off-label use involves prescribing a medication for something other than its FDA-approved indication—such as sildenafil for women with antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunction.1

Other examples are prescribing a drug:

  • at an unapproved dose
  • in an unapproved format, such as mixing capsule contents with applesauce
  • outside the approved age group
  • for longer than the approved interval
  • at a different dose schedule, such as qhs instead of bid or tid.

DO YOU HAVE A QUESTION ABOUT POSSIBLE LIABILITY?

  • Submit your malpractice-related questions to Dr. Mossman at [email protected].
  • Include your name, address, and practice location. If your question is chosen for publication, your name can be withheld by request.
  • All readers who submit questions will be included in quarterly drawings for a $50 gift certificate for Professional Risk Management Services, Inc’s online marketplace of risk management publications and resources (www.prms.com).

Typically, it takes years for a new drug to gain FDA approval and additional time for an already-approved drug to gain approval for a new indication. In the mean-time, clinicians treat their patients with available drugs prescribed off-label.

Off-label prescribing is legal. FDA approval means drugs may be sold and marketed in specific ways, but the FDA does not tell physicians how they can use approved drugs. As each edition of the Physicians’ Desk Reference explains, “Once a product has been approved for marketing, a physician may prescribe it for uses or in treatment regimens or patient populations that are not included in approved labeling.”2 Federal statutes state that FDA approval does not “limit or interfere with the authority of a health care practitioner to prescribe” approved drugs or devices “for any condition or disease.”3

Courts endorse off-label prescribing. As 1 appellate decision states, “Because the pace of medical discovery runs ahead of the FDA’s regulatory machinery, the off-label use of some drugs is frequently considered to be ‘state-of-the-art’ treatment.”4 The U.S. Supreme Court has concluded that off-label prescribing “is an accepted and necessary corollary of the FDA’s mission to regulate.”5

Box

4 reasons why off-label prescribing can be controversial

Limited testing for safety and effectiveness. Experiences such as “Fen-phen” for weight loss11 and estrogens for preventing vascular disease in postmenopausal women12 remind physicians that some untested treatments may do more harm than good.

Commercial influence. Pharmaceutical companies have used advisory boards, consultant meetings, and continuing medical education events to promote unproven off-label indications for drugs.13,14 Many studies ostensibly designed and proposed by researchers show evidence of “ghost authorship” by commercial concerns.15

Study bias. Even published, peer-reviewed, double-blind studies might not sufficiently support off-label prescribing practices, because sponsors of such studies can structure them or use statistical analyses to make results look favorable. Former editors of the British Medical Journal and the Lancet have acknowledged that their publications unwittingly served as “an extension of the marketing arm” or “laundering operations” for drug manufacturers.16,17 Even for FDA-approved indications, a selective, positive-result publication bias and non-reporting of negative results may make drugs seem more effective than the full range of studies would justify.18

Legal use of labeling. Though off-label prescribing is accepted medical practice, doctors “may be found negligent if their decision to use a drug off-label is sufficiently careless, imprudent, or unprofessional.”4 During a malpractice lawsuit, plaintiff’s counsel could try to use FDA-approved labeling or prescribing information to establish a presumptive standard of care. Such evidence usually is admissible if it is supported by expert testimony. It places the burden of proof on the defendant physician to show how an off-label use met the standard of care.19

 

 

Is off-label use malpractice?

Off-label use is not only legal, it’s often wise medical practice. Many drug uses that now have FDA approval were off-label just a few years ago. Examples include using selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) to treat panic disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder and valproate for bipolar mania. Though fluoxetine is the only FDA-approved drug for treating depression in adolescents, other SSRIs may have a favorable risk-benefit profile.6

Numerous studies have shown that off-label prescribing is common in psychiatry7 and other specialties.8,9 Because the practice is so common, the mere fact that a drug is not FDA-approved for a particular use does not imply that the drug was prescribed negligently.

Are patients human guinea pigs?

Some commentators have suggested that off-label prescribing amounts to human experimentation.10 Without FDA approval, they say physicians lack “hard evidence” that a product is safe and effective, so off-label prescribing is a small-scale clinical trial based on the doctor’s educated guesses. If this reasoning is correct, off-label prescribing would require the same human subject protections used in research, including institution review board approval and special consent forms.

Although this argument sounds plausible, off-label prescribing is not experimentation or research (Box).4,11-19 Researchers investigate hypotheses to obtain generalizable knowledge, whereas medical therapy aims to benefit individual patients. This experimentation/therapy distinction is not perfect because successful off-label treatment of 1 patient might imply beneficial effects for others.10 When courts have looked at this matter, though, they have found that “off-label use…by a physician seeking an optimal treatment for his or her patient is not necessarily…research or an investigational or experimental treatment when the use is customarily followed by physicians.”4

Courts also have said that off-label use does not require special informed consent. Just because a drug is prescribed off-label doesn’t mean it’s risky. FDA approval “is not a material risk inherently involved in a proposed therapy which a physician should have disclosed to a patient prior to the therapy.”20 In other words, a physician is not required to discuss FDA regulatory status—such as off-label uses of a medication—to comply with standards of informed consent. FDA regulatory status has nothing to do with the risks or benefits of a medication and it does not provide information about treatment alternatives.21

What should you do?

Keep abreast of news and scientific evidence concerning drug uses, effects, interactions, and adverse effects, especially when prescribing for uses that are different from the manufacturer’s intended purposes (such as hormone therapy for sex offenders).22

Collect articles on off-label uses, but keep them separate from your patients’ files. Good attorneys are highly skilled at using documents to score legal points, and opposing counsel will prepare questions to focus on the articles’ faults or limitations in isolation.

Know why an article applies to your patient. If you are sued for malpractice, you can use an article to support your treatment choice by explaining how this information contributed to your decision-making.

Tell your patient that the proposed treatment is an off-label use when you obtain consent, even though case law says you don’t have to do this. Telling your patient helps him understand your reasoning and prevents surprises that may give offense. For example, if you prescribe a second-generation antipsychotic for a nonpsychotic patient, you wouldn’t want your patient to think you believe he has schizophrenia when he reads the information his pharmacy attaches to his prescription.

Engage in ongoing informed consent. Uncertainty is part of medical practice and is heightened when doctors prescribe off-label. Ongoing discussions help patients understand, accept, and share that uncertainty.

Document informed consent. This will show—if it becomes necessary—that you and your patient made collaborative, conscientious decisions about treatment.23

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Fenfluramine and phentermine • Fen-phen
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Sildenafil • Viagra
  • Valproate • Depakote
References

1. Nurnberg HG, Hensley PL, Heiman JR, et al. Sildenafil treatment of women with antidepressant-associated sexual dysfunction: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2008;300:395-404.

2. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 62nd edition. Montvale, NJ: Thomson Healthcare, Inc.; 2007.

3. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21USC §396.

4. Richardson v Miller, 44 SW3d 1 (Tenn Ct App 2000).

5. Buckman Co. v Plaintiffs’ Legal Comm., 531 US 341 (2001).

6. Bridge JA, Iyengar S, Salary CB, et al. Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant treatment: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. JAMA. 2007;297:1683-1696.

7. Baldwin DS, Kosky N. Off-label prescribing in psychiatric practice. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2007;13:414-422.

8. Conroy S, Choonare I, Impicciatore P, et al. Survey of unlicensed and off label drug use in paediatric wards in European countries. Br Med J. 2000;320:79-82.

9. Radley DC, Finkelstein SN, Stafford RS. Off-label prescribing among office-based physicians. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166:1021-1026.

10. Mehlman MJ. Off-label prescribing. Available at: http://www.thedoctorwillseeyounow.com/articles/bioethics/offlabel_11. Accessed October 21, 2008.

11. Connolly H, Crary J, McGoon M, et al. Vascular heart disease associated with fenfluramine-phentermine. N Engl J Med. 1997;337:581-588.

12. Anderson GL, Limacher M, Assaf AR, et al. Effects of conjugated equine estrogen in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;291:1701-1712.

13. Sismondo S. Ghost management: how much of the medical literature is shaped behind the scenes by the pharmaceutical industry? PLoS Med. 2007;4(9):e286.

14. Steinman MA, Bero L, Chren M, et al. Narrative review: the promotion of gabapentin: an analysis of internal industry documents. Ann Intern Med. 2006;145:284-293.

15. Gøtzsche PC, Hrobjartsson A, Johansen H, et al. Ghost authorship in industry-initiated randomised trials. PLoS Med. 2007;4(1):e19.

16. Smith R. Medical journals are an extension of the marketing arm of pharmaceutical companies. PLoS Med. 2005;2(5):e138.

17. Horton R. The dawn of McScience. New York Rev Books. 2004;51(4):7-9.

18. Turner EH, Matthews A, Linardatos E, et al. Selective publication of antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent efficacy. N Engl J Med. 2008;358:252-260.

19. Henry V. Off-label prescribing. Legal implications. J Leg Med. 1999;20:365-383.

20. Klein v Biscup, 673 NE2d 225 (Ohio App 1996).

21. Beck JM, Azari ED. FDA, off-label use, and informed consent: debunking myths and misconceptions. Food Drug Law J. 1998;53:71-104.

22. Shajnfeld A, Krueger RB. Reforming (purportedly) non-punitive responses to sexual offending. Developments in Mental Health Law. 2006;25:81-99.

23. Royal College of Psychiatrists CR142. Use of unlicensed medicine for unlicensed applications in psychiatric practice. Available at: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/publications/collegereports/cr/cr142.aspx. Accessed October 21, 2008.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information


Douglas Mossman, MD
Dr. Mossman is director, Glenn M. Weaver Institute of Law and Psychiatry, University of Cincinnati College of Law, and volunteer professor of psychiatry and associate program director, Institute for Psychiatry and Law, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(02)
Publications
Page Number
19-22
Legacy Keywords
off-label prescribing; malpractice risk; Douglas Mossman
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information


Douglas Mossman, MD
Dr. Mossman is director, Glenn M. Weaver Institute of Law and Psychiatry, University of Cincinnati College of Law, and volunteer professor of psychiatry and associate program director, Institute for Psychiatry and Law, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine.

Author and Disclosure Information


Douglas Mossman, MD
Dr. Mossman is director, Glenn M. Weaver Institute of Law and Psychiatry, University of Cincinnati College of Law, and volunteer professor of psychiatry and associate program director, Institute for Psychiatry and Law, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Dear Dr. Mossman:

When I was a resident, attending physicians occasionally cited journal articles in their consultation notes to substantiate their treatment choices. Since then, I’ve done this at times when I’ve prescribed a drug off-label.

Recently, I mentioned this practice to a physician who is trained as a lawyer. He thought citing articles in a patient’s chart was a bad idea, because by doing so I was automatically making the referred-to article the “expert witness.” If a lawsuit occurred, I might be called upon to justify the article’s validity, statistical details, methodology, etc. My intent is to show that I have a detailed, well-thought-out justification for my treatment choice.

Am I placing myself at greater risk of incurring liability should a lawsuit occur?—Submitted by “Dr. W”

Dr. W wants to know how he can minimize malpractice risk when prescribing a medication off label and wonders if citing an article in a patient’s chart is a good or bad idea. In law school, attorneys-in-training learn to answer very general legal questions with, “It depends.” There’s little certainty about how to avoid successful malpractice litigation, because few if any strategies have been tested systematically. However, this article will explain—and hopefully help you avoid—the medicolegal pitfalls of off-label prescribing.

Off-label: ‘Accepted and necessary’

Off-label prescribing occurs when a physician prescribes a medication or uses a medical device outside the scope of FDA-approved labeling. Most commonly, off-label use involves prescribing a medication for something other than its FDA-approved indication—such as sildenafil for women with antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunction.1

Other examples are prescribing a drug:

  • at an unapproved dose
  • in an unapproved format, such as mixing capsule contents with applesauce
  • outside the approved age group
  • for longer than the approved interval
  • at a different dose schedule, such as qhs instead of bid or tid.

DO YOU HAVE A QUESTION ABOUT POSSIBLE LIABILITY?

  • Submit your malpractice-related questions to Dr. Mossman at [email protected].
  • Include your name, address, and practice location. If your question is chosen for publication, your name can be withheld by request.
  • All readers who submit questions will be included in quarterly drawings for a $50 gift certificate for Professional Risk Management Services, Inc’s online marketplace of risk management publications and resources (www.prms.com).

Typically, it takes years for a new drug to gain FDA approval and additional time for an already-approved drug to gain approval for a new indication. In the mean-time, clinicians treat their patients with available drugs prescribed off-label.

Off-label prescribing is legal. FDA approval means drugs may be sold and marketed in specific ways, but the FDA does not tell physicians how they can use approved drugs. As each edition of the Physicians’ Desk Reference explains, “Once a product has been approved for marketing, a physician may prescribe it for uses or in treatment regimens or patient populations that are not included in approved labeling.”2 Federal statutes state that FDA approval does not “limit or interfere with the authority of a health care practitioner to prescribe” approved drugs or devices “for any condition or disease.”3

Courts endorse off-label prescribing. As 1 appellate decision states, “Because the pace of medical discovery runs ahead of the FDA’s regulatory machinery, the off-label use of some drugs is frequently considered to be ‘state-of-the-art’ treatment.”4 The U.S. Supreme Court has concluded that off-label prescribing “is an accepted and necessary corollary of the FDA’s mission to regulate.”5

Box

4 reasons why off-label prescribing can be controversial

Limited testing for safety and effectiveness. Experiences such as “Fen-phen” for weight loss11 and estrogens for preventing vascular disease in postmenopausal women12 remind physicians that some untested treatments may do more harm than good.

Commercial influence. Pharmaceutical companies have used advisory boards, consultant meetings, and continuing medical education events to promote unproven off-label indications for drugs.13,14 Many studies ostensibly designed and proposed by researchers show evidence of “ghost authorship” by commercial concerns.15

Study bias. Even published, peer-reviewed, double-blind studies might not sufficiently support off-label prescribing practices, because sponsors of such studies can structure them or use statistical analyses to make results look favorable. Former editors of the British Medical Journal and the Lancet have acknowledged that their publications unwittingly served as “an extension of the marketing arm” or “laundering operations” for drug manufacturers.16,17 Even for FDA-approved indications, a selective, positive-result publication bias and non-reporting of negative results may make drugs seem more effective than the full range of studies would justify.18

Legal use of labeling. Though off-label prescribing is accepted medical practice, doctors “may be found negligent if their decision to use a drug off-label is sufficiently careless, imprudent, or unprofessional.”4 During a malpractice lawsuit, plaintiff’s counsel could try to use FDA-approved labeling or prescribing information to establish a presumptive standard of care. Such evidence usually is admissible if it is supported by expert testimony. It places the burden of proof on the defendant physician to show how an off-label use met the standard of care.19

 

 

Is off-label use malpractice?

Off-label use is not only legal, it’s often wise medical practice. Many drug uses that now have FDA approval were off-label just a few years ago. Examples include using selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) to treat panic disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder and valproate for bipolar mania. Though fluoxetine is the only FDA-approved drug for treating depression in adolescents, other SSRIs may have a favorable risk-benefit profile.6

Numerous studies have shown that off-label prescribing is common in psychiatry7 and other specialties.8,9 Because the practice is so common, the mere fact that a drug is not FDA-approved for a particular use does not imply that the drug was prescribed negligently.

Are patients human guinea pigs?

Some commentators have suggested that off-label prescribing amounts to human experimentation.10 Without FDA approval, they say physicians lack “hard evidence” that a product is safe and effective, so off-label prescribing is a small-scale clinical trial based on the doctor’s educated guesses. If this reasoning is correct, off-label prescribing would require the same human subject protections used in research, including institution review board approval and special consent forms.

Although this argument sounds plausible, off-label prescribing is not experimentation or research (Box).4,11-19 Researchers investigate hypotheses to obtain generalizable knowledge, whereas medical therapy aims to benefit individual patients. This experimentation/therapy distinction is not perfect because successful off-label treatment of 1 patient might imply beneficial effects for others.10 When courts have looked at this matter, though, they have found that “off-label use…by a physician seeking an optimal treatment for his or her patient is not necessarily…research or an investigational or experimental treatment when the use is customarily followed by physicians.”4

Courts also have said that off-label use does not require special informed consent. Just because a drug is prescribed off-label doesn’t mean it’s risky. FDA approval “is not a material risk inherently involved in a proposed therapy which a physician should have disclosed to a patient prior to the therapy.”20 In other words, a physician is not required to discuss FDA regulatory status—such as off-label uses of a medication—to comply with standards of informed consent. FDA regulatory status has nothing to do with the risks or benefits of a medication and it does not provide information about treatment alternatives.21

What should you do?

Keep abreast of news and scientific evidence concerning drug uses, effects, interactions, and adverse effects, especially when prescribing for uses that are different from the manufacturer’s intended purposes (such as hormone therapy for sex offenders).22

Collect articles on off-label uses, but keep them separate from your patients’ files. Good attorneys are highly skilled at using documents to score legal points, and opposing counsel will prepare questions to focus on the articles’ faults or limitations in isolation.

Know why an article applies to your patient. If you are sued for malpractice, you can use an article to support your treatment choice by explaining how this information contributed to your decision-making.

Tell your patient that the proposed treatment is an off-label use when you obtain consent, even though case law says you don’t have to do this. Telling your patient helps him understand your reasoning and prevents surprises that may give offense. For example, if you prescribe a second-generation antipsychotic for a nonpsychotic patient, you wouldn’t want your patient to think you believe he has schizophrenia when he reads the information his pharmacy attaches to his prescription.

Engage in ongoing informed consent. Uncertainty is part of medical practice and is heightened when doctors prescribe off-label. Ongoing discussions help patients understand, accept, and share that uncertainty.

Document informed consent. This will show—if it becomes necessary—that you and your patient made collaborative, conscientious decisions about treatment.23

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Fenfluramine and phentermine • Fen-phen
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Sildenafil • Viagra
  • Valproate • Depakote

Dear Dr. Mossman:

When I was a resident, attending physicians occasionally cited journal articles in their consultation notes to substantiate their treatment choices. Since then, I’ve done this at times when I’ve prescribed a drug off-label.

Recently, I mentioned this practice to a physician who is trained as a lawyer. He thought citing articles in a patient’s chart was a bad idea, because by doing so I was automatically making the referred-to article the “expert witness.” If a lawsuit occurred, I might be called upon to justify the article’s validity, statistical details, methodology, etc. My intent is to show that I have a detailed, well-thought-out justification for my treatment choice.

Am I placing myself at greater risk of incurring liability should a lawsuit occur?—Submitted by “Dr. W”

Dr. W wants to know how he can minimize malpractice risk when prescribing a medication off label and wonders if citing an article in a patient’s chart is a good or bad idea. In law school, attorneys-in-training learn to answer very general legal questions with, “It depends.” There’s little certainty about how to avoid successful malpractice litigation, because few if any strategies have been tested systematically. However, this article will explain—and hopefully help you avoid—the medicolegal pitfalls of off-label prescribing.

Off-label: ‘Accepted and necessary’

Off-label prescribing occurs when a physician prescribes a medication or uses a medical device outside the scope of FDA-approved labeling. Most commonly, off-label use involves prescribing a medication for something other than its FDA-approved indication—such as sildenafil for women with antidepressant-induced sexual dysfunction.1

Other examples are prescribing a drug:

  • at an unapproved dose
  • in an unapproved format, such as mixing capsule contents with applesauce
  • outside the approved age group
  • for longer than the approved interval
  • at a different dose schedule, such as qhs instead of bid or tid.

DO YOU HAVE A QUESTION ABOUT POSSIBLE LIABILITY?

  • Submit your malpractice-related questions to Dr. Mossman at [email protected].
  • Include your name, address, and practice location. If your question is chosen for publication, your name can be withheld by request.
  • All readers who submit questions will be included in quarterly drawings for a $50 gift certificate for Professional Risk Management Services, Inc’s online marketplace of risk management publications and resources (www.prms.com).

Typically, it takes years for a new drug to gain FDA approval and additional time for an already-approved drug to gain approval for a new indication. In the mean-time, clinicians treat their patients with available drugs prescribed off-label.

Off-label prescribing is legal. FDA approval means drugs may be sold and marketed in specific ways, but the FDA does not tell physicians how they can use approved drugs. As each edition of the Physicians’ Desk Reference explains, “Once a product has been approved for marketing, a physician may prescribe it for uses or in treatment regimens or patient populations that are not included in approved labeling.”2 Federal statutes state that FDA approval does not “limit or interfere with the authority of a health care practitioner to prescribe” approved drugs or devices “for any condition or disease.”3

Courts endorse off-label prescribing. As 1 appellate decision states, “Because the pace of medical discovery runs ahead of the FDA’s regulatory machinery, the off-label use of some drugs is frequently considered to be ‘state-of-the-art’ treatment.”4 The U.S. Supreme Court has concluded that off-label prescribing “is an accepted and necessary corollary of the FDA’s mission to regulate.”5

Box

4 reasons why off-label prescribing can be controversial

Limited testing for safety and effectiveness. Experiences such as “Fen-phen” for weight loss11 and estrogens for preventing vascular disease in postmenopausal women12 remind physicians that some untested treatments may do more harm than good.

Commercial influence. Pharmaceutical companies have used advisory boards, consultant meetings, and continuing medical education events to promote unproven off-label indications for drugs.13,14 Many studies ostensibly designed and proposed by researchers show evidence of “ghost authorship” by commercial concerns.15

Study bias. Even published, peer-reviewed, double-blind studies might not sufficiently support off-label prescribing practices, because sponsors of such studies can structure them or use statistical analyses to make results look favorable. Former editors of the British Medical Journal and the Lancet have acknowledged that their publications unwittingly served as “an extension of the marketing arm” or “laundering operations” for drug manufacturers.16,17 Even for FDA-approved indications, a selective, positive-result publication bias and non-reporting of negative results may make drugs seem more effective than the full range of studies would justify.18

Legal use of labeling. Though off-label prescribing is accepted medical practice, doctors “may be found negligent if their decision to use a drug off-label is sufficiently careless, imprudent, or unprofessional.”4 During a malpractice lawsuit, plaintiff’s counsel could try to use FDA-approved labeling or prescribing information to establish a presumptive standard of care. Such evidence usually is admissible if it is supported by expert testimony. It places the burden of proof on the defendant physician to show how an off-label use met the standard of care.19

 

 

Is off-label use malpractice?

Off-label use is not only legal, it’s often wise medical practice. Many drug uses that now have FDA approval were off-label just a few years ago. Examples include using selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) to treat panic disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder and valproate for bipolar mania. Though fluoxetine is the only FDA-approved drug for treating depression in adolescents, other SSRIs may have a favorable risk-benefit profile.6

Numerous studies have shown that off-label prescribing is common in psychiatry7 and other specialties.8,9 Because the practice is so common, the mere fact that a drug is not FDA-approved for a particular use does not imply that the drug was prescribed negligently.

Are patients human guinea pigs?

Some commentators have suggested that off-label prescribing amounts to human experimentation.10 Without FDA approval, they say physicians lack “hard evidence” that a product is safe and effective, so off-label prescribing is a small-scale clinical trial based on the doctor’s educated guesses. If this reasoning is correct, off-label prescribing would require the same human subject protections used in research, including institution review board approval and special consent forms.

Although this argument sounds plausible, off-label prescribing is not experimentation or research (Box).4,11-19 Researchers investigate hypotheses to obtain generalizable knowledge, whereas medical therapy aims to benefit individual patients. This experimentation/therapy distinction is not perfect because successful off-label treatment of 1 patient might imply beneficial effects for others.10 When courts have looked at this matter, though, they have found that “off-label use…by a physician seeking an optimal treatment for his or her patient is not necessarily…research or an investigational or experimental treatment when the use is customarily followed by physicians.”4

Courts also have said that off-label use does not require special informed consent. Just because a drug is prescribed off-label doesn’t mean it’s risky. FDA approval “is not a material risk inherently involved in a proposed therapy which a physician should have disclosed to a patient prior to the therapy.”20 In other words, a physician is not required to discuss FDA regulatory status—such as off-label uses of a medication—to comply with standards of informed consent. FDA regulatory status has nothing to do with the risks or benefits of a medication and it does not provide information about treatment alternatives.21

What should you do?

Keep abreast of news and scientific evidence concerning drug uses, effects, interactions, and adverse effects, especially when prescribing for uses that are different from the manufacturer’s intended purposes (such as hormone therapy for sex offenders).22

Collect articles on off-label uses, but keep them separate from your patients’ files. Good attorneys are highly skilled at using documents to score legal points, and opposing counsel will prepare questions to focus on the articles’ faults or limitations in isolation.

Know why an article applies to your patient. If you are sued for malpractice, you can use an article to support your treatment choice by explaining how this information contributed to your decision-making.

Tell your patient that the proposed treatment is an off-label use when you obtain consent, even though case law says you don’t have to do this. Telling your patient helps him understand your reasoning and prevents surprises that may give offense. For example, if you prescribe a second-generation antipsychotic for a nonpsychotic patient, you wouldn’t want your patient to think you believe he has schizophrenia when he reads the information his pharmacy attaches to his prescription.

Engage in ongoing informed consent. Uncertainty is part of medical practice and is heightened when doctors prescribe off-label. Ongoing discussions help patients understand, accept, and share that uncertainty.

Document informed consent. This will show—if it becomes necessary—that you and your patient made collaborative, conscientious decisions about treatment.23

Related resources

Drug brand names

  • Fenfluramine and phentermine • Fen-phen
  • Fluoxetine • Prozac
  • Sildenafil • Viagra
  • Valproate • Depakote
References

1. Nurnberg HG, Hensley PL, Heiman JR, et al. Sildenafil treatment of women with antidepressant-associated sexual dysfunction: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2008;300:395-404.

2. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 62nd edition. Montvale, NJ: Thomson Healthcare, Inc.; 2007.

3. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21USC §396.

4. Richardson v Miller, 44 SW3d 1 (Tenn Ct App 2000).

5. Buckman Co. v Plaintiffs’ Legal Comm., 531 US 341 (2001).

6. Bridge JA, Iyengar S, Salary CB, et al. Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant treatment: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. JAMA. 2007;297:1683-1696.

7. Baldwin DS, Kosky N. Off-label prescribing in psychiatric practice. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2007;13:414-422.

8. Conroy S, Choonare I, Impicciatore P, et al. Survey of unlicensed and off label drug use in paediatric wards in European countries. Br Med J. 2000;320:79-82.

9. Radley DC, Finkelstein SN, Stafford RS. Off-label prescribing among office-based physicians. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166:1021-1026.

10. Mehlman MJ. Off-label prescribing. Available at: http://www.thedoctorwillseeyounow.com/articles/bioethics/offlabel_11. Accessed October 21, 2008.

11. Connolly H, Crary J, McGoon M, et al. Vascular heart disease associated with fenfluramine-phentermine. N Engl J Med. 1997;337:581-588.

12. Anderson GL, Limacher M, Assaf AR, et al. Effects of conjugated equine estrogen in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;291:1701-1712.

13. Sismondo S. Ghost management: how much of the medical literature is shaped behind the scenes by the pharmaceutical industry? PLoS Med. 2007;4(9):e286.

14. Steinman MA, Bero L, Chren M, et al. Narrative review: the promotion of gabapentin: an analysis of internal industry documents. Ann Intern Med. 2006;145:284-293.

15. Gøtzsche PC, Hrobjartsson A, Johansen H, et al. Ghost authorship in industry-initiated randomised trials. PLoS Med. 2007;4(1):e19.

16. Smith R. Medical journals are an extension of the marketing arm of pharmaceutical companies. PLoS Med. 2005;2(5):e138.

17. Horton R. The dawn of McScience. New York Rev Books. 2004;51(4):7-9.

18. Turner EH, Matthews A, Linardatos E, et al. Selective publication of antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent efficacy. N Engl J Med. 2008;358:252-260.

19. Henry V. Off-label prescribing. Legal implications. J Leg Med. 1999;20:365-383.

20. Klein v Biscup, 673 NE2d 225 (Ohio App 1996).

21. Beck JM, Azari ED. FDA, off-label use, and informed consent: debunking myths and misconceptions. Food Drug Law J. 1998;53:71-104.

22. Shajnfeld A, Krueger RB. Reforming (purportedly) non-punitive responses to sexual offending. Developments in Mental Health Law. 2006;25:81-99.

23. Royal College of Psychiatrists CR142. Use of unlicensed medicine for unlicensed applications in psychiatric practice. Available at: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/publications/collegereports/cr/cr142.aspx. Accessed October 21, 2008.

References

1. Nurnberg HG, Hensley PL, Heiman JR, et al. Sildenafil treatment of women with antidepressant-associated sexual dysfunction: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2008;300:395-404.

2. Physicians’ Desk Reference. 62nd edition. Montvale, NJ: Thomson Healthcare, Inc.; 2007.

3. Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21USC §396.

4. Richardson v Miller, 44 SW3d 1 (Tenn Ct App 2000).

5. Buckman Co. v Plaintiffs’ Legal Comm., 531 US 341 (2001).

6. Bridge JA, Iyengar S, Salary CB, et al. Clinical response and risk for reported suicidal ideation and suicide attempts in pediatric antidepressant treatment: a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. JAMA. 2007;297:1683-1696.

7. Baldwin DS, Kosky N. Off-label prescribing in psychiatric practice. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2007;13:414-422.

8. Conroy S, Choonare I, Impicciatore P, et al. Survey of unlicensed and off label drug use in paediatric wards in European countries. Br Med J. 2000;320:79-82.

9. Radley DC, Finkelstein SN, Stafford RS. Off-label prescribing among office-based physicians. Arch Intern Med. 2006;166:1021-1026.

10. Mehlman MJ. Off-label prescribing. Available at: http://www.thedoctorwillseeyounow.com/articles/bioethics/offlabel_11. Accessed October 21, 2008.

11. Connolly H, Crary J, McGoon M, et al. Vascular heart disease associated with fenfluramine-phentermine. N Engl J Med. 1997;337:581-588.

12. Anderson GL, Limacher M, Assaf AR, et al. Effects of conjugated equine estrogen in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;291:1701-1712.

13. Sismondo S. Ghost management: how much of the medical literature is shaped behind the scenes by the pharmaceutical industry? PLoS Med. 2007;4(9):e286.

14. Steinman MA, Bero L, Chren M, et al. Narrative review: the promotion of gabapentin: an analysis of internal industry documents. Ann Intern Med. 2006;145:284-293.

15. Gøtzsche PC, Hrobjartsson A, Johansen H, et al. Ghost authorship in industry-initiated randomised trials. PLoS Med. 2007;4(1):e19.

16. Smith R. Medical journals are an extension of the marketing arm of pharmaceutical companies. PLoS Med. 2005;2(5):e138.

17. Horton R. The dawn of McScience. New York Rev Books. 2004;51(4):7-9.

18. Turner EH, Matthews A, Linardatos E, et al. Selective publication of antidepressant trials and its influence on apparent efficacy. N Engl J Med. 2008;358:252-260.

19. Henry V. Off-label prescribing. Legal implications. J Leg Med. 1999;20:365-383.

20. Klein v Biscup, 673 NE2d 225 (Ohio App 1996).

21. Beck JM, Azari ED. FDA, off-label use, and informed consent: debunking myths and misconceptions. Food Drug Law J. 1998;53:71-104.

22. Shajnfeld A, Krueger RB. Reforming (purportedly) non-punitive responses to sexual offending. Developments in Mental Health Law. 2006;25:81-99.

23. Royal College of Psychiatrists CR142. Use of unlicensed medicine for unlicensed applications in psychiatric practice. Available at: http://www.rcpsych.ac.uk/publications/collegereports/cr/cr142.aspx. Accessed October 21, 2008.

Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(02)
Issue
Current Psychiatry - 08(02)
Page Number
19-22
Page Number
19-22
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Why off-label isn’t off base
Display Headline
Why off-label isn’t off base
Legacy Keywords
off-label prescribing; malpractice risk; Douglas Mossman
Legacy Keywords
off-label prescribing; malpractice risk; Douglas Mossman
Sections
Article Source

PURLs Copyright

Inside the Article

Article PDF Media

Doctor, my breathing is better when I lie down

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Doctor, my breathing is better when I lie down

A 73‐year‐old female presented with progressive shortness of breath that was worse in the upright position and was relieved when she was lying flat (platypnea). Arterial blood gas analysis revealed a partial pressure of oxygen of 56 mm Hg in the supine position and 42 mm Hg when the patient was seated upright. Chest radiography revealed an ill‐defined density in the left lung base, and a high‐resolution computed tomography scan of the chest revealed dilated arteries and veins in the left lower lobe (Figure 1). Pulmonary angiography showed a huge pulmonary arteriovenous malformation (PAVM) with a nidus of 7 cm 8 cm involving the left lower lobe (Figure 2; the arrow points to the catheter tip). Embolization therapy was not an option because of the large size of the PAVM, which would have necessitated several coils with an increased risk of systemic embolization. Left lower lobectomy was performed with marked relief of the patient's dyspnea and hypoxemia.

Figure 1
High‐resolution computed tomography scan of the chest showing dilated arteries and veins in the left lower lobe (arrow).
Figure 2
Pulmonary angiography showing the large pulmonary arteriovenous malformation (AVM) with the arterial and venous sides labeled.

PAVMs are extracardiac shunts caused by abnormal communication between pulmonary arteries and pulmonary veins. Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia accounts for nearly 84% of PAVMs. PAVMs as complications of the surgical treatment of complex cyanotic congenital heart disease, trauma, and liver disease and sporadic PAVMs, as in our case, are less common. There were no associated signs of hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia or liver disease in our patient, and gradual enlargement over time likely resulted in the late presentation. Common clinical manifestations of PAVMs include dyspnea, hemoptysis, and chest pain. A PAVM may also cause platypnea because of a decrease in blood flow through the PAVM in the dependent portions of the lungs when the patient changes from an upright position to a supine position. This decrease in blood flow though the PAVM causes an improvement in the shortness of breath and hypoxemia as there is decreased right‐to‐left shunting of blood. Treatment is initiated for all symptomatic patients and PAVMs more than 2 cm in diameter. Embolization therapy is preferable because it avoids the risks of major surgery. Surgery is performed for patients with an untreatable allergy to the contrast material and with large PAVMs not technically amenable to embolization therapy, as in our patient.

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(2)
Page Number
E1-E2
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

A 73‐year‐old female presented with progressive shortness of breath that was worse in the upright position and was relieved when she was lying flat (platypnea). Arterial blood gas analysis revealed a partial pressure of oxygen of 56 mm Hg in the supine position and 42 mm Hg when the patient was seated upright. Chest radiography revealed an ill‐defined density in the left lung base, and a high‐resolution computed tomography scan of the chest revealed dilated arteries and veins in the left lower lobe (Figure 1). Pulmonary angiography showed a huge pulmonary arteriovenous malformation (PAVM) with a nidus of 7 cm 8 cm involving the left lower lobe (Figure 2; the arrow points to the catheter tip). Embolization therapy was not an option because of the large size of the PAVM, which would have necessitated several coils with an increased risk of systemic embolization. Left lower lobectomy was performed with marked relief of the patient's dyspnea and hypoxemia.

Figure 1
High‐resolution computed tomography scan of the chest showing dilated arteries and veins in the left lower lobe (arrow).
Figure 2
Pulmonary angiography showing the large pulmonary arteriovenous malformation (AVM) with the arterial and venous sides labeled.

PAVMs are extracardiac shunts caused by abnormal communication between pulmonary arteries and pulmonary veins. Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia accounts for nearly 84% of PAVMs. PAVMs as complications of the surgical treatment of complex cyanotic congenital heart disease, trauma, and liver disease and sporadic PAVMs, as in our case, are less common. There were no associated signs of hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia or liver disease in our patient, and gradual enlargement over time likely resulted in the late presentation. Common clinical manifestations of PAVMs include dyspnea, hemoptysis, and chest pain. A PAVM may also cause platypnea because of a decrease in blood flow through the PAVM in the dependent portions of the lungs when the patient changes from an upright position to a supine position. This decrease in blood flow though the PAVM causes an improvement in the shortness of breath and hypoxemia as there is decreased right‐to‐left shunting of blood. Treatment is initiated for all symptomatic patients and PAVMs more than 2 cm in diameter. Embolization therapy is preferable because it avoids the risks of major surgery. Surgery is performed for patients with an untreatable allergy to the contrast material and with large PAVMs not technically amenable to embolization therapy, as in our patient.

A 73‐year‐old female presented with progressive shortness of breath that was worse in the upright position and was relieved when she was lying flat (platypnea). Arterial blood gas analysis revealed a partial pressure of oxygen of 56 mm Hg in the supine position and 42 mm Hg when the patient was seated upright. Chest radiography revealed an ill‐defined density in the left lung base, and a high‐resolution computed tomography scan of the chest revealed dilated arteries and veins in the left lower lobe (Figure 1). Pulmonary angiography showed a huge pulmonary arteriovenous malformation (PAVM) with a nidus of 7 cm 8 cm involving the left lower lobe (Figure 2; the arrow points to the catheter tip). Embolization therapy was not an option because of the large size of the PAVM, which would have necessitated several coils with an increased risk of systemic embolization. Left lower lobectomy was performed with marked relief of the patient's dyspnea and hypoxemia.

Figure 1
High‐resolution computed tomography scan of the chest showing dilated arteries and veins in the left lower lobe (arrow).
Figure 2
Pulmonary angiography showing the large pulmonary arteriovenous malformation (AVM) with the arterial and venous sides labeled.

PAVMs are extracardiac shunts caused by abnormal communication between pulmonary arteries and pulmonary veins. Hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia accounts for nearly 84% of PAVMs. PAVMs as complications of the surgical treatment of complex cyanotic congenital heart disease, trauma, and liver disease and sporadic PAVMs, as in our case, are less common. There were no associated signs of hereditary hemorrhagic telangiectasia or liver disease in our patient, and gradual enlargement over time likely resulted in the late presentation. Common clinical manifestations of PAVMs include dyspnea, hemoptysis, and chest pain. A PAVM may also cause platypnea because of a decrease in blood flow through the PAVM in the dependent portions of the lungs when the patient changes from an upright position to a supine position. This decrease in blood flow though the PAVM causes an improvement in the shortness of breath and hypoxemia as there is decreased right‐to‐left shunting of blood. Treatment is initiated for all symptomatic patients and PAVMs more than 2 cm in diameter. Embolization therapy is preferable because it avoids the risks of major surgery. Surgery is performed for patients with an untreatable allergy to the contrast material and with large PAVMs not technically amenable to embolization therapy, as in our patient.

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(2)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(2)
Page Number
E1-E2
Page Number
E1-E2
Article Type
Display Headline
Doctor, my breathing is better when I lie down
Display Headline
Doctor, my breathing is better when I lie down
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Department of Internal Medicine, Mercer University School of Medicine, Mail Box 181, 777 Hemlock Street, Macon, GA 31201
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media